Leaked Video Shows Oppo Phone With Retractable Camera

Oppo is one of the major players in the smartphone market, and it’s been able to give us some innovative devices. The innovation continues as a video showing an Oppo phone with a retractable camera has leaked via @techagent26. This video comes right before Oppo INNO Day 2021 which will happen on the 14th or 15 of this month.
This retractable camera will help the Oppo phone with zoom photography
For the past couple of years, smartphone manufacturers have been using telephoto lenses in their cameras with varying results. One thing that’s been holding them back is the lack of physical space within the phones. This mystery phone with a retractable camera aims to solve this issue.
From the video, we see the triple camera package on a rectangular island with two cameras isolated. Below them, we see the star attraction; the movable lens. This piece of hardware actually extends from the phone a couple of millimeters.
Having a camera that can extend from the phone will actually help it get even further to the subject with even less loss in quality. From the video, we can see that it’s a 50mm lens with an aperture of f/2.4.
The company made sure that this camera is protected
There’s some more information we got from the short video. For starters, one shot shows water being sprayed on the phone while the lens is retracting. This points to Oppo adding water resistance to the phone despite the retractable camera.
In another shot, we see the phone being dropped with the camera out. It’s tough to see what’s going on, but it could point to Oppo adding in drop detection. If so, then the camera would retract when it senses the phone is in freefall. This is the same thing that OnePlus did with the OnePlus 7 Pro’s pop-up camera.
Right now, we don’t have any more information on this phone like specs or a possible price. This video was leaked, so Oppo wasn’t really expecting to reveal any information just yet. More details will as time goes on, however.

OPPO self-developed retractable camera 📸#OPPO #OPPOINNODAY2021 pic.twitter.com/otPq6bZyoB
— Tech Agent (@techagent26) December 7, 2021

Oppo INNO Day is coming soon
Tech companies have their own events like Google with I/O and Samsung with its Unpacked events. Oppo has its own, and it’s called Oppo INNO Day. This event is fast approaching as we expect to see it sometime next week.
This event will be different than previous years because it’s going to be the company’s first-ever virtual event. Instead of holding it in a physical venue, it will be live-streamed to the audience via the internet. We can expect this new phone with a retractable camera to be unveiled at this event.
 
The post Leaked Video Shows Oppo Phone With Retractable Camera appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Discord Offers Premium Memberships For Server Monetization

Discord is making it possible to monetize servers, through the use of a new premium membership feature. Discord says it’s currently testing this new feature with a small, select group of creators and communities. Though it plans to eventually roll it out to more in the future.
While premium membership plans will be available a small group of Discord communities right now, Discord says that more communities may be allowed to test the feature in 2022. However, it says nothing so far about an expected time frame. So any communities that are interested will need to keep an eye out for potential access to future testing opportunities.
Discord is also not accepting any more requests for communities to join the test at this time.
A Discord premium membership will allow for gated servers & content

Discord says this has been a highly requested feature from creators and communities. And, it makes sense. It gives those communities a way to monetize their Discord servers and bring in some additional revenue.
A community with a premium membership in place will be able to gate certain parts of the server and its content behind the monthly fee. Or, Discord says the entire server can be put behind the paywall. So, what do users get if they subscribe?
That depends on the community. The owner of the community sets up the tiered incentives for users who choose to support the server through these premium memberships. Membership fees are monthly, and set up in tiers. So, paying more per month if there is an option, rewards with you with more stuff.
Communities keep most of the revenue
Discord also notes that communities keep 90% of the revenue gained from a premium membership. While Discord itself keeps the remaining 10%. Obviously, this is a huge thing for communities with a ton of members. The more members you have, the more potential money you can make from premium membership subscriptions. Especially if some of those users choose to pay more per month.
Granted, you’ll need some high-value incentives. Without them, users may not be tempted to subscribe. It’s something worth keeping in mind if you plan to set these up once more communities are allowed to test them out.
Communities with premium memberships can also look at analytics to see how they’re doing. Allowing for any adjustment of incentives and/or pricing if needed.
The post Discord Offers Premium Memberships For Server Monetization appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

YouTube Rolls Out Video Chapters Feature To Smart TVs & Game Consoles

YouTube is used by billions of people across the globe every minute. It is one of the most-used apps on a smartphone for media consumption. To make watching videos more convenient, YouTube introduced the video chapters feature.
The YouTube video chapters feature was introduced back in 2020, after a round of testing. This feature lets you skip to the part of a video that you want to see. It negates the need to specifically scroll through the seek bar to land at the exact viewing time on a video.
The uploader of the video needs to add chapters manually by signing in to the YouTube studio. If a YouTuber hasn’t added video chapters, then YouTube would use machine learning to add automatic chapters. YouTube video chapters are regarded as one of the best features introduced by the company in recent times.
Taking things forward, according to Android Police, Google is now rolling out this feature for more devices. Notably, the YouTube video chapters feature is now available for select Smart TVs and gaming consoles.
Recently, this feature was evolved, and the ability to share exact time stamps was also made available for the Android app.
A full list of compatible devices is not available at the moment
This piece of information was shared by YouTube from its official Twitter handle. In the tweet, this YouTube video chapters feature is rolling out for newer smart TVs and game consoles.
A full list of compatible devices isn’t available at the moment, however, going by the tweet, only newer devices would be supporting this feature.
So, if you have a modern smart TV or a gaming console, and you wish to enjoy this handy feature on your device, then make sure that you have the latest version of the YouTube app installed on it.
If the feature isn’t live for your device, then you probably need to wait for some time before it is made available in your region. Once available, you will see a bit different UI.
Especially, the seek bar will be divided into sections for each chapter. If you hover over each chapter, it will show you the title of the chapter.
So for example, if you are watching an unboxing video, then you will see different sections with chapter title intro at 0:00, unboxing at 1:34, box contents at 2:30, and so on.
While this feature was saving precious time of the users on mobile, soon smart TV and video game console owners will also experience this change.
The post YouTube Rolls Out Video Chapters Feature To Smart TVs & Game Consoles appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Instagram Adding Extensive Parental Controls In March 2022

Instagram chief Adam Mosseri has announced that the platform will bring revamped parental controls in March 2022. These controls will allow parents and guardians to monitor the time spent by their kids on Instagram and even set time limits. It will also notify parents or guardians when their child reports someone on the platform.
Mosseri gave out the information in a blog post (via), adding that these new additions have been in development for a while. The Meta-owned company also unveiled a handful of other safety features focused on teens. These changes come ahead of Mosseri’s testimony to a U.S. Senate Committee this week.
Instagram is also working on a dedicated educational hub for parents/guardians with tutorials and tips on social media use by children. Additionally, the company said it would soon begin the broader rollout of the “Take a Break” feature that was previewed in October.
When enabled, this feature sends reminders/notifications to users in 10, 20, or 30-minute intervals to close the app. Instagram said it would notify users of this feature to encourage widespread adoption. The platform said that up to 90% of the users kept the reminders on after enabling them. The feature will first make its way to the U.S., Canada, UK, Ireland, Australia, and New Zealand while global availability will commence next year.
The platform is changing how recommendations work for teenagers
Instagram is also changing how tagging permissions work for teenagers on the platform. Starting early next year, users will be unable to mention or tag teenage users on the app. Furthermore, the service is also gaining a bulk delete feature next month. This would allow users to delete photos, likes, comments from the platform in bulk. This feature would allow users to “manage their digital footprint,” the Instagram chief said.
Going forward, Instagram would be stricter with recommendations to teens through Search, Explore, Hashtags, and Suggested Accounts. The platform will also “nudge” users to different topics “if they’ve been dwelling on one topic for a while.”
The blog post also includes quotes from psychologists and mental health experts citing the benefits of the “Take a Break” and the “nudge” features. These additions come as Meta faces sharp criticism for its inaction despite knowing its platforms could be harmful to teens.
Although Instagram has also spoken about a kids’ version of the platform, those plans have been dropped at this point.
The post Instagram Adding Extensive Parental Controls In March 2022 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Win A Google Pixel 6 Pro With Android Headlines! – US Giveaway

The Google Pixel 6 Pro was announced back in October, and now we’re doing a giveaway of one for the holidays. This is the most high-end Android smartphone Google makes, and is still pretty tough to get one right now.
Pixel 6 Pro costs $899, making this a pretty inexpensive smartphone, compared to others on the market. But as we said in our review, it’s the “Almost” perfect smartphone. That’s because it does basically everything perfectly.
About the Google Pixel 6
The Pixel 6 Pro is the latest flagship from Google. It runs on Android 12, as well as Google’s own custom chipset, Tensor SoC. Additionally, it has 12GB of RAM and 128GB of storage, with a massive 5000mAh capacity battery. Google has also given it a high-refresh-rate display, at 120Hz.
This year, Google has also finally included new sensors for the camera. So we have a 50-megapixel main sensor, a 48-megapixel telephoto sensor, and a 12-megapixel ultra-wide sensor. With that, Google has included a number of new camera modes on the Pixel 6 Pro, including Cinematic Pan. It’s quite clear that this is likely going to be the best camera phone on the market.
The Pixel 6 Pro will work on all of the carriers – including MVNO’s like Google Fi, Cricket, Straight Talk, Xfinity Mobile, and others. The one in this giveaway is unlocked, so you’ll have no issue using this with your existing carrier.
How To enter
To be entered for a chance to win the Google Pixel 6 Pro, all you need to do is take part in the giveaway widget below. To get started, simply enter the contest with your email address.
Once you have entered, you’ll have the opportunity to gain additional entries by completing various actions, including visiting Android Headlines social media channels.
You are entitled to complete as many actions as you like, each action offers a unique number of entries and each entry has the potential to be the winning one.
This Pixel 6 Pro giveaway is a USA-ONLY contest and will close promptly at 2:59 pm PST on January 10, 2022.
Enter now for a chance to win a Google Pixel 6, courtesy of Android Headlines.
Your browser does not support iframe
This is a USA-only Giveaway.
Entrants need to be of a suitable age to enter.
Shipping issues are not controlled by Android Headlines or our partners. You should be aware that things can go wrong. Android Headlines or our partners are not responsible for items lost in transit.
It only takes one email entry to win, so only enter using one email address. Entering with more than one email will not improve your chances of winning and may result in disqualification. Email addresses are checked and confirmed.
Winner(s) will be emailed and if no response is given within 48 hours, another entrant(s) will be selected.
Anyone deemed to be ‘spamming’ the contest will be disqualified.
Android Headlines reserves the right to make changes to this contest/giveaway.

The post Win A Google Pixel 6 Pro With Android Headlines! – US Giveaway appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

YouTube Now Lets You Unmute And Scrub Videos In The Feed

For a while now, YouTube’s been letting us preview videos right in the video feed. Now, silently released an update that gives us just a bit more control over those video previews. We now have some rudimentary but useful controls over these YouTube video previews.
You can unmute and scrub YouTube video previews
When you’re scrolling through your YouTube video feed, you’re likely to see a video that piques your interest, but you don’t want to open up the whole video. This is where the video previews come in. However, until now, you couldn’t really do anything with those previews.
Now, that’s all changed. YouTube just released an update where you can control those video previews. For starters, if you want to hear the video, the option to unmute the video is right on the top right of the preview. Next to that, you have the option to enable and disable the closed captions.
If you want to navigate to a different part of the video, you can also do that. When the video preview starts playing, you’ll see a navigation bar appear. Now, you can navigate the video preview just like any YouTube video you open.
Make sure you are on the right version of YouTube
If you’re looking for this feature and you can’t find it, you might not be on the right version of YouTube. I’m running version 16.46.37. Find YouTube on the Play Store, tap “What’s New”, and go all the way to the bottom. There, you’ll see the version number. Update the app if you need to.
If you don’t have the option to update, then you might just have to wait for it to land on your phone. Most of the time, updates reach different phones at different times. I was able to get this on my LG Velvet and my Pixel 6.


In Other YouTube News: YouTube may be testing out Material You Design
Tons of Google apps have already gotten the Material You design language, but YouTube has been sticking to its same design. That, however, is about to change, as the company seems to be testing a Material You design element.
There’s a leaked screenshot showing the like, dislike, share, and add to playlist buttons outlined in a pill-shaped bubble. This is the same kind of round and bubbly shape we see all around Android 12. There’s no word on when we can expect a full overhaul of the YouTube app, but we can expect to see more changes eventually.
The post YouTube Now Lets You Unmute And Scrub Videos In The Feed appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Here's 20 Holiday Gift Ideas Under $30

No matter what holiday you celebrate, the holiday season is here. And that means you need some gifts for everyone in your life. Not everyone is able to spend hundreds on everyone though, so we have rounded up the best holiday gift ideas that are under $30. These are going to be great gift ideas for your coworkers, distant relatives, and even your delivery people from USPS, Amazon, FedEx and UPS. You’ll be able to take care of them for under $30, without giving them a terrible gift.
And this list isn’t just gift cards or other virtual gifts that don’t need any shipping. Most of these do need to be shipped, so the earlier you order, the better.
If you need other ideas for gifts this holiday season, check out our gift guides here. With that said, here are the best gifts under $25.

Cost
Where to buy
Razer Viper Mini
$29
Amazon
myQ Chamberlain Smart Garage Opener
$19
Amazon
Logitech G305 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse
$29
Amazon
Kasa Smart Light Bulbs (4-Pack)
$28
Amazon
Amazon Echo Dot (3rd Gen)
$19
Amazon
Sleepbox Sound Machine
$19
Amazon
Buffway Slim Minimalist Wallet
$12
Amazon
Etsfmoa Unisex Beanie Hat with Lights
$15
Amazon
Gooseneck Phone Stand
$21
Amazon
Anker PowerCore Slim 10K
$22
Amazon
Kasa Outdoor Smart Dimmer Plug
$29
Amazon
Anker PowerCore 10000
$25
Amazon
Anker Nano Charger 20W
$17
Amazon
Amazon Smart Plug
$25
Amazon
Samsung Galaxy SmartTag+
$29
Amazon
Amazon Echo Dot (4th Gen)
$29
Amazon
Amazon Fire TV Stick 4K
$29
Amazon
Tile Mate (2022)
$19
Amazon
mophie Charge Stream Pad+
$29
Amazon
Razer Viper Mini

Price: $29
Where to buy: Amazon
The Razer Viper Mini is a lightweight gaming mouse, and it is 10% smaller than the Viper. Because it is a gaming mouse, this does not have wireless capabilities. That makes for a more accurate gaming mouse.
There are six programmable buttons on the Razer Viper Mini, which can be used for different macro functions and controlled in Razer Synapse 3.
Razer Viper Mini – Amazon
myQ Chamberlain Smart Garagae Control

Price: $19
Where to buy: Amazon
What if we told you, that you can make your garage smart, for just $20? Well, you can thanks to Chamberlain.
This smart garage control from Chamberlain makes it easier to open your garage from your phone, using your voice, and even automatically. As you can set up IFTTT to automatically open it when you get home.
myQ Chamberlain Smart Garagae Control – Amazon
Logitech G305 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse

Price: $29
Where to buy: Amazon
This is probably the lightest weight gaming mouse that is also wireless. It also has some pretty decent battery life, at about 250 hours on a single charge. So you can game all week without worrying about plugging it in.
It’s also super accurate thanks to the Hero 12K sensor. It has 12,000 DPI, and six programmable buttons, like the Razer Viper Mini.
Logitech G305 LIGHTSPEED Wireless Gaming Mouse – Amazon
Kasa Smart Light Bulbs

Price: $28
Where to buy: Amazon
Kasa – which is TP-Link’s smart home brand – has a four pack of its smart light bulbs for under $30. What a great way to start your smart home.
These are A19 bulbs that are dimmable. Unfortunately these are not color or tunable. You’re stuck with soft white or 2700K. These are pretty bright at 800 Lumens. And there’s no hub needed, while still working with Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant.
Kasa Smart Light Bulbs – Amazon
Amazon Echo Dot (3rd Gen)

Price: $19
Where to buy: Amazon
This is the previous generation Echo Dot, but it still works just fine and will for the foreseeable future.
With the Echo Dot, you can stream music from Amazon Music Unlimited, Spotify, Apple Music and so much more. You also have the option of asking Alexa things like the weather, traffic, the latest news headlines and much more.
Echo Dot (3rd Gen) – Amazon
Sleepbox Sound Machines

Price: $19
Where to buy: Amazon
If you know someone that has trouble sleeping, then this might be the gift for them. This sound machine is able to do 25 different soothing sounds. From white noise, soft fan, big fan, campfire, among many others.
There are also five different timers available, so you can set it to stop after a few hours.
Sleepbox Sound Machines -Amazon
Etsfmoa Unisex Beanie Hat with Lights

Price: $16
Where to buy: Amazon
It’s winter now, and everyone can use a good beanie to keep their head warm.
This beanie has a bright light on the front that will make it easier to see when you’re outside in the dark. Not only see, but also allow others to see you. If you know someone that likes to go running in the winter, this is a great gift.
Etsfmoa Unisex Beanie Hat with Lights – Amazon
Gooseneck Phone Stand

Price: $22
Where to buy: Amazon
This phone stand is another great gift idea because it can be attached to your bed and be used to watch videos in bed without holding your phone.
I actually use this exact stand for my iPad, to watch YouTube while I’m in bed. And it works really well.
Gooseneck Phone Stand – Amazon
Anker PowerCore Slim 10K

Price: $22
Where to buy: Amazon
We all need more juice for our phones from time-to-time, and that makes the Anker PowerCore Slim 10K a really great gift idea this year.
This battery pack has a capacity of around 10,000mAh. That’s going to be enough to charge your phone two to three times, depending on the phone you have.
Anker PowerCore Slim 10K – Amazon
Kasa Outdoor Smart Dimmer Plug

Price: $29
Where to buy: Amazon
This is the perfect way to put up outdoor lights, no matter what time of year it is. It’s a smart outdoor plug that can be controlled from your smartphone.
This plug works with Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant and Samsung’s SmartThings.
Kasa Outdoor Smart Dimmer Plug – Amazon
Anker PowerCore 10000

Price: $25
Where to buy: Amazon
We all need more juice for our phones from time-to-time, and that makes the Anker PowerCore 10000 a really great gift idea this year.
This battery pack has a capacity of around 10,000mAh. That’s going to be enough to charge your phone two to three times, depending on the phone you have. Unfortunately, this does use a micro USB port though.
Anker PowerCore 10000 – Amazon
Anker Nano Charger 20W

Price: $17
Where to buy: Amazon
With a lot of smartphone makers ditching the charger in the box now, this makes a great stocking stuffer and gift idea this year.
The Anker Nano Charger 20W is a 20W charger that uses GaN which makes it smaller and cheaper. This will charge your iPhone at its full speed, and also charge most Android phones at 20W. Not bad for less than $20.
Anker Nano Charger 20W – Amazon
Amazon Smart Plug

Price: $25
Where to buy: Amazon
The Amazon Smart Plug is one of our favorite smart plugs, and that’s because it is super easy to set up and use. There’s no needing to download another app. You can set it up solely through Alexa. And in fact, you can do it all with your voice.
With a smart plug, you are able to control things that aren’t smart – like lights, Christmas trees and such – with your voice or with the Alexa app.
Amazon Smart Plug – Amazon
Samsung Galaxy SmartTag+

Price: $29
Where to buy: Amazon
We’ve all lost things from time-to-time, and the Galaxy SmartTag+ is the best way to keep that from happening. It works as a Bluetooth tracker, but also has UWB included, so it is able to more precisely tell you where you left something.
This can be attached to your keys, put in your wallet, or even added to a backpack.
Samsung Galaxy SmartTag+ – Amazon
Amazon Echo Dot (4th Gen)

Price: $29
Where to buy: Amazon
The Amazon Echo (4th Gen) is the latest generation Echo from Amazon and it offers a ton of great features. You can of course, use it to play music, ask Alexa things and even control your smart home.
But now you can also use Alexa as an intercom, set timers, get the latest news and much more.
Amazon Echo Dot (4th Gen) – Amazon
Amazon Fire TV Stick 4K

Price: $29
Where to buy: Amazon
The Amazon Fire TV Stick 4K has all of your favorite apps available. Like YouTube, Disney+, Amazon Prime Video, Netflix, Hulu, HBO MAX and much more. It also has Alexa built-in, with  a microphone button on the remote.
There is also now power and volume buttons on the new remote with the Fire TV Stick 4K this year.
Amazon Fire TV Stick 4K – Amazon
Tile Mate (2022)

Price: $19
Where to buy: Amazon
This is the latest Tile Mate, and it’s under $20 which is really impressive.
The Tile Mate is small and slim enough that it can be attached to your keys or slid into your wallet. And you’ll be able to easily see where you left your item. Thanks to the Tile app on both Android and iOS.
Tile Mate (2022) – Amazon
mophie Charge Stream Pad+

Price: $29
Where to buy: Amazon
The mophie Charge Stream Pad+ is a pretty simple wireless charging puck. It can charge at up to 10W. Which is not a lot when it comes to wireless charging, but where most phones only do faster wireless charging with specific wireless chargers, this is about the best that you’re going to get.
mophie does offer this in both black and white.
mophie Charge Stream Pad+ – Amazon
The post Here’s 20 Holiday Gift Ideas Under $30 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Turn Off Your Nintendo Switch Instead Of Putting It To Sleep

Nintendo Switch is easily one of the fastest-selling consoles of its generation. And, as with all Nintendo consoles, it’s a great system in just about every regard. Whether that’s the massive array of first-class first-party and third-party titles. Or its ability to go fully portable or full-screen on the big screen at the drop of a hat — or, more precisely, at a drop in the dock. But not, necessarily, when it comes to turning the console off entirely.
Now, learning how to put a Nintendo Switch into Sleep mode is easy enough. That’s actually the default result of simply pressing the off-button. But, in a very un-Nintendo fashion, that also causes some potential for difficulties for some users. Namely, figuring out how to turn the Switch off, since that other option is the default, won’t be intuitive to everybody.
The fact that the Nintendo Switch only has a single way to actually turn it off doesn’t necessarily make matters easier. If anything, many users will find that to be counterintuitive.
Fortunately, that’s exactly what this guide is here to discuss, whether you’re playing docked or in handheld mode. So let’s dive in.
How to turn off your Nintendo Switch
As noted above, using the software won’t be of any help at all here. The Nintendo Switch UI does, in fact, show a power button just below the row representing your games library. But that doesn’t actually power the Switch down. In fact, just as with the power button’s default, that simply puts the console into a power-saving sleep mode.
Similarly, users are free to press and hold the house-icon bearing home button on any controller, attached to the Switch or not, to pull up the power menu. But the only option there is, of course, to put the console to sleep. But if you look to turn the console off completely, extra steps and the hardware itself are required.
Along the top of the Nintendo Switch, Switch OLED, and Switch Lite, the company has placed a power button. For clarity, that’s next to the volume rockers. More directly, on the exact opposite side of the console to the 3.5mm audio jack and game card slot. As discussed already, a single tap on that will put the console to sleep. Instead, you will need to not just press, but to press and hold the button for several seconds until the power menu appears. This typically takes less than ten seconds.
When the Power menu appears, the first option will put the console into “Sleep Mode” and the final option will “Close” the menu entirely. The second option will, instead, feature a “Power Options” label. Select “Power Options” either using the touch screen or a controller. In our example images, we’re utilizing the touchscreen. It’s worth noting that there’s no real advantage to that. Instead, it is really a matter of preference since either may be used
After selecting “Power Options,” select the option labeled “Turn Off,” in the resulting menu. Note that turning the console off, unlike with Sleep mode, will actually close any and all open software. So if you’ve got a game running, it would be a good idea to ensure all progress is saved before selecting the option to power off your Nintendo Switch
Your Nintendo Switch screen will turn off as your console shuts off. To turn your console back on, press the power button again. Rebooting from a power-off state does, however, take significantly longer than from a Sleep state

Turning your Switch off using in docked mode still requires the power button
Now, the same steps will actually need to be followed to turn off the console, even if your Nintendo Switch is docked. And that’s because, as of this writing, Nintendo Switch is the only console for which there is presently no software-first way to accomplish the task. Instead, it’s entirely hardware-driven.
The primary caveat to that is, of course, that you’ll need to keep the Switch firmly seated in its dock to accomplish that. If your Switch leaves the dock during the process or otherwise becomes undocked after turning it off, prior to reseating, it will turn back on. Since the Switch will actually turn on automatically, by default, if docked while turned off.
The post How To Turn Off Your Nintendo Switch Instead Of Putting It To Sleep appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Netflix Has A New Trio Of Mobile Games For You To Try Out

Netflix has a trio of new mobile games for you to try out, having just recently added a handful of new titles to its app for players. Spotted by Android Police, the app now serves up a total of 10 games. All of which can be installed through Google Play after clicking on them in the Netflix app.
Since games officially started rolling out to users in the US last month, most people should see the Netflix mobile games row while scrolling, including the new titles that were added. All of these are free titles just like the last ones that were available at launch. As they’re all included with the Netflix monthly membership fee that you already pay.
New Netflix mobile games are pretty casual
Don’t go launching the app thinking you’re going to be met with a crop of hardcore action-based titles or AAA-quality RPGs. Netflix is starting to lean more into the games space by adding to its library of offerings, but all the games are still fairly casual. That doesn’t mean they won’t be enjoyable, though.
Even if you’re not someone who play casual mobile games a lot, they have their place. Sometimes it’s just nice to sit back with a game that won’t take too much of your attention. Whether you just want to play in the background while watching TV or you’re looking for a nice commute-friendly game across town.
The games that have been recently added include Knittens, Wonderputt Forever, and Dominoes Cafe. As you can probably guess from the titles of the last two, Wonderputt Forever is a casual golf game and Dominoes Cafe is a casual game about Dominoes.
What about Knittens though? Well, let me tell you. Knittens is a match-3 puzzle game that features pictures of cute and cuddly kittens. And honestly, how can you not enjoy that, unless you hate cats or puzzle titles. It’s surely not going to be game of the year by any stretch. But you might love it all the same. Even casually.
And at the very least it could be a great game if you have kids. Something for you to let them play when they ask to play a game on your phone as it were.
The post Netflix Has A New Trio Of Mobile Games For You To Try Out appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Galaxy Z Fold 2 Receives Third One UI 4.0 Beta Update

Samsung is rolling out another Android 12-based One UI 4.0 beta update to the Galaxy Z Fold 2. This is the third beta build for the 2020 Galaxy foldable and it comes with a bunch of bug fixes and improvements. Identified by build number ZUKK (via Sammy Fans), the latest update is currently rolling out to users in South Korea but should soon make its way into other markets as well.
According to the official changelog, the most recent One UI 4.0 beta update for the Galaxy Z Fold 2 fixes the issue of fingerprint authentication not working properly in some apps. It also fixes an issue with screen brightness automatically changing to the lowest level when the device is on boot. The Galaxy A Z Fold 3 and Galaxy Z Flip 3 also had similar brightness issues on One UI 4.0 beta. Samsung has fixed it with a recent release.
Other issues fixed on the Galaxy Z Fold 2 include the lack of visual effects with quick toggles, unstable Windows PC connection via USB, heavy battery drain when connected to the Galaxy Watch 4, lock screen issues with the Galaxy Watch 4, and navigation bar errors.
The changelog doesn’t mention any new features. This suggests that Samsung is getting closer to releasing the stable One UI 4.0 update to the Fold 2. The Galaxy S21 series received four beta builds before picking up the stable release. It’s quite likely that the second-gen Samsung foldable will also follow a similar path. In that case, One UI 4.0 could release publicly for the phone before the end of the year, at least in some markets. We wouldn’t be surprised though, that’s how impressive Samsung’s software game has been lately.
Samsung is rapidly moving through its One UI 4.0 beta program
Samsung may have released the stable One UI 4.0 update to only one device so far (Galaxy S21 series). But the company is rapidly moving through the beta program for a bunch of other devices. Along with the Galaxy Z Fold 2, the Korean firm is also currently beta testing the new software for the Galaxy Z Fold 3, Galaxy Z Flip 3, Galaxy Z Flip, Galaxy S20 series, and the Galaxy Note 20 series. It also recently opened the program to the Galaxy Note 10 and Galaxy S10 series.
Most of these devices have already received multiple beta builds. So Samsung could soon start pushing the stable One UI 4.0 update to them. We will let you know when the rollout begins.
The post Galaxy Z Fold 2 Receives Third One UI 4.0 Beta Update appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google Photos Locked Folder Feature Arriving For More Android Users

Back in May this year, Google introduced the Locked Folder feature. This feature allows users to prevent their sensitive images or video files on their Android devices from getting uploaded to the cloud.
All images on your Android device, when put inside the Locked Folder, will be kept locally. Moreover, they will be protected behind a passcode or require biometric authentication.
Google Photos Locked Folder feature was previously exclusive only to the Pixel devices. However, according to a recent report by Android Police, the Locked Folder feature is now rolling out for more Android users, especially the non-Pixel Android devices.
Google announced back in October that this Locked Folder will make its way to more devices very soon, and it seems like the time has arrived.
Users are seeing this option on several devices, including the likes of OPPO, OnePlus, and Samsung. It is accessible via the ‘Utilities’ section of the Google Photos app.
For some, Google Photos is showing a prompt notification asking them to set up a Locked Folder and save their images. Apparently, this is not the case with everyone.
Google Photos Locked Folder feature for iOS may arrive by early next year
As of now, the Locked Feature on Google Photos is live for Android smartphones. For iOS, the feature is expected to arrive by early next year.
Once the image or video is stored in the Locked Folder, it won’t show up in the Google Photos library. In fact, the locked media files won’t show up on any other Gallery app as well.
Do note that not all Android smartphones have received this feature. The update is rolling out gradually. So, it may take some time before knocking on the doors of all Android smartphones.
However, you can make your device ready to receive the update. First of all, you need to ensure that you have installed the latest version of the Google Photos app on your phone.
After you have set up the Google Photos app, then you need to simply move your media files, which you wish to hide from the world’s eyes, into the locked folder.
This can be done by tapping on the Library tab > Utilities (located at the top-right corner) > Locked Folder (located at the bottom). If this option isn’t available for you, then the feature has not arrived for your phone.
Remember that the images or video files that you move to the Locked Folder will be removed from your account’s cloud storage. You need to manually back it up after taking them out of the Locked Folder.

The post Google Photos Locked Folder Feature Arriving For More Android Users appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Smartphone Sales To Grow 5.3% In 2021 Despite Chip Shortages

Despite a strong start to the year, the global smartphone market is staring at a meager overall growth in 2021. According to the latest data estimates from research firm IDC, smartphone sales will grow about 5.3 percent year-on-year (YoY) this year. Total shipment volume will reach 1.35 billion units.
A 5.3 percent YoY growth wouldn’t have been bad a couple of years back. But considering the massive slowdown that the smartphone market experienced last year due to the coronavirus pandemic, there were bigger expectations this year. And the first quarter did set the tone for strong growth. Global shipments grew a staggering 20 percent YoY in Q1 2021.
However, an unprecedented semiconductor shortage, which has disrupted production and caused supply shortages globally, has crushed all the hopes of a strong 2021 for the smartphone industry. Shipments in the second half of the year have been far less than what was projected early in the year. As such, IDC has lowered its overall YoY growth expectations from 7.4 percent to 5.3 percent. Another research firm Counterpoint Research also recently similarly adjusted its estimates in October.
“Although we expected a slowdown in the third quarter, the market declined by almost twice the projected rate as the supply chain and logistical challenges hit every major player in the market,” said Nabila Popal, a research director at IDC.
The ongoing chip shortage issue isn’t expected to get resolved anytime soon. IDC sees it affecting smartphone shipments next year as well. The firm has lowered its estimated YoY growth for 2022 from 3.4 percent to and 3.0 percent. This sustained growth for the straight years means the smartphone market could return to pre-pandemic levels in 2022.
5G smartphone sales are on the rise, of course
As carriers all over the world gradually roll out 5G networks, demand for 5G-equipped handsets is on the rise. Shipments of 5G devices grew 117 percent YoY this year, while that of 4G devices declined 22.5 percent YoY. However, despite OEMs making 5G devices more affordable, their average sale prices (ASPs) have grown 1.7 percent from 2020 to $643. And that’s because of the popularity of the iPhone 13 series that comes with 5G cellular connectivity. While the overall Android ASP for 2021 came in at $265, iOS climbed to a staggering $950. No wonder 5G ASP grew as well.
Going forward, IDC expects the 5G ASP to drop to $416 over the next five years. This decline in prices, coupled with the continued transition from feature phones to smartphones, means DC is estimating a 3.5 percent compound annual growth rate (CAGR) for at least five years from 2023 and beyond.
The post Smartphone Sales To Grow 5.3% In 2021 Despite Chip Shortages appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

This Is The Best Deal On A 4TB SSD For PS5 Right Now

Now that the PS5 supports SSD storage expansion, you’re going to want to get one if you own a PS5, and this one from PNY is probably the best deal available right now. At least on an SSD of this size. But, before you can get an SSD for your PS5’s expansion slot, there are a few things to know. For one, it has to meet Sony’s specifications.
There are a set of requirements that Sony has laid out that the SSD you buy needs to meet. Or, it won’t be compatible with the console. You can read about those here.
With that out of the way, why is this SSD deal from PNY for the PS5 one of the best deals available? For a few reasons. One of them being that, well… because it works with the PS5. So, right off the bat it’s worth considering because it’s compatible. But it isn’t just that. PNY is also chopping some of the price off. This is a 4TB NVMe PCIe Gen4 SSD. SSDs of this type in this size don’t come cheap.
And while this particular SSD isn’t really all that cheap either, it is on sale. Normally it retails for $749. Right now though PNY is offering it at 20% off. That brings the price down to $587. Compared to other brands, like Samsung which doesn’t even offer a 4TB model of its PS5-compatible 980 Pro, and Seagate whose FireCuda 530 in a 4TB with a heatsink is closer to $1,000, this isn’t just a deal. It’s a steal.
In addition to the better price, the PNY 4TB XLR8 NVMe SSD also has read speeds of up to 5,600 MB/s and write speeds of up to 3,900 MB/s. Well within Sony’s required range. It also comes with a 5-year warranty. The last thing to note is that this does not come with a heatsink. Which Sony recommends you have.
So you will need to buy one separately and attach it yourself. Luckily, you can get a pretty decent one for very little money.
PNY XLR8 4TB M.2 NVMe Gen4 SSD – Amazon
The post This Is The Best Deal On A 4TB SSD For PS5 Right Now appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Halo Infinite: Everything You Need To Know

Halo Infinite is nearly upon us, with the full launch of the game looming over players. The next game in the Halo franchise from 343 Industries promises to introduce some big changes to the series, while incorporating that familiar Halo feel that players have come to know and love over the years.
Whether you’re a Halo newbie or you’ve been playing since the release of Halo: Combat Evolved on the original Xbox, there are bound to be things that surprise you. That being said, this guide is here to help clear up any confusion about the game and attempt to answer any questions you might have.
Some of the information you may already know, while other details you may just be learning like the rest of us. From price of the campaign to the release date, weapons, and more, you should be able to find everything here. So, let’s jump into it.
What is Halo Infinite?

Halo Infinite is the latest Halo game in the long-running series. The game is developed by 343 Industries and published by Microsoft. It’s comprised of a multiplayer mode for PvP-based gameplay, and the campaign which dumps players into the story for PvE-based gameplay.
Multiplayer includes much of the style of gameplay from past games in the series. Including Slayer, Big Team Battle, the Halo Forge, Oddball, and other fan-favorite match types.
The campaign is just what you would expect. A beefy story mode filled with exciting missions and combat.
What does Halo Infinite cost?
Halo Infinite will cost $60 to buy the campaign on Xbox consoles, or on PC via Steam. Although, there is a way to get the campaign for free. If you’re an Xbox Game Pass subscriber, Halo Infinite’s campaign will be a part of Game Pass on day one.
Meaning you can hop in at no additional cost when it goes live. The multiplayer portion of the game is free-to-play. So you won’t have to pay for it at all. You can simply install it and play as much as you like.
When does the game launch?
Microsoft is officially launching Halo Infinite on December 8. However, there is a bit more clarification to be laid out here. The free-to-play multiplayer mode is already live, but it’s technically still in a beta. With the official launch out of beta happening on December 8.
This date is also when the campaign mode goes live and players will be able to jump into the story mode.
Where is the game playable?

You can play Halo Infinite on the Xbox Series X|S, and on PC. On both consoles and PC you can access the game through Game Pass. On PC you can also access it through Steam, where you can also purchase the campaign.
Does the campaign have a co-op mode?

Yes and no. The campaign will have a co-op mode where you can play through the story with friends. However, this will not be available with the game at launch on December 8. Which means if you want to play the campaign right away, you’ll be going it alone.
When does the campaign co-op mode launch?
There isn’t an official release date for the campaign co-op. All 343 Industries has said is that its goal is to launch the campaign co-op with season 2. The multiplayer is currently in season 1, and is likely to stay that way until sometime in early 2022.
So while there is no official date for campaign co-op yet, players can probably expect the co-op to arrive sometime between February and March. Again though, exact timing all depends on when season 2 launches and if 343 is able to stick to its target launch date goal.
What about the Halo Forge?
The Halo Forge mode is another popular mode that players fell in love with from past Halo games. This will also not be launching alongside the game on December 8. According to 343 Industries, its goal is to launch Halo Forge alongside season 3. Given the length of time seasons are likely to last, it’s possible that players won’t see the Halo Forge arrive until the middle of next year.
As with the campaign co-op, though, exact timing is unknown. So, this is a detail we all just have to keep our eyes open for in the months ahead.
What are the match types in Halo Infinite?

Halo Infinite currently has 7 different match types, although they’re referred to as Modes in this game. All of which but one are available in the game at this very moment. The one that isn’t included right now is Fiesta. It was briefly in the game for the multiplayer’s first event, Fracture: Tenrai, and was the only event match type. This event will spread out over multiple weeks across a period of months, leading into next year. The first week of the event is now over and comes back in January.
For the other match types, all of the currently available (confirmed) modes are listed below. It’s also likely that more modes will be added later on, and, could even be available once the game fully launches.
Currently unavailable game modes
Fiesta
Currently available game modes
Oddball
Slayer
Capture The Flag
Stockpile
Total Control
Strongholds
In addition to these modes, there are variations of them that you will see pop up. Such as ‘One Flag.’ Which is essentially Capture The Flag but where only one team has a flag to defend and the other must take it back to their base. Once the round is over the offense and defense teams swap.
There’s also playlists that incorporate all these modes in their own way. Quickplay includes all modes and will randomly select one for players upon entering. Big Team Battle is basically the same thing but with larger teams. Then there’s Arena which is ranked. And finally you have Bot Bootcamp, which is a team of four players against an enemy team of bots. This is intended as a practice mode to help players familiarize themselves with maps and weapons, and increase their skills.
How many players can play in each mode?
This will depend on whether you’re playing in the Quick Play playlist or the Big Team Battle playlist. In Quick Play, and other modes like Fiesta from the Fracture: Tenrai event, there are four players on each team. In Big Team Battle there are 12 players on each team.
What are the Halo Infinite maps?

Halo Infinite multiplayer will have a wide collection of maps to play on. Some more suited to Big Team Battle while others are perfect for smaller modes that are based on 4v4. You can find the complete list of maps below that are available in Halo Infinite Multiplayer.
Halo Infinite Multiplayer Maps
Aquarius
Bazaar
Behemoth
Deadlock
Fragmentation
Highpower
Launch Site
Live Fire
Recharge
Streets
These are all the maps you can currently spawn into when playing in multiplayer matches. Although, more will be added after the game launches. When, we can’t say. Because we’re not sure, as Microsoft and 343 haven’t confirmed when new maps will be added or what they’ll be. But more will be coming in the future.
What weapons does the game have?

Halo Infinite has a huge list of weapons to use in combat. Whether you’re plowing your way through waves of Banished in the campaign or taking on enemy Spartans in multiplayer. You can find the complete list of weapons currently in the game below. Keep in mind that more will potentially be added at a later date as the game progresses. But for now, here’s everything you can end up with.
Also worth noting is that we’re only listing the weapons here. Not any of the equipment or grenades. You can find that below this section.
Halo Infinite UNSC Weapons
MA40 Assault Rifle (Fully automatic assault rifle)
BR75 Battle Rifle (Burst fire and single-shot battle rifle)
VK47 Commando (Fully automatic and three-shot burst precision tactical rifle)
MK50 Sidekick (Single-shot pistol)
CQS48 Bulldog (Fully automatic shotgun)
S7 Sniper Rifle (Variable zoom sniper rifle)
M41 SPNKR (Rocket launcher)
MLRS-2 Hydra (Rocket launcher/grenade launcher hybrid with non-tracking and tracking shot rounds)
Halo Infinite Banished Weapons
Pulse Carbine (Five-burst energy rifle)
Needler (rapid-fire SMG)
Plasma Pistol (single-shot and charged shot pistol)
Energy Sword
Gravity Hammer
Mangler (Single-shot slug hand cannon)
Disruptor (Automatic pistol with shocking damage-over-time shots)
Stalker Rifle (Variable zoom long-range rifle)
Ravager (Grenade launcher-like weapon with three-burst shot and charged shot)
Skewer (Single-shot projectile)
Shock Rifle
Halo Infinite Forerunner Weapons
Heatwave (Energy projectile shotgun)
Sentinel Beam
Cinder Shot (Grenade launcher with variable fire mode)
What equipment does the game have?
In addition to the weapons, as a Spartan hitting the battlefield you’ll have a range of different equipment items you can have in your arsenal. This includes both non-lethal equipment, and lethal equipment such as frag grenades. We’ll list them both below, but split up for convenience.
Non-lethal equipment
Drop Wall
Thruster
Repulsor
Grapple Shot
Overshield
Threat Sensor
Active Camo
Lethal Equipment
Frag Grenades
Plasma Grenades
Dynamo Grenades
Spike Grenades
How does progression work in Halo Infinite?

Halo Infinite will tie its progression to a seasonal battle pass. To level up the pass, you’ll need to play the game and complete challenges. Challenges are split up into daily and weekly challenges, with each challenge having its own set of tasks for the player.
After completing all weekly challenges, you’ll get an ultimate challenge that will typically serve as a more difficult challenge to complete, but with slightly better rewards.
This is also separate from the event-specific pass that will come along with each event. Event passes will work the same as the seasonal battle pass, but with their own separate set of challenges.
How do the micro transactions work?

Halo Infinite’s multiplayer mode is free-to-play. So that means development for it is monetized through the micro transactions in the store. You’ll use Halo Credits to purchase stuff from the store, and you can buy Halo Credits with real-world money.
Store purchases can include XP boosts, double XP boosts, challenge swaps, armor core customization, weapon customization, emotes, and more. Store inventory cycles weekly on each Tuesday reset. Exactly like Destiny 2.
What kinds of customization does Halo Infinite have?

You can customize lots of stuff. The main customizations will be the different armor cores. Which is the suit of armor your Spartan wears. Currently there are three available cores to choose from. One of which is the Yoroi armor that comes from the Fracture: Tenrai event. Though, now that the event is gone, you’ll have to wait till it comes back in January before you can acquire it if you didn’t do so while the event was active during its first week. There’s also the Mark VII and the Mark V.
In addition to armor cores, you can customize your armor coating. Which is basically Halo Infinite’s shader system from Destiny 2. This is how you will change the colors of your armor. Additionally, you can apply armor coatings to weapons and vehicles.
Plus, you can change your Spartan’s service tag, palette, voice, nameplate, backdrop, and stance. You can also customize the body type with different types of arm and leg prosthesis, as well as the AI model and color. But there’s more. You can also add emblems to your gamertag, vehicles, and weapons. Weapons can also have charms, as well as customized kits that change the look similar to the way coatings do. Like we said, you can customize quite a bit.
The post Halo Infinite: Everything You Need To Know appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

YouTube Premium: Everything You Need To Know

We all know about YouTube and likely use it every single day. But what about YouTube Premium? That’s YouTube’s paid, subscription service, and it’s not as popular as YouTube itself is. Which is not a surprise, since it is paid. But what all is included in YouTube Premium, and what exactly is it?
Well, in this article, we are going to go over everything you need to know about YouTube Premium. Including what is included, pricing, what countries it is available in, and so much more. So you can make a better, more informed decision about whether you should sign up.
What is YouTube Premium?
YouTube Premium was born, originally in November of 2014, as YouTube Red. It was rebranded a few years later (in 2018) as YouTube Premium. Which added more perks, and also included YouTube Music. Which was not even a service in 2014 when YouTube Red came out.
Originally, YouTube Red was really just a place for some YouTube Originals and included a subscription to Google Play Music.
When YouTube Premium launched in 2018, Google added a number of other features and swapped out Google Play Music for YouTube Music. It also raised the price to $11.99 per month, and given everything that is included, it is well more than worth that price.
What benefits are included with YouTube Premium?
There are five main features with YouTube Premium:
Ad-free videos
Background Playback
Offline playback
YouTube Music Premium
YouTube Originals

The first three features are what most people sign up for YouTube Premium for, especially the ad-free experience. Since YouTube has really littered its platform with a ton of ads, making it impossible to watch a ton of videos on the platform.
Being able to download videos to watch offline is also a really popular feature. Especially if you do a lot of traveling. Downloading videos to watch you’re on a plane, or on the subway, is definitely very helpful.
How much does YouTube Premium cost?
YouTube Premium costs $11.99 per month.
Like most other streaming services, there are family and student plans available. For students, it’ll cost you $6.99/month, and for a family plan, it’s $17.99/month. With the family plan, you can add up to five other people. Similar to how it works for YouTube TV and YouTube Music.
For the student plan, you will need to do some kind of verification to prove that you are indeed a student. Otherwise, everyone would sign up for the student plan and get that discount. Since it is nearly half the price.
Can I get YouTube Music Premium only?
While YouTube Music Premium is included in YouTube Premium, you can still buy it by itself. Google offers the service for $9.99 per month, when it is not inside YouTube Premium. Which, if you just want a music streaming service, that’s right in par with the competition. But for $2 more per month, you can get ad-free YouTube, which is honestly worth it.

Keep in mind that Amazon Music Unlimited, Spotify and Apple Music are all priced at $9.99/month. So it’s the same as the competition. And it also has a family plan for $14.99/month like the competition.
Where is YouTube Premium available?
According to Google, YouTube Premium is available in nearly 100 countries around the world. All of which are listed below. However, the paid membership may not be available in all states/provinces.
American Samoa
Argentina
Aruba
Australia
Austria
Bahrain
Belarus
Belgium
Bermuda
Bolivia
Bosnia & Herzegovina
Brazil
Bulgaria
Canada
Cayman Islands
Chile
Colombia
Costa Rica
Croatia
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Dominican Republic
Ecuador
Egypt
El Salvador
Estonia
Finland
France
French Guyana
French Polynesia
Germany
Greece
Guadeloupe
Guam
Guatemala
Honduras
Hong Kong
Hungary
Iceland
India
Indonesia
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Japan
Kuwait
Latvia
Lebanon
Liechtenstein
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Malaysia
Malta
Mexico
Netherlands
New Zealand
Nicaragua
Nigeria
North Macedonia
Northern Mariana Islands
Norway
Oman
Panama
Papua New Guinea
Paraguay
Peru
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Puerto Rico
Qatar
Romania
Russia
Saudi Arabia
Serbia
Singapore
Slovakia
South Africa
South Korea
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
Turks and Caicos Islands
US Virgin Islands
Ukraine
United Arab Emirates
United Kingdom
United States
Uruguay
Venezuela
Can I still use my subscription if I travel to another country?
Imagine you live in the US, and subscribe to YouTube Premium, and you travel to another country for vacation or something. Can you still use YouTube Premium there? It really depends on where you travel to. If you travel to another country that has YouTube Premium, then you can keep using your subscription as usual.
But, if you go to a country that doesn’t have YouTube Premium – like Russia, here’s what happens:
“You won’t be allowed to download videos, videos won’t play in the background, and you may see ads. Any videos that you’ve downloaded before traveling will be available offline for 30 days.”
So the sort answer, is yes you can still use it. But you may not get the same experience if you enter a country where YouTube Premium is not available.
Is it worth it, to sign up?
Yes, totally worth it. Especially if you do watch a lot of YouTube. I know I watch around 3-4 hours a day of YouTube and not having to watch ads is a huge bonus. The other features that this subscription has, I don’t even use. Though, if we ever return to travel like before the pandemic, I’ll likely use the offline playback a lot more.
If you already use YouTube Music, then this bundle is worth the cost. As you’re paying literally two dollars more to get ad-free YouTube. And that alone is worth the extra cost here. Of course, if you’re like me and are not a fan of YouTube Music, then it might be a bit harder of a decision. Paying $12 per month for ad-free YouTube is still quite a bit.

The best way to find out if this is worth it for you is to go ahead and sign up for one of the free trial bonuses. Google typically gives out two to six months of free trials for different things. Giving you plenty of time to try out the service. Then you can tap on your profile picture, then tap on “Your Premium Benefits” in the YouTube app, to see how you’ve used these benefits and whether it is worth the price.
The post YouTube Premium: Everything You Need To Know appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The Long-Rumored Pixel Watch May Launch Next Spring!

After many rumors about a Pixel Watch, and subsequent delays for the wearable, it appears that Google may finally launch it in Spring of 2022.
This report comes from Business Insider, and has also been corroborated by The Verge. Which says that this smartwatch is “round and has no physical bezel” and will also use proprietary watchbands. A lot like how Fitbit’s wearables are. It will also likely require daily charging, and it’s gonna be slow.
A bit of interesting information in this report is that Google is planning to have Fitbit integration in Wear OS for this Watch. This should not come as a huge surprise though, since this was announced as being in the works back at Google I/O in May.
It’s not clear what the name of the watch will actually be, and we likely won’t know until closer to its launch. But internally, it has been referred to as the “Pixel Watch” or “Android Watch”.
This smartwatch is expected to compete more with the Apple Watch
The Verge said in its report that the “device is expected to cost more than a Fitbit and compete more directly with the Apple Watch“. Since the Fitbit Sense is $299, and the cheapest Apple Watch Series 7 is $399, it’ll likely be around $350-$400.
The device is currently being tested among Googlers outside of the smartwatch team. And a launch is planned for early next year, “if the latest testing round is a success.”
This would be huge for Google, as it would be their first smartwatch that they have launched. And it’ll likely work really well with the Pixel smartphones. Since Google seems to be making its own ecosystem around the Pixel. Much like Samsung and OnePlus have done with their smartphones. This could also help improve Wear OS and make it not so clunky.
The post The Long-Rumored Pixel Watch May Launch Next Spring! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Get Notifications When New Music Comes To Spotify

How would you like to get a notification when Taylor Swift drops her new album? What about when Lil Nas X drops a new song? Well with Spotify, it is super easy to do just that. You can opt to get push notifications or email notifications for new music, and we’ll show you exactly how to do that in this tutorial about Spotify.
Spotify’s “What’s New” Feed
Spotify has a “What’s New” feed that you can access at the top of the home screen. Just tap on the bell and you’ll see what’s new there.
This feed is exactly what it sounds like, it shows you what is new. So it’ll show you when new music from artists or bands that you follow are released. And it’ll also tell you when new episodes of podcasts you follow are released. So you can easily jump into your favorite podcast when something new is released.

You also have the option to sort it by music, or by podcasts. This is especially useful if you follow a lot of people and shows.
How to get notifications when new music hits Spotify
Okay, so that “What’s New” feed is pretty cool, but how do you get notifications for new music? It’s easy.
Firstly, click on the gear icon at the top of the home page. This will take you to Settings.
Next, scroll down to “Notifications”. This section will be towards the bottom and below the storage section.

Tap on “Notifications”.
Next, find “New Music”. This should be the second option on this page.

Tap on “New Music”.
From here you can choose whether you get push notifications or email notifications for new music.

Go ahead and tap on which method you prefer, or you can keep both on.
And that’s all there is to it.
The post How To Get Notifications When New Music Comes To Spotify appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Here's What Is Coming To Hulu In December 2021

There’s a ton of fresh content coming to Hulu in December 2021. Like usual with Hulu, the majority of the content arriving in December, come on December 1. There’s a ton of great new shows and movies arriving this upcoming month. Here are some of the highlights.
There’s a handful of Christmas specials landing on Hulu this month. But what is likely getting everyone’s attention is the new season of It’s Always Sunny In Philadelphia. This is special because it is starting its landmark 15th season on Hulu. That’s a huge accomplishment, really the only other shows to hit 15 years are shows like Family Guy and The Simpsons. Though there’s still a ways to go catch up to The Simpsons which are now in season 34.
Here’s What Is Coming To Hulu In December 2021
And now, the full list of everything coming to Hulu in December 2021.
December 1
Candified: Home For The Holidays: Season 1 (Hulu Original)
All Rise: Seasons 1 and 2
The A-Team (2010)
Above The Rim
Ace Ventura: Pet Detective
Addicted
Alex Cross
Alienator
All is Lost
Armageddon
Back To School
The Bank Job
Behind Enemy Lines
The Black Stallion (1979)
The Black Stallion Returns
Blow
Bull Durham
Chattahoochee
Cherry 2000
Con Air
The Crazies
Crazy Heart
Crimson Tide
Cujo (1983)
The Curse
Days Of Heaven
Dead Man Walking
The Dungeonmaster
Earth To Echo
Erik The Viking
Flightplan
Four Weddings And A Funeral (1994)
Friday The 13th (1980)
Her Smell
Hide And Seek
Hollow Man
Holy Man
Horton Hears A Who! (2008)
Hustlers
I Love You, Beth Cooper
Jagged Edge
King Kong
Love Field
Making Mr. Right
The Manchurian Candidate
My Best Friend’s Wedding
Ocean’s Eleven
Ocean’s Twelve
Ocean’s Thirteen
The Princess Bride
The Raid 2
Regarding Henry
Rio
Serendipity
Shanghai Noon
She’s Out Of My League
Sherlock Holmes (2009)
Sherlock Holmes: A Game Of Shadows
The Siege Of Firebase Gloria
Silverado
Sky Captain And The World Of Tomorrow
Soda Cracker
Some Kind Of Wonderful
Something’s Gotta Give
Stephen King’s Graveyard Shift
Stephen King’s Thinner
Superbeast
Troll
The Warriors
Young Guns
Young Guns II
December 2
It’s Always Sunny in Philadelphia: Season 15 Premiere
Godfather of Harlem: Season 1
Kelly Clarkson Presents: When Christmas Come Around: Special
Trafficked with Mariana van Zeller: Season 2
Vice Versa: HIV: The Neglected Pandemic: Season 1
The East
December 3
Pen15: Season 2.5 (Hulu Original)
The New York Times Presents: To Live and Die in Alabama: New Episode
Annie Live!: Special
Trolls Holiday in Harmony: Special
We Need To Do Something
The World Of Kanako
December 6
Real Housewives of Atlanta: Season 13
December 7
Michael Buble’s Christmas in the City: Special
World War Z
December 8
People’s Choice Awards: Special
December 9
Trolls: TrollsTopia: Complete Season 5 (Hulu Original)
Bloods: Season 1
Creamerie: Complete Season 1
Swan Song
December 13
70th Miss Universe Competition: Special
Beach
December 14
Gordon Ramsay’s Road Trip: European Vacation: Special
American Auto: Series Premiere
December 15
Gordon Ramsay’s Road Trip: Christmas Vacation
Grand Crew: Series Premiere
Rising Wolf
December 16
Dead Asleep (Hulu Original Documentary)
Cryptozoo
Ted Bundy: American Boogeyman
December 17
Mother/Android (Hulu Original Film)
The Nowhere Inn
December 23
Dragons: The Nine Realms: Season 1 (Hulu Original)
December 26
Letterkenny: Season 10 (Hulu Original)

The post Here’s What Is Coming To Hulu In December 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 Uses Samsung Foundry’s 4nm Process

Qualcomm took the wraps off the flagship Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 mobile SoC earlier this week. It was well-known even before its official launch that it would be built using the 4nm manufacturing process. We’re now learning via Qualcomm that the chip is fabricated by Samsung Foundry.
CEO of Qualcomm, Cristiano Amon, gave out the confirmation during a Q&A session on Wednesday. Separately, the Senior VP and General Manager of the chipmaker’s Mobile, Compute, and Infrastructure business, Alex Katouzian, told reporters in South Korea that the new Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 won’t come from TSMC. The development was first reported by Korean publication, The Elec (via).
This pretty much means that the Samsung Exynos 2200 and the Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 chips use Samsung Foundry’s 4nm process. By comparison, TSMC’s 4nm manufacturing process is reportedly more efficient.
The Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 could debut with the Xiaomi 12 series this month
Meanwhile, the Apple A15 Bionic and the MediaTek Dimensity 9000 leverage TSMC’s 4nm process. Notably, TSMC happens to be the world’s largest contract manufacturer of chips. The Taiwanese firm is also one of Samsung Foundry’s biggest rivals.
While Qualcomm hasn’t specified why it went with Samsung Foundry for the Snapdragon 8 Gen 1, it’s likely that TSMC’s deal with Apple may have contributed towards this.
In case you’re unaware, a bulk of TSMC’s semiconductor production capacity will go towards the manufacturing of Apple chips like the A15 Bionic, M1, M1 Pro, and the M1 Max. The rest of its capacity will go towards the production of the 4nm MediaTek Dimensity 9000. This leaves very little room for other manufacturers like Qualcomm, thus justifying the chipmaker’s decision to go with Samsung Foundry for its latest flagship SoC.
The Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 could make its debut over the next few weeks. We also have confirmation that the Xiaomi 12 series would be the first to launch with the new Qualcomm silicon. The chip will also make its way to the Samsung Galaxy S22 series in a couple of months from now.
Some variants of Samsung’s upcoming flagship lineup will use the home-grown Exynos 2200 SoC. Interestingly, both chipsets use Arm’s Cortex-X2, Cortex-A710, and Cortex-A510 cores. The Exynos 2200 will also use AMD’s RDNA 2 graphics architecture with support for features like ray tracing.
The post The Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 Uses Samsung Foundry’s 4nm Process appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Rocket League Sideswipe Season 1 Starts Today

Psyonix just released Rocket League Sideswipe. If you’ve already installed it, then you’ve probably seen the pre-season items you could win. Now, the company just announced Rocket League Season 1, and it will involve even more goodies.
What is Rocket League Sideswipe?
In case you don’t know, this is the mobile version of the popular multiplayer game. Just like in the original game, Sideswipe has you piloting a rocket-powered racecar in a game of futuristic soccer.
While the original game is in a 3D perspective, Sideswipe has 3D cars and a 3D field, but the perspective is 2D. You’ll be driving and flying from left to right across the field in order to make the goals. The shift to 2D doesn’t impact the action, however.
Just like the original game, you can customize your car in multiple ways. You can change the name, color, tires, rocket trail, and goal explosion effect. Along with that, you can add on decals and hats. All of these customization tools help you personalize all of your cars.
Earn items with Rocket League Sideswipe Season 1
Pre-season is over which means that it’s time to earn some serious rewards. Now that Rocket League Sideswipe Season 1 has started, you will be able to earn a bunch of fun and exciting in-game items and currency. All you have to do is compete in ranked online matches.
As you play, you’ll level up, and each time you level up, you’ll unlock a prize. You’ll earn prizes like vehicles, vehicle customizations, SP coins, and boxes full of multiple prizes. One thing to note is that if you’ve been playing and ranking up thus far, your rank will be reset.
There will also be a crossover event
To celebrate Rocket League Season 1, there’s going to be a fun crossover event between both versions of the game. There will be two challenges to complete, and doing so will award you some prizes that can be used in both Rocket League and in Sideswipe.
Firstly, you will be able to earn the Nuhai Inverted Wheels and the “WOW!” goal explosion effect. Also, you will be able to earn “Water Resistant” by Anamanaguchi as a player anthem. In order to get the song, you need to be signed in on the same Epic Games account for both Rocket League and Sideswipe.
If you’ve been playing Rocket League Sideswipe, and you love the music, you can listen to it on the original game. These songs are now available on Rocket League Radio. If you’re interested in playing Sideswipe, it’s available to download here.

 
The post Rocket League Sideswipe Season 1 Starts Today appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Set Up Parental Controls On The Nintendo Switch

If you’re a parent whose kid has a Nintendo Switch, you may want to set up parental controls on the console. This could be for any number of reasons. Whether it’s to limit the games they play or who they can play with online. If you’ve picked up a Nintendo Switch for your kid(s) as a gift for the holidays, you can get a jump start on learning how to set up parental controls before putting the gift under the tree.
Or at least know how to set them up ahead of time so you can get them in place first thing after the gift is opened. Whatever the reasons, if you want to set up parental controls, the process isn’t too hard and we’re here to help. This guide can help walk you through the necessary steps to get this completed.
How to set up parental controls on the Nintendo Switch
Getting parental controls set up on the Nintendo Switch is a simple process that won’t take too long. And if you have kids who are the primary uses of the console, it’s not a bad idea to get the parental controls working. Use the steps below to set them up and manage them going forward.
Power on the Nintendo Switch

To start, make sure your Nintendo Switch console is powered on. You can do this in handheld mode or while the console is sitting in the dock.
Find the settings menu

Next, you want to head to the settings menu on the device. This can be found in the bottom navigation bar, between the menus for controllers and sleep mode. Click the settings menu using the A button to enter settings and continue.
Scroll down to the Parental Controls menu

Now that you’re in settings, scroll down to the Parental Controls menu, which is below the screen lock menu. Then click the A button to hit “ok.”
Optional: Watch the Parental Controls introductory video
Nintendo has put a helpful video in this menu to introduce parents to this setting. You don’t necessarily have to watch it but it’s not a bad idea. Simply click the A button to hit “ok” and let the video finish.
Click on Parental Controls settings

After the video if you chose to watch it, click on the Parental Control settings and you’ll be taken to the next menu.
Download the Parental Controls app

Next you’ll need to download the Parental Controls app onto your smartphone or tablet. You can find the app in the Google Play Store or the Apple App Store.
Register your Nintendo account with the app

 
Once you have the app downloaded, you’ll need to register your Nintendo account with the app so you can register the app to your Nintendo Switch console. To do this you’ll need to log into your Nintendo account in the Parental Controls app. Upon doing so, you’ll be asked to enter a registration code into the console. This number will be displayed in the app on your phone.
Use the app to finish setup

After the console is registered with the app, setup can be completed within the app itself. Follow the onscreen prompts to get the parental controls in place.
What can the Parental Controls app manage?
The app can manage a handful of different things. Including daily play time, the restriction level, restricted software, posting to social media, communicating with others, and VR mode which is for 3D visuals.
For the daily play time, you can set the limit to none, or you can set it up in 15-minute intervals, starting with 15 minutes and going all the way up to two and half hours. For restriction level, you can set it to teen, pre-teen, child, or create custom settings. Which is where you do each setting individually.
Restricted software is pretty self-explanatory and lets you restrict certain games and apps. The same goes for restricting posts on social media. Toggling this one will prevent kids from posting stuff to social media from the Nintendo Switch console. And if you want to disable communication with other users and the use of VR mode, toggle on both of those options as well.
Disabling communication will prevent talking with all other users, including sending and receiving messages and images. And that’s about it! You can always turn these parental controls off or change them at any time. Or just unregister the console from the app entirely.
The post How To Set Up Parental Controls On The Nintendo Switch appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Top 10 Best Google Pixel 6 Pro Cases – Update December 2021

The Pixel 6 Pro is the best phone Google has released in a pretty long time. And it’s garnering a lot of hype, and rightfully so. But it does also have that large 6.7-inch QHD+ curved AMOLED display. Which is going to be super easy to shatter or even scratch. So it’s a good idea to get a case for your brand new Pixel 6 Pro. Here are the best cases for the Google Pixel 6 Pro.
Top 10 Best Google Pixel 6 Pro Cases
These cases for the Pixel 6 Pro range from under $10 to around $30. So these are all fairly inexpensive. And there are all sorts of different designs and colors available. Of course, our favorite is the Google Case, which is a plastic one that matches the colors of the Pixel 6 Pro.
Product name
Cost
Where to buy
Google Pixel 6 Pro Case
$29
Google Store
Spigen Liquid Air Armor
$16
Amazon
Caseology Vault
$13
Amazon
Spigen Ultra Hybrid
$18
Amazon
Encased Falcon Case
$15
Amazon
Spigen Tough Armor
$18
Amazon
Ringke Fusion
$13
Amazon
Spigen Slim Armor CS
$18
Amazon
Poetic Revolution
$26
Amazon
Google Pixel 6 Pro Case

Price: $29
Where to buy: Google Store
Google is not releasing fabric cases anymore for the Pixel. Instead, it is using a plastic case which is made from 100% recycled material. So you can pick up a first-party case and protect your Pixel, and it’s also good for the environment.
These cases come in three different colors, for each Pixel 6 Pro model. The Pixel 6 Pro cases come in Stormy Sky, Light Frost and Soft Sage. The soft Sage is a really nice color, and would look great on last year’s Pixel 5 in Sorta Sage.
Google Pixel 6 Pro Case – Google Store
Spigen Liquid Air Armor

Price: $16
Where to buy: Amazon
The Spigen Liquid Air Armor is another popular option, and it’s under $20. This is a matte black case, so if you’re not one for colors, then this is a good option too. This is a pretty slim case, and has military grade protection. So you can drop your phone and not worry about it breaking. As this case will keep it in tact.
Spigen Liquid Air Armor – Amazon
Caseology Vault Protective Case

Price: $13
Where to buy: Amazon
If you want a case that is a bit more protective against the elements and potential drop, there’s also the Caseology Vault case. This is a case that they make for just about every phone. And it looks really nice. It adds a nice bit of grip to the back, and comes in sage green, black and grey.
Caseology Vault – Amazon
Spigen Ultra Hybrid

Price: $18
Where to buy: Amazon
If you decided to get the Sorta Seafoam or Kinda Coral options, then this is the case you’ll probably want. It’s a clear case from Spigen, so you can still show off the color of your new Pixel 6 smartphone. It does have the reinforced sides and corners. So that if you do drop your new Pixel 6, you’ll be covered.
Spigen Ultra Hybrid – Amazon
Encased Falcon Case

Price: $15
Where to buy: Amazon
This Encased Falcon case for the Pixel 6 Pro is great for those that work at construction sites, or are just prone to dropping their phone a lot. As it is a very thick, and durable case for your Pixel 6 Pro.
It features full-body case protection and excellent durability for your Pixel 6 Pro. There’s also a shock resistant bumper and reinforced corner guards here.
Encased Falcon Case – Amazon
Spigen Tough Armor

Price: $18
Where to buy: Amazon
The Spigen Tough Armor is another really great looking case that you can buy for the Pixel 6 Pro. This one offers up a few different colors, including black, gray and pink. It has plenty of cushion for protecting your smartphone too.
Additionally, it has a nice kickstand on the back for propping up your phone. Making it great to watch movies and such on, when you’re traveling.
Spigen Tough Armor – Amazon
Ringke Fusion

Price: $13
Where to buy: Amazon
The Ringke Fusion is one of the very few clear cases available for the Pixel 6 Pro right now. This is going to let you show off that color option that you chose. Like the Sorta Sunny color that you see above. Which looks really cool, but you still want to protect that phone.
It has a shockproof TPU bumper, that is going to protect the Pixel 6 Pro. Since phones usually land on their sides or corners when they get dropped.
Ringke Fusion – Amazon
Spigen Slim Armor CS

Price: $18
Where to buy: Amazon
The Spigen Slim Armor CS is a really great looking case for your new Pixel 6 Pro. And it even has a slot for storing a credit card or two. This won’t replace your entire wallet, but it is a great way to carry around your cards that aren’t supported by Google Pay. Which, at this point, should be a pretty small number of cards.
It still has dual layers, and air cushion technology so that when your phone does get dropped, it’ll still be protected. Because of that, this is a somewhat thicker case.
Spigen Slim Armor CS – Amazon
Poetic Revolution

Price: $26
Where to buy: Amazon
Poetic has a really good option for the Pixel 6 Pro, especially for those that may be a bit clumsy. This case is pretty heavy duty, and has a screen protector built in. Which will make it easier to keep your phone in tip-top shape.
The Pixel 6 Pro model also has an extra front frame available for those that don’t want to use the screen protector front frame.
There is also a nice kickstand built-in, in the back. Which makes for a really great way to watch things on your phone.
Poetic Revolution – Amazon
The post Top 10 Best Google Pixel 6 Pro Cases – Update December 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

A Hands-On Rocket League Sideswipe

Psyonix just released Rocket League Sideswipe to the world, and it promises to bring the spirit of the main game to the small screens. In the mobile version of the hit action game, you’re doing much the same thing; you have to use your rocket car to make goals on a giant soccer field. Here’s a quick hands-on for Rocket League Sideswipe
The gameplay is similar and perfect for mobile
Instead of a 3D point of view, you’ll be playing on a 2D field. You’ll zoom left and right across the field to make the goals. While it’s a 2D perspective, the characters and environments are still rendered in 3D.
You use the digital joystick on the left side of the screen to control your car’s direction and accelerate. On the right side of the screen are the boost and jump buttons. Just like with Rocket League proper, you use your car’s momentum to push the ball into the goal.
The boost and jump controls are your greatest weapons in Sideswipe. Pressing the jump button twice will cause you to both double jump and perform a front flip. That front flip is instrumental in whipping the ball into the goal.
The boost function will give you a burst of speed and control your car while it’s in the air. You can even fly straight up using just the boost.
There are a bunch of ways you can customize your car
When you’re not on the field, you’ll probably be spending a lot of time in the garage. There are several ways you can customize your ride to make it your own. Starting off, you can give each of your cars its own personal name. Also, you can adjust your car’s colors. Using the sliders you will fine-tune the colors and accents.
For added fun, there’s a selection of decals and hats that you can put on your car. The customization doesn’t stop there, as you can change the trail that your car makes when you boost, and you can change the explosion effect when you make a goal.
There are a couple of modes to play
Right now, there are just a few different game modes you can play to keep gameplay fresh. Firstly there’s a training mode you can use to practice, and you can use Exhibition mode to play against a team of bots.
As for online play, you have standard 2v2 matches and 1v1 duels. Along with those modes, there is the “hoops” mode. This mode takes inspiration from basketball and turns the goals into large basketball hoops.
You can earn a bunch of items with the Rocket Pass
Rocket Leagues has its own season pass system that will grant you some sweet in-game items. As you level up, you’ll earn items like boxes, trails, decals, wheels, hats, and even cars. Right now, since the game is still pretty new, it’s currently in pre-season.
Usually, companies charge people to be involved in the season pass events, so you might want to capitalize on the pre-season goodies while they last. I’m not sure when pre-season will be over, nor do I know how much it will cost.
Speaking of cost, there aren’t really any in-app purchases
So far, I haven’t come across any paywalls or in-app purchases in Rocket League Sideswipe. The only currency so far would be the SP coins. You earn these by completing challenges and from the season pass.  These coins are used to buy different cars and car customizations.
Also, there’s no energy system to deal with either. This means that you can play as many matches as you want, and you don’t have to wait for your energy to replenish.

Final thoughts
During my hands-on, I found that Rocket League Sideswipe does a nice job adapting the original game’s formula for mobile without diluting it. You get a high-octane sports gaming experience with a lot of customization options and a handful of game modes. If you want to download it, it’s available for Android and iOS.
The post A Hands-On Rocket League Sideswipe appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Amazon Will Give You 6 Months Of Music Unlimited With Select Echo Devices

Amazon has a great deal going on right now, where you can get six months of Amazon Music Unlimited for free when you purchase a select Echo device.
With this deal, the best way to maximize your money is buying the Echo Auto for $15, and you get six months of Amazon Music Unlimited (a $60 value).
Other Echo devices that are part of this sale include:
Echo Dot
Echo Dot (3rd gen)
Echo Dot with Clock
Echo
Echo Auto
Echo Buds
And these are mostly on sale right now for the holidays too, making this a really great sale.
Amazon Music Unlimited is a pretty great music streaming service, actually, but as usual, it’s not for everyone. Amazon has tens of millions of songs available on its streaming service, and it starts at just $3.99 per month, if you are only going to listen on Echo smart speakers.
However, if you are a student, you can get Amazon Music Unlimited for just $0.99 per month. Which severely undercuts YouTube Music, Spotify and others with student discounts.
You’ll get unlimited access to every song on the service. It’s also ad-free, always. And you can skip songs whenever you want. Which is pretty much standard for streaming music services, but there are some out there that do still have ads and only a certain number of skips per day.
With Amazon Music Unlimited you can also set up playlists based on your tastes. Or you can subscribe to playlists that are curated by professionals. And there are also radio stations available on Amazon Music Unlimited, so you can go ahead and listen to different stations and find some new music. Which is so easy to experience some new stuff.
You can take advantage of this deal for Amazon Music Unlimited by clicking here. This sale won’t last long, so you’d better be quick.
Amazon Echo & Music unlimited Deal – Amazon
The post Amazon Will Give You 6 Months Of Music Unlimited With Select Echo Devices appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Android 12 Brings 4K UI Support & Blurred Backgrounds

Android 12 operating system is the talk of the town, especially for Android enthusiasts. It’s been a month since Android 12 started rolling out for Pixel and other brand devices.
Samsung is taking the lead in the “other brand” category and has already released a stable Android 12 update for its Galaxy S21 series. Now, the question arises, what about Android TV? Will it receive Android 12?
Well, if you also had these questions in your mind and were eagerly waiting to try out Android 12 on your Android TV, then this piece of news is just for you.
Notably, Google has made the Android 12 OS available for developers. This means that although it isn’t available for mass users right now, it will roll out eventually in the future, soon.
However, there are a few instructions and conditions in order to try out Android 12 on an Android TV. It isn’t as easy as going ahead and installing it on your Chromecast or Shield TV.
In order to run Android 12, you would need an ADT-3 — Google’s development box. So, we would advise normal users to stay away and wait for the stable official update to arrive for their Android TV.
Android 12 brings key features such as complete with 4K support, background blur, and text scaling
Folks at Android Police have their hands on the official Android 12 changelog. According to it, once the update is out and live, you will experience some new features with Android 12.
Apparently, the entire UI is getting tweaked with new background blurs using RenderEffect, 4K UI support, and the ability to set text scaling under accessibility.
Privacy and security are also getting tuned up with Android 12. Just like you get indicators for microphone and camera on a smartphone running Android 12, the same is coming to Android TV as well.
Google is also adding microphone and camera toggles along with device attestation via Android KeyStore API. Further, Android 12 will also bring support for HDMI CEC 2.0, Tuner HAL 1.1 with DTMB support, and some performance improvement.
All these features, combined, will definitely give you a new user experience while using your Android TV. There is no clarity on when Android 12 will go live for normal users.
Android 12 is rolling out currently to ADT-3 via OTA. Moreover, it is also available for manual download. You can download the update here. There is no sign of this Android 12 update for the Google Chromecast dongle. Sadly, it hasn’t received any new updates in a few months.
The post Android 12 Brings 4K UI Support & Blurred Backgrounds appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Launch of the State of Open Source Survey

OpenLogic by Perforce and the Open Source Initative (OSI) are collaborating on a new survey exploring the state of open source software.

The survey, which will gather insights and identify trends on the adoption and challenges of using open source technologies, is now live and is open to all industry professionals working with open source software in their organizations. 

Source: opensource.org

How to Enable Dark Mode On Google Search Pages, Beyond The Apps

Dark mode has, prior to Android 11, been one of the most requested features on any device and now it’s even possible to change even the Google search page to fit the bill. And that’s exactly what this guide sets how to show.
For clarity, we’re talking here about the Google Search on the web. So, specifically, in a browser. The Google app, found on most Android devices, follows the system-level theme by default. And that is an entirely different process for those who primarily use that app. Or any app. As with many tasks on Android, that also means there are different how-to guides for those types of changes.
Here’s how you can enable dark mode on Google Search via Desktop
It’s worth noting here that, unlike some other changes to enable dark mode, the one for Google Search doesn’t appear to be dependant on the Chrome browser. Namely, this isn’t a change to the app or software itself.
That’s because this is a change to the website itself, making it a server-side change. So, regardless of where you choose to “Google” things, this guide should help you make the thematic switch. Although, in some browsers, you’ll need to look for the “gear-shaped icon” at the top-right-hand side of the UI. That’s as opposed to using the “Settings” button in the bottom bar — as shown in our sample images.
On a desktop computer, launch the Google Chrome browser. It’s worth noting here, again, that this change should also be available in other browsers. But Chrome is the one we’re using for our example
Navigate to the “Google.com” page
Select the “Settings” option located at the bottom-right-hand side of the page
Select the first option, labeled “Search settings”
On the resulting “Search Settings” page click, tap, or otherwise select the “Appearance” option from the left-hand sidebar menu
Under Appearance, the option will be presented to  “Turn Dark theme on or off” via radial buttons for “Device default,” “Dark theme,” or “Light theme” options. Select the “Dark theme” option
Scroll to the bottom of the Settings page and select the blue “Save” button to apply changes
Google.com should now show with a dark theme for searches on your desktop

…and for mobile or tablets, although results may vary significantly
Now, not every user will be able to instantiate dark mode for Google.com on mobile in Google Chrome or otherwise. Although using the settings to request a desktop page does always show the option in the same settings as on desktop, it doesn’t always appear on the mobile page. Indicating that Google is still testing this feature to some extent. Or, conversely, that this roll-out is happening a bit more slowly.
However, once the change does become available, it’s fairly easy to find as well. Provided you know where to look within the mobile app.
Open up the Google Chrome web browser on your smartphone. Other browsers should also support this change but we’re utilizing Chrome for our example.
Navigate to the “Google.com” page
Tap on the three-dash icon located at the top-left-hand side of the Google.com home page
Select “Settings” from the resulting overflow menu
Near the top of the page, under the “Appearance” section and “Turn dark theme on or off” subheading, you should see three options accompanied by associated radial buttons. Namely, those are “Device default,” “Dark theme,” and “Light theme” options. For those who already have the system-level setting on “Dark” that should automatically apply as that’s the default selection. Otherwise, tap on the radial button next to the “Dark Theme” option to select it. Now, as shown in the images below, this feature hasn’t shown up on any of our test or personal devices just yet. So we can’t show exactly what this will look like, although its appearance does mimic the existing menu. However, it does appear when using the mobile desktop mode, in the same place as the above steps for desktop Chrome. For the time being, with regard to mobile, it appears to be rolling out slowly on the server-side. So it could take some time before it appears
If and when it becomes available to you, and once you’ve selected your theme, scroll to the bottom of the page and select the “Save” button. The change should be immediately apparent upon returning to the Google.com home page

The post How to Enable Dark Mode On Google Search Pages, Beyond The Apps appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Best Streaming Service Deals

These days, there are a ton of streaming services. Everyone and their dog has decided they want a piece of the streaming pie, with some companies offering multiple streaming services – like ViacomCBS which has Paramount+, BET+ and SHOWTIME. However, there are some great streaming service deals that you can take advantage of.
A lot of companies offer free streaming services, with a bill you may already have. Like free Disney+, Hulu and ESPN+ from Verizon. Or free Netflix from T-Mobile. So while there are hundreds of streaming services out there, you don’t need to spend an arm and a leg to get them.
Best Streaming Service Deals
In this post, we will regularly be updating the best streaming service deals that you can get right now. The instructions on how to get them will also be laid out below. So you can see if it is worth jumping through those hoops to get the free content. For example, with Verizon, you need to have a specific Unlimited plan to get the Disney+ bundle. So that information will be down below.
We will be updating this quite often. So that we can be sure it has the most up-to-date information for everyone.
And you’ll be able to sit back and watch your favorite shows on your favorite streaming services, and potentially save some money. How much money? Well, depending on your situation, you could be getting multiple streaming services for free. For instance, I get Discovery+, Disney+, Hulu and ESPN+ free from Verizon for my phone service. HBO MAX free from AT&T for my ISP, and share a few others with family members. So its easy to get a lot of streaming services without paying for most of them.
Without further ado, here are the best streaming deals that are currently available.
The post Best Streaming Service Deals appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Skyline Proactive Findings – November Edition

Tweet VMware Skyline releases new Proactive Findings every month. Findings are prioritized by trending issues in VMware Support, issues raised through Post Escalation review, Security vulnerabilities, and issues raised from VMware engineering, and customers. For the month of November, we released 12 new Findings. Of these, there are 7 Findings based on trending issues and … Continued

The post Skyline Proactive Findings – November Edition appeared first on VMware Support Insider.



Source: vmware

How To Wipe Your Android Device & Restore It To Factory Settings

For mobile users, knowing how to wipe and take an Android device back to its factory default settings can be an essential skill. Not least of all because, as with any piece of software, Android isn’t always the most stable platform. Meaning that sometimes, rare though it may be, a complete reset may be warranted.
Additionally, wiping a smartphone removes the vast majority of the personal data stored there. So this isn’t all about being a great way to simply start over with a phone, it’s a great way to ensure that a recycled or thrown out phone doesn’t become a risk. What’s more, there are a lot of Android users worldwide. The majority of smartphone users globally, in fact. So selling an old device has become a great way to recoup the cost of a new phone.
Here’s how you can wipe your Android smartphone or tablet to go back to factory settings
Now, this process is — generally speaking — straightforward. In fact, in most Android smartphones, the process to restart is housed in an easy-to-find place in the System subcategory in the Settings menu. Typically, that’s housed under a tap on the downward-facing chevron arrow next to the “Advanced” label. But not every OEM is the same and not every smartphone or tablet puts all of the menu options in the same place either. And that can make finding a specific setting difficult.
Fortunately, there’s also a fairly easy way around discrepancies between manufacturers. And that’s the method we’ll be covering here. So, whatever the reason you might have for completely resetting your Android smartphone, wiping all data, and going back to factory settings, this guide should prove useful.
Now, performing a factory reset to wipe and return an Android phone, tablet, or another Android device to default settings shouldn’t wipe the installed SIM card. But that’s still going to be a good place to start because there also aren’t any guarantees that won’t happen. So the first step here is going to be to power down your smartphone or tablet and remove the SIM card if it has one installed
The same is going to hold true for any SD or microSD cards you happen to have installed. So those should be removed as well if present
Power your Android device back on
Navigate to the Settings app. There are several ways to get to the app. But, in our example, we’ll be navigating to the app drawer and then to the Settings app. That’s typically distinguishable as either a gear-shaped or toggles-shaped icon
As noted above, the Factory Reset option is typically found within the System menu in the Settings app. Within that submenu, it’s generally housed in the “Advanced” segment located near the bottom of that page. But some OEMs don’t place it there, opting instead for other submenus. Such as the security and accounts menu, all depending on where the company in question feels it belongs. For that reason, we’ll be circumventing navigating these menus entirely. Instead, locate the search tool for the Settings. In our example images, using a Google Pixel 5, that’s shown as a search bar. On other gadgets, it may be tucked behind a magnifying glass icon or in the three-dot overflow menu
Enter the search term “Factory Reset” to perform a search
The top result returned by the search should showcase the appropriate option, as shown in our sample images. Tap on that option to open the appropriate menu
Select the “Erase all data (factory reset)” option. Android will present you with a list that showcases all installed apps that will lose account access during the reset. Effectively, those apps that will log out and uninstall. Near the bottom, an option will exist to “erase downloaded SIMS” but that’s unchecked by default. The reason for that is that obtaining a new virtual SIM requires contacting your carrier. So leave that box unchecked unless you’re passing the phone onto somebody else to use with a different carrier or plan
Tap “Erase all data”
Enter your security PIN, password, or another verification method to continue. We don’t have a screenshot of this screen as Android won’t take screenshots of password/PIN screens. But it should look similar to the standard verification page that you see, requesting that information. Tap the next key or arrow forward key
Finally, select “Erase all data” one final time. There’s no going back after this step, so be sure you’re ready for the factory reset before continuing
Your phone will reset once or twice during the reset process and then will return the UI to the first screen that’s seen when a phone boots up for the first time

The post How To Wipe Your Android Device & Restore It To Factory Settings appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Speakers & A Soundbar From OontZ Are Up To 48% Off For Cyber Monday

Cyber Monday is here and Cambridge Soundworks’ OontZ speakers are on sale for up to 48-percent off. And that includes a great deal, up to 30-percent off, its OontZ Soundbar Bluetooth Speaker. Bringing the price down from $79.99 to just $55.99.
Now, the biggest benefit to the discount isn’t just in the ability to buy one of these soundbar speakers all on its own. That’s already a great deal for a speaker that’s compact but offers big, widely-lauded sound. Especially since Bluetooth, auxiliary cable, USB, and even optical cable are supported. And with consideration for this speaker’s soundbar-specific features, such as multi-modal listening and app support for EQ adjustments.
But the biggest benefit may be that this Cyber Monday price will make it easier than ever to buy two of these OontZ speakers at once. And you can wirelessly sync two such speakers together, including one linked up via wire to the TV. Making it easier than ever to get as close to true surround sound as a two-speaker system can get. And on a budget.
What else can you get from Cambridge Soundworks’ OontZ for Cyber Monday?
In terms of Cambridge Soundworks OontZ speakers on sale for Cyber Monday, the deals don’t end there either.
The company has two other speakers for sale and the first is the OontZ Angle 3 Bluetooth Portable Speaker. That’s on sale starting with the black colorway for up to 48-percent off and a starting price of just $18.18. Other colors can be purchased at discounted prices ranging from $29.99 to $32.99. With a typical price of $34.99. But the deals include almost every colorway for this IPX5-rated rugged speaker too.
That is, with the exception of the Coca-Cola-branded colorway, which isn’t on sale.
For those that want slightly bigger sound at 21W and a more waterproof IPX7 design, conversely, the OontZ Angle 3 Pro is on sale as well. Although that’s only in a single colorway, black, the deal knocks no less than 30-percent off the price.  Resulting in a cost of just $48.99 for this typically $69.99 speaker.
Of course, the OontZ Angle 3 Pro can also be paired in tandem with a second speaker for stereo sound, which is another advantage over the less pricey variant. But each of these speakers is a top-performer in its class. Making this a great offer for those in need of audio this Cyber Monday.
OontZ Speakers & Soundbar Cyber Monday Deals
The post Speakers & A Soundbar From OontZ Are Up To 48% Off For Cyber Monday appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Get 41% Off On A New Keurig Coffee Maker For Cyber Monday

Walmart Cyber Monday sales are live and that includes a new deal that knocks over 41-percent off the cost of  Keurig K-Compact Single-Serve K-Cup Pod Coffee Maker. That is, of course, if you’re willing to settle for the Black colorway. The Red or White colorways are not on sale. The coffee maker is presently priced at just $39, down from its usual $67 price tag.
Why should you pick up this Keurig coffee maker for Cyber Monday?
Of course, the price isn’t the only reason to pick up this Keurig coffee maker that Walmart has on sale for Cyber Monday. That’s because this is a great deal on one of the most convenient coffee makers around. As is betrayed by the branding, this coffee maker uses K-Cup coffee pods. Or, of course, a reusable K-Cup that you fill with your own beans — sold separately.
That means that the benefits go well beyond this single-serve maker’s ability to make three different-sized cups of coffee. And in under a minute, at that. Using this coffee maker is a simple matter of popping in your favorite flavor and pressing one of the three brew buttons. Specifically, the button for either the 6oz, 8oz, or 10oz cup size.
That is, aside from filling up the reservoir, which conversely holds up to 36-ounces. So, depending on use, you won’t be stuck needing to fill that up every day either.
The Keurig K-Compact Single-Serve K-Cup Coffee Maker is also one of the most compact coffee makers around. Measuring just 12.5-inches tall, when the cup lid is closed, and including the removable drip tray. But that doesn’t mean only small mugs can be used either. Up to a 7-inch travel mug can be fit in for filling using this Keurig coffee machine. And, with only a 13.2-inch depth and 8.2-inch width, this Keurig should fit on just about any countertop.
Keurig K-Compact Single-Serve K-Cup Pot Coffee Maker Cyber Monday deal
The post Get 41% Off On A New Keurig Coffee Maker For Cyber Monday appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Enjoy Xbox Game Pass For PC For $20 With This Cyber Monday Deal

One of the best values in gaming is Xbox Game Pass, and one of the best values in Xbox Game Pass is this deal on a 3-month membership for PC. Specifically, this is for the Xbox Game Pass for PC tier, and not Xbox Game Pass Ultimate. Although, Ultimate was $38 last week for Black Friday, and now the 3-month membership is down to $24.99. So that’s worth keeping in mind.
If you don’t want Ultimate, you can snag the PC membership for $20 instead of $30. Again, though, the Ultimate pack is $5 more and it’s for 3 months as well. So it really is the better deal. Still, Xbox Game Pass for PC is a great way to enjoy a bunch of different Xbox games right on the PC you have. The collection of games that are available are generally a mix of some new titles that were recently released, and even some new releases that are available on Game Pass day one of launch.
There’s also a bunch of slightly older and more retro titles. So you get a nice mix of genres and games to check out. Microsoft is always adding new titles and cycling some out, too. Meaning some games you will have a limited amount of time to beat.
If you don’t have a gaming PC, then the deal on the Ultimate package is the way to go. As it includes Game Pass for PC, console, and cloud, plus it comes with Xbox Live Gold. If you have yet to try out Xbox Game Pass, you’re really missing out. Because you get a ton of games to play for one pretty low, and reasonable monthly cost.
The code you get for Game Pass on PC is an online game code, which means you’ll receive the code you redeem to start the membership in your Amazon email account.
Xbox Game Pass for PC 3-Month Membership – Amazon
The post Enjoy Xbox Game Pass For PC For $20 With This Cyber Monday Deal appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Cyber Monday Deals 2021 – Live Updates!

Cyber Monday Deals Week 2021 is here. Retailers have started their Cyber Monday deals already and will continue throughout this week, now that the holiday shopping season is fully underway. This is the last of the big shopping holidays for 2021, so if there are some items you want to save big on, today is the day to do it.
In this post, we’ll be rounding up the very best Cyber Monday deals from many retailers. Including Amazon, Walmart, Best Buy, Kohl’s, and many other retailers. You’ll find everything from smartwatches, to smartphones, Instant Pots, and even some TVs. Along with everything in between. We will be continually updating this post with more deals as they become available and removing deals once they expire and/or go out of stock.
Cyber Monday is officially on November 29, but Cyber Monday does typically start the day after Black Friday. Retailers want you to spend money as early as possible, especially in 2021 with the many shortages we are facing. While the chip shortage is the biggest part of the shortage, we are also seeing shortages of truck drivers, which means that getting stock to these stores has been tougher than ever. So you want to buy early, to make sure your gifts arrive in time for the holidays.
This is definitely not the year to do last-minute holiday shopping. Unless, you don’t care when your gifts arrive, which if they are ones you’ve bought for yourself, it’s probably okay if they come a bit later.
You can find all of the latest Cyber Monday deals for 2021 down below. And you can also check out our gift guides for some ideas of what to pick up this year. We will be updating this post continuously through Cyber Monday. So you can bookmark this page and check it often for the best Cyber Monday Deals today and throughout this week.
The post Cyber Monday Deals 2021 – Live Updates! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Blend Like A Pro With A Vitamix Blender In This Cyber Monday Deal

Vitamix makes damn good blenders, and in fact they’re some of the best ones you can get even at their regular price, but they’re even better when you can get them on a deal. Right now for Cyber Monday Amazon has a great deal on Vitamix blenders that saves you up to 49% off. This offer includes three different Vitamix professional-grade blenders, one Vitamix Immersion blender, and a Vitamix FoodCycler. All of them are also good for today only.
Percentage-wise, the biggest savings are happening on the Vitamix 5200 Blender with a self-cleaning 64oz container in the Black colorway. This is currently available for 49% off and the price has been brought down to $287.99 from its original price of $549.99. With this blender you get tons of features including variable speed control, and it has hardened stainless steel blades.
The best part about this blender though is the amount of power it puts put. The blades can spin fast enough to create friction heat. Which means you can make hot soup from cold ingredients with it in about 6 minutes. Just put all the ingredients in and blend for the suggested 6-minute time and you’re done. Don’t forget to season the soup though!
You can also pick up the Vitamix Professional Series 750 blender, which is down to $394.97 from its original price of $598.99. This has the same variable speed control and a few more features. If you want to save even more money, then you can snag the Vitamix Explorian blender model for $188.99 instead of $394.98. This is a refurbished model, which is part of the reason for the lower price.
As for the immersion blender and the FoodCycler, these are on sale for $119.95 and $279.07 respectively. An immersion blender is basically a hand blender that you submerge into your ingredients for blending. Which you can generally do right in the pot you’re cooking in. And the FoodCycler lets you take your food scraps and turn it into fertilizer so you can cut down on food waste. A pretty cool product if you ask us.
Vitamix Blenders – Amazon
The post Blend Like A Pro With A Vitamix Blender In This Cyber Monday Deal appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Black Friday 2021 Continues – Here Are The 75 Best Deals Still Available!

While Black Friday might technically be over, there are still a ton of deals that are still available. So if you missed out yesterday, you can still save big. Not all of the Black Friday deals are still available, but about 90% of them are, which is a bit surprising given the supply shortages we are facing this year.
So without further ado, here are all of the Black Friday deals that are still available, ahead of Cyber Monday.
Save $20 on PlayStation Plus: 12 Month Membership
Up to 35% off select Samsung QLED TVs
Up to 31% off select 4K TVs under $1000
Up to 58% off Ring Video Doorbells and Echo Bundles
Up to 38% off Blink Smart Video Doorbells + Outdoor Camera Bundles
Save 25% on Kindle Paperwhite
Up to 35% off Toys from Little Tikes, Radio Flyer, Kid Kraft and more
Up to 35% off NERF items
Up to 30% off Select Gaming Furniture
Up to 30% off Govee Smart RGBIC Lights
Up to 30% off TOLOCO Massager
Up to 44% off SKIL Power Tools and Saws
Up to 30% off VANTRUE Dash Cameras
Up to 30% off GreenLife Cookware
30% off Renogy solar panels
Up to 30% off Yeedi Robotic Vacuums
Up to 30% off Coredy vacuum cleaner robots
Save 42% On Certified Refurbished Ring Video Doorbell 2
Up to 30% off on iLuv wireless earbuds and alarm clocks
Up to 29% off Bose Earbuds
Up to 34% off select OLED and QLED TVs
Save Up to 52% off 23andMe Personal Genetic Service DNA Tests (Your Choice)
Up to 27% off select large screen TVs
Up to 35% off Belkin Power and Surge Products
Up to 22% off Sony Lenses
20% Off Breville Joule Sous Vides
Up to 50% Off Fire Tablets
Up to 47% off select Echo Show devices
Up to 58% off Blink Outdoor Camera + Echo Bundles
Save 50% on Fire TV Stick with Alexa Voice Remote
Save 40% on Amazon Echo (4th Gen)
Up to 40% off select Insignia HD smart TVs with Fire TV built-in
Save 50% on Amazon Echo Dot (3rd Gen, 2018 release) 
Up to 49% on Ring Alarm (2nd Gen)
Up to 40% off Amazon eero Wi-Fi 6 mesh routers
Save 43% on Blink Mini 
Save $900 on Sony XBR-55A9G 55-inch TV
Save 22% on Toshiba 43-inch 43C350KU C350 Series LED 4K UHD Smart Fire TV
Save $20 on Luna Controller
Save $140 on Segway Ninebot E22 E45 Electric Kick Scooter
Up to 44% off Instant Pot cooking appliances
Up to 25% off select Bowflex Exercise Equipment
Up to 28% off select LG C1 Series 4K OLED Smart TVs
Save $95 on iRobot Roomba 694 Robot Vacuum
Up to 60% off top Razer gaming accessories and chairs
Save $250 on iRobot Roomba i4+ (4552) Robot Vacuum
Up to 46% off Samsung Monitors
Save $25 on Amazon Echo Dot (4th Gen)
Up to 40% off select Sony Noise Cancelling Headphones
Up to 28% off Samsung Tab S7 and S7+
Up to 50% off Select Beats Headphones
Save $21 on Roku Streaming Stick 4K 2021
Save 25% on Ring Indoor Camera
Save $300 on iRobot Roomba s9+ (9550) Robot Vacuum & Braava Jet m6 (6112) Robot Mop Bundle
Up to 43% off select Motorola smartphones
Save $92 on eufy by Anker BoostIQ RoboVac 11S (Slim) Robot Vacuum Cleaner
Up to 24% off Sony X90J TVs
Up to 40% off Samsung Ear Buds
Up to 25% Off NordicTrack Bikes and Treadmills
Up to 20% off Samsung Watch 4 and Watch 4 Classic
Save $50 on Bose QuietComfort 45 Bluetooth Wireless Noise Canceling Headphones
Up to 19% off Samsung Galaxy Tab S7 FE
Up to 30% off T&N mattresses and more
Up to 55% off Philips Hue Lighting
Up to 15% off on Seagate and LaCie Hard Drives
Save $50 on the Roku Streambar
Up to 30% off select Netgear Networking Products
Up to 17% off select Samsung SSD
Up to 33% off Logitech PC Accessories
Up to 17% off Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 3
Up to 30% off ecobee smart home products
Up to 25% off Nespresso Products
Up to 30% off select Tile products
Up to 50% off select Jabra Bluetooth products
Up to 30% Off Anova Sous Vides and Vacuum Sealer
And there are many more available on Amazon, which you can check out by clicking here. Make sure to come back on Monday to get our full Cyber Monday coverage!
The post Black Friday 2021 Continues – Here Are The 75 Best Deals Still Available! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

You Won't Want To Miss These 40% Off Arlo Security Camera Deals

Home security is something everyone should consider, especially when Black Friday deals like these Arlo Security Camera bundles are up to 40% off. With a range of different models and bundles being discounted, there’s an Arlo package to fit every budget. And later on, you can always expand with more cameras hooked up to the system to create a larger security network around your home.
Starting at just $99, down from the original price of $129, you can get a single Arlo Essential Spotlight Camera in either Black or White. This model is completely wireless, records up to 1080p video, and it has color night vision and two-way audio. So if it picks someone up during the recording, you can have a conversation with the person on the other end.
You also don’t need a hub to use it because it connects directly to your home Wi-Fi network. You could also choose to step it up to the Arlo Floodlight Camera, which bumps the price up to $179 (down from $249), and the video recording resolution goes from 1080p to 2K. The benefit of the Floodlight camera is that it’s not just a camera. It’s also a floodlight. Plus, it puts out 2000 lumens of power, or 3000 lumens if you want to use the outdoor magnetic charging cable.
There’s also 3-packs of the Arlo Pro 4 Spotlight Camera on sale, down from $549 to $399. Obviously, this is more partially because it comes with three cameras. But they also do 2K video instead of 1080p, and they support HDR. Just like the other Arlo cameras they also don’t need a hub to connect as they directly connect to Wi-Fi. And all the Arlo cameras work with Alexa. So if you ever need to you can initiate compatible voice commands just by speaking.
There’s a few other additional bundles worth considering, too. But keep in mind that Black Friday deals end at midnight!
Arlo Security Camera Bundles – Amazon
The post You Won’t Want To Miss These 40% Off Arlo Security Camera Deals appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Get This Soundbar & Subwoofer Combo For $50 Less Than Usual

If you want decent audio for movies, TV, and games but without having to get a home theater system, get a soundbar, like the deal on this one from Polk Audio. For Black Friday Amazon is taking $50 off the price of this Polk Audio Signa S2 soundbar and subwoofer combo, a deal that brings the price down to just $150.
It can support wireless and HDMI connection types. Plus it supports optical and comes with its own HDMI and optical cables. Meaning you have a couple less things to buy to get this up and running with your TV. The wireless connectivity is Bluetooth, while the HDMI plugin is HDMI ARC. There’s also a 3.5mm aux plugin, and the standard TV optical.
With support for Dolby Digital plus the inclusion of the subwoofer, you’ll have room filling sound for any of your entertainment. It’s also designed to take up less space, and features a low-profile design. So you should have some extra room under your TV. Or, you can choose to wall mount it instead, as there is support for that too.
Another benefit of something like this compared to more complex audio equipment, is the ease of use and setup. It should only take you a few minutes to get this plugged in and connected to your TV. Then you can get straight to watching or playing something.
Moving back to the Bluetooth capabilities, this makes for an easy connection to smart devices. Which in turn makes it easy to stream music and other content from services like Spotify, YouTube Music, Apple Music, Pandora and more.
This does come with a compact remote for controlling everything. Which has buttons for volume, bass, TV, aux, Bluetooth, power, muting the audio, and swapping between a few different modes. Although, there are some buttons on top of the soundbar too that allow for adjustment of some of the same things.
Polk Audio Sigma S2 Soundbar & Subwoofer – Amazon
The post Get This Soundbar & Subwoofer Combo For $50 Less Than Usual appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

NordicTrack Studio Cycle Black Friday Deals Can Help Get You In Shape

If you’re looking to take advantage of Black Friday sales on products to help you get back into shape, NordicTrack has just the indoor cycle for you. In fact, it has two NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycles on sale, specifically the S22i model. With both the newer and older model priced exactly the same at $1,499.00 — 32% off.
Now, NordicTrack pricing two cycles at the same cost despite that one is a newer model may sound strange. But the biggest difference between the two models, both sold under the same designation, is that the newer model features a quieter incline motor and supports Bluetooth audio gadgets as well as a faster WiFi connection. Additionally, it ships with 3lb dumbells for cross-training purposes.
What’s great about the NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle for Black Friday?
Typically, the price for either of the models is set at $2,199. And that’s not without good reason. Both models effectively have the same features, starting with Automatic Trainer Control, allowing automatic adjustments for inclines from -10-percent up to 20-percent. Each also packs a 22-inch Interactive HD Touchscreen. That tilts. So the screen can be placed in a position where it will be most useful during workout sessions. But that’s not its only purpose.
That’s made for streaming live and on-demand workouts directly to the equipment itself. Enhancing the automatic adjustments to the cycle’s inclines and resistance. Specifically, with iFIT Trainers automating both resistance and incline to match the levels appropriate for the workout.
Of course, a subscription to iFIT is typically needed to gain access to those sessions. As with many top workout apps. But this NordicTrack cycle includes those with this Black Friday deal. Making those free for the whole family for 30-days. The ride-quieting SMR Silent Magnetic Resistance technology and 10-year frame warranty are standard though. As are the two-year parts and one-year labor warranties.
NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle Black Friday Deals
The post NordicTrack Studio Cycle Black Friday Deals Can Help Get You In Shape appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Get The iRobot Roomba i4+ Robot Vacuum For $399 On Black Friday

If there’s any reason to get an iRobot Roomba robot vacuum other than not having to vacuum yourself, it’s Black Friday deals like this one that slash prices down by a huge amount.
For Black Friday, Amazon has deals on tons of varying robot vacuum models, and the iRobot Roomba i4+ is one of those. This is usually a robot vacuum that costs $650. And, when you consider the price of others from brands like Samsung, Dyson, and even iRobot, that’s honestly not too bad. Because all of those brands offer more expensive models. But $650 is still a lot to spend on a vacuum.
Well, today you can spend $400 and get the iRobot Roomba i4+. A discount of $250 off of the regular price. You’re getting more than just a robot vacuum though. So it’s really more of a bundle. In addition to the vacuum itself, you’re getting the self-emptying bin that also acts a charging dock. So when the robot vacuum needs to recharge, it’ll mosey on back to the dock.
Once it docks, the bin will then proceed to empty the internal bin of the vacuum. Then the vacuum shuts down to charge. This makes it possible to be ready to go for the next cleaning. Complete with a full battery and an empty internal bin.
What’s more is that the bin can hold up to 60 days worth of dirt, dust, hair, crumbs, and anything else the vacuum picks up. So you can literally forget about the vacuuming and emptying out the bin for up to two months. Talk about convenient. Additionally, the vacuum has smart room mapping, and it’s ideal for homes with pets. So don’t shy away from it just because you think pet hair will clog things up.
Vacuuming the home just easier. Leaving you free to do literally anything else.
iRobot Roomba i4+ Robot Vacuum – Amazon
The post Get The iRobot Roomba i4+ Robot Vacuum For $399 On Black Friday appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Don't Sleep On These PC, Monitor, & Laptop Deals At 30% Off!

Amazon is having a HUGE Black Friday sale on a wide selection of PC, monitor, laptop, and tablet devices, with these deals being offered at up to 30% off their normal prices. Some of the PC and monitor deals are on products that are designed for gaming, while others are meant for more general use. For instance, this ASUS TUF Gaming 27-inch 2K monitor with a 165Hz refresh rate. It supports NVIDIA G-Sync and offers a 1ms motion blur. It’s currently down to $269 from $349.
But there’s also a 32-inch curved monitor on sale from Dell for $199 down from $259. This has a refresh rate of 75Hz and is Full HD. So it’s not really meant for gaming. Though it could be used for such a purpose if you wanted it to.
These are just two of the many monitors that are on sale as well. You’ll find a couple of other options from ASUS, and quite a few from Sceptre. You can also pick up an Acer desktop for $360, which comes with a keyboard and a mouse, and is powered by a 10th Gen Intel Core i3-10100 CPU, with 8GB of RAM and a 1TB hard drive. Perfect for the office if you just need something for general computing in the home.
Additionally, there’s a pretty good selection of laptops on sale. Such as the Acer Spin 5 Convertible which is on sale for $759 down from $1,099. Or the ASUS Chromebook Flip CM3 for $259 instead of $329. You could even get a Lenovo Tab M8 2nd Gen for $74.99 instead of $94.99 if you know someone that needs a tablet.
All of these Black Friday PC, monitor, laptop, and tablet deals will be available through today only. So at the time of writing, that means you have just over 12 hours. At that point, the savings disappear and the products go back up to normal price.
PCs, Monitors, Laptops, & Tablets – Amazon
The post Don’t Sleep On These PC, Monitor, & Laptop Deals At 30% Off! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Save $20 On The Luna Controller For Some Mighty Fine Cloud Gaming

Amazon Luna is one of the few cloud gaming services out there, and you can enhance the experience with the Luna Controller, which is now $20 off in this Black Friday deal. Typically, this will cost $70, but today it’s down to $50. And while it isn’t absolutely necessary for playing games on Luna, it does make for a better experience thanks to the way the technology works.
Similar to Stadia and its controller, Luna and the Luna Controller work in tandem for cloud gaming with latency that’s as low as possible. Because the controller talks to the service through your Wi-Fi network. The shape of the controller is similar to that of an Xbox Wireless Controller. So it should feel familiar when using it to play games.
Additionally, it has all the buttons you could need. With the abxy buttons, four top triggers, a d-pad, and dual joysticks. There’s also an Alexa button and a few other buttons too.
Another cool thing about Luna is that you can easily pause the game and swap between playing on different screens. So, you can start playing on the TV and then move to a laptop or desktop if someone wants to watch something. And you can do all of this without having to restart your game. Which is pretty cool.
The controller is powered by AA batteries. So no recharging needed. And honestly that’s one less worry for you seeing as you don’t have to have one more device to charge. Alongside the Luna Controller, Amazon is also having a sale with some discounted pricing on Luna subscriptions. Which are starting at $2.99.
This is one of the easiest ways to enjoy games. And it’s worth giving it a try if you don’t feel like throwing down a bunch of money on a gaming console or PC.
Luna Controller – Amazon
The post Save $20 On The Luna Controller For Some Mighty Fine Cloud Gaming appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Black Friday Razer Deals Save You Up To 60% On Chairs & Accessories

Black Friday deals are on just about anything and everything, including Razer gaming accessories and gaming chairs. Through Amazon’s Black Friday sale, there are deals on Razer accessories and chairs like the BlackShark V2 gaming headset and the Iskur chair for up to 60% off.
Been waiting to pick up a Razer Iskur to outfit your gaming station and upgrade your chair? Now is the time to do it. If you buy this from Razer a month or two from now, it would cost you $499.99. But right now for Black Friday Amazon has it for $349.99.
In addition to the Iskur, the Iskur Fabric, Iskur XL, and Iskur X are on sale too. Ranging from $299.99 to $399.99. Aside from the chairs, other accessories on sale include the Hammerhead True Wireless 2nd Gen earbuds, which we loved in our review. As well as the BlackShark V2 Pro, which are the wireless model, the Viper Ultimate mouse plus the charging dock, and a whole lot more.
Need a keyboard? The BlackWidow line has been one of Razer’s best-selling keyboards for probably a decade. And the newest model, the BlackWidow V3 Pro, is currently down to $139.99 from $229.99. That’s a huge price drop. It’s also available in the non-pro model for $89.99.
Mouse mats, streaming mics, and even the web cam have all been discounted. Razer makes some of the best gaming accessories out there. And while you can commonly find sales on the brand’s products, they are usually only this low during Black Friday. Worth mentioning is that most of the accessories available come in more than just the standard Razer matte black. Which includes the Quartz (pink), and Mercury (white).
The Kishi is on sale too. Which is one of the best mobile gaming controllers out there. We’re not exactly sure when these prices will disappear, so you may not want to wait. Especially if these are meant to be gifts.
Razer Gaming Accessories & Chairs – Amazon
The post Black Friday Razer Deals Save You Up To 60% On Chairs & Accessories appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Tile Trackers Bundles Can Help You Track Your Things This Black Friday

Tile trackers are a great way to smartly keep tabs on things you own but often lose track of and now, there’s a wealth of those products on sale in bundles for Black Friday. With discounts of up to 40-percent off.
Now, some of the deals on Tile trackers include products that were already on sale as part of Amazon’s early Black Friday deals. But now those are bundled up with other trackers for even bigger savings. Namely, a two-pack of Tile Mate — the (2022) designation — is 27-percent off. Putting the price at $34.99, rather than its $47.99 list price. But the company is also selling some older Tile trackers at big discounts too.
For starters, the 2020 version of the above-mentioned Bluetooth-focused Tile Mate is 40-percent off. Priced at $14.99. The Pro model from that same year can be had for just $24.49. That delivers twice the range, at 400-feet, compared to the less pricey model. And comes at a discount of 30-percent off its $34.99 list price.
Of course, a two-pack of the Tile Sticker (2022) is also available, priced at $39.99 compared to its usual $54.99. As its branding implies, this Tile is different from other of the brand’s trackers in that it works by adhering rather than as a keyring or wallet insert. It also comes with an up to 3-year non-replaceable battery, 250-feet of range, and features such as phone finding and smart home integration. Atop its other standard features like an IP67 rating.
Get a real bundle and save even more on Tile trackers for Black Friday
Finally, the company has two bundles of Tile trackers that bring the whole — or most of the — ecosystem together for Black Friday. Both feature 2020 model gadgets that should help buyers keep tabs on just about anything they could need to. And each is discounted by 30-percent.
The first of the bundles cost $41.99 and has been dubbed the Tile Performance Pack. It includes a wallet-sized Tile Slim and Tile Pro keychain-style tracker. The second, dubbed Tile Pro Essentials, doubles up on the Tile Pro and packs in a Tile Sticker. And that bundle costs $69.99 — down from its $99.99 typical price tag.
Tile Trackers & Bundles Black Friday Deals
The post Tile Trackers Bundles Can Help You Track Your Things This Black Friday appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Don't Miss Your Chance To Get The OnePlus Buds Z For $40!

For Black Friday, Amazon is discounting the OnePlus Buds Z by $10, making them just $39.99. This makes the already very affordable Buds Z even more affordable.
These are OnePlus’ first truly wireless pair of earbuds. And they aren’t going to knock your socks off, but for under $50 they are really impressive. But won’t match up to the Sony WF-1000XM4, which are almost seven times their price.
Sound your Ears will Love – Immerse yourself into your music, videos, and games with clear vocals and deeper, cleaner bass.
Never get caught without power. A quick 10-minute charge gets you back on your feet ready for your next workout, commute, or gaming session. A full charge supports 20 hours of battery life. It’s like Warp Charge, but for your headphones.
A new, in-ear ergonomic design keeps the earbuds comfortably in your ear. The included silicone tips seal the music in and keep distractions out, letting you focus on your music, workout, or games.
IP55 certification protects the OnePlus Buds Z from rain or sweat. Take your workouts to the next level without worry. And since they stay in your ears really well, you can workout with the OnePlus Buds Z very easily.
Download the app HeyMelody to customize and update the functionality of your earbuds (Requires Android 6.0 when not using a OnePlus phone). Connect your OnePlus Buds Z to your OnePlus phone for additional features, including Quick Pair and Find My Buds.
They work great with any Android smartphone, that is running Android 6.0 or newer. So that you don’t have to use a OnePlus smartphone to get these headphones, which is definitely a great thing here.
You can pick up the OnePlus Buds Z from Amazon by clicking here. This price is not going to last long, so you’ll want to grab it before it is gone.
OnePlus Buds Z – Amazon
The post Don’t Miss Your Chance To Get The OnePlus Buds Z For $40! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

AfterShokz Delivers On Bone Conduction Headphones For Black Friday

Amazon’s Black Friday sales are live and that means now is the time to pick up some open-ear bone conduction headphones from AfterShokz. In fact, no fewer than three styles of AfterShokz’s headphones are on sale. Including AfterShokz OpenMove Wireless Bone Conduction Open-Ear Bluetooth Headphones and OpenComm Wireless Stereo Bone Conduction Bluetooth Headset for 31-percent off. As well as AfterShokz Aeropex Open-Ear Bluetooth Bone Conduction Sport Headphones for 38-percent off.
What are these AfterShokz headphones and how much do they cost now?
Now, as the branding for each of the three AfterShokz offerings up for Black Friday suggests, these aren’t your typical listening devices. They utilize bone-conducting technology to move small vibrations through the ear instead of stereo sound waves. That means that not only are they open-ear. They don’t cover the ear at all. Instead, they rest on the bone just in front of the ear.
The key differences between each of the sets come down to purpose and price. As shown via our review of AfterShokz OpenComm, for example, that gadget is engineered for conversation.
It doesn’t come with any ruggedization rating or the best quality audio for music, movies, and gaming. But they are certainly reasonable on those fronts and fantastic for voice and chat purposes. Complete with a folding Boom mic, and for just $109.95 for Black Friday in Black and Slate Grey colorations. Down from the usual $159.95.
Conversely, for the same discount but a lower price, AfterShokz OpenMove is $54.95 for the sale. And is designed more for music, in four colorways. That’s atop the addition of an IP55 rating for dust, sweat, and water resistance. And atop up to 6-hours of continuous battery life.
Finally, AfterShokz Aerope is all about sports and physical activity. To that end, it comes with a better IP67 rating and ships with a sport belt. But also features up to 8-hours of battery life, a lightweight design, and moisture detection for safer charging. That’s all at the same retail cost as OpenComm. But at a higher discount, bringing the price down to $99.95 for grey, red, black, or blue colorations.
AfterShokz Bone Conduction Headphones Black Friday Deals
The post AfterShokz Delivers On Bone Conduction Headphones For Black Friday appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Ring Video Doorbells & Echo Bundles Are Up To 58% Off!

Of course Amazon is going to have a massive sale on its own products for Black Friday, and this deal on Ring Video Doorbells and Echo bundles sees prices drop by as much as 58%.  For example, you can pick up a Ring Video Doorbell wired and Echo Dot 3rd Gen bundle for just $41.99. Normally this bundle costs $99.98. So this deal means the Ring Video Doorbell and Echo Dot 3rd Gen bundle is over half off.
With the Ring Video Doorbell, you can easily see who’s at your door anytime someone walks up to it and presses the button. And because it’s compatible with Alexa, you can use the Echo Dot 3rd Gen that comes in the bundle to ask Alexa to show you who’s at the door. Which could easily bring up a video feed on your connected smartphone or TV.
You could alternatively get a bundle that contains the Ring Video Doorbell wired and the 2nd Gen of the Echo Show 5. That way, video from the doorbell just pops up on the Echo Show 5 screen. You’ll get video recording with the doorbell at 1080p resolution. So any video it picks up should be plenty clear.
These are perfect for anyone who lives in a bigger neighborhood with plenty of access points. Especially for around this time of year when package thieves come out in droves. With a Ring Video Doorbell you could easily catch everything on camera. The video doorbells also support night vision so they’ll work when it’s dark too.
Honestly, these are some of the best smart home products you can buy. They add some peace of mind in knowing who’s at the door. And you can’t put a price on peace of mind. While these aren’t “today only” deals, stock and prices may not last long.
Ring Video Doorbell & Echo Bundles – Amazon
The post Ring Video Doorbells & Echo Bundles Are Up To 58% Off! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Save Big On OLED/QLED TVs For Black Friday – Sony, LG & More

Black Friday is one of the best times to pick up a new TV, because you get some really good deals, like on these OLED models from various top brands. Amazon is currently having a deals on OLED TV models from Samsung, LG, Sony, and TCL. Savings are up to 34% off, bringing prices down by quite a bit on these models.
Prices also range from $450, all the way up to $7,998 for the 65-inch model of the Samsung Terrace Full Sun Outdoor TV. Which is normally $9,999.99. If you want something a little more practical, like say a TV for your living room, the Sony A80J in a 65-inch model is down from $2,198 to $1,798. This is a great option if you want a big TV for the PS5.
You don’t have to use a Sony brand TV for Sony’s console of course, but they will no doubt work a little more efficiently. The best deal in terms of price though is the TCL 5-Series QLED. Which is a 50-inch TV with a 4K UHD screen, and it’s own to $450 from the original price of $700. This is an awesome option for budget shoppers.
Because it’s still 4K and it comes with Alexa so you can use voice commands for various features. If you prefer LG, Amazon is offering discounts on some of LG’s A1 series TVs. Ad in multiple sizes so you can stick to something a little more manageable like a 48-inch, or go big with a 65-inch.
Want something more artsy, then go with the Samsung Frame TV, which is also part of this sale. You’ll also likely find deals on tons of other TVs for Black Friday and not just these OLED and QLED models. But TVs are usually a hot ticket item on Black Friday, so don’t wait too long to make a decision.
OLED & QLED TVs – Amazon
The post Save Big On OLED/QLED TVs For Black Friday – Sony, LG & More appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Become A Kitchen Wizard With These Black Friday Calphalon Deals

Whether you love to cook or are just starting to learn, you definitely don’t want to miss out on these deals on Calphalon kitchen appliances for Black Friday. Right now Amazon is having a sale on various items from Calphalon that are up to 46% off.
From espresso machines to blenders, there’s an appliance or three for everyone. For instance, one of the best appliances you can have in the kitchen is a slow cooker. They can do a lot more than you think and they make weeknight meals easier than you can imagine. All you have to do is simply place all of the ingredients into the slow cooker, set the time, and walk away. Then you come back to it after the timer is over and dinner is basically done.
Right now you can pick up the Calphalon Digital Saute Slow Cooker for $89.99. Down from its original price of $119.99. This is a deal that is only good for today. Which means you have just under 13 hours (at the time of writing) to grab it at this price.
The same goes for all the other Calphalon kitchen appliances that are on sale as part of these deals. Need a new blender? Consider the Activesense Blender with the Blend N Go cup. Which makes for easy smoothies and morning breakfast drinks. It’s currently on sale for $117.99 down from $219.99.
Or, there’s the Calphalon Temp IQ Espresso Machine. This is normally $599.99. But for the rest of today it’s on sale for $419.99. It comes with a bean grinder and a steam wand so you can steam and froth your milk for drinks. There’s a waffle maker on sale, as well as a second espresso machine, a second blender, and a toaster. All of these appliances have smart, adjustable settings to make using them easier, too.
Calphalon Kitchen Appliances – Amazon
The post Become A Kitchen Wizard With These Black Friday Calphalon Deals appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Get Almost Half Off Amazon Fire HD 8 With Echo Buds For Black Friday

Amazon has plenty of its Fire HD tablets up for grabs as part of its Black Friday deals but now you can get some paired with Echo Buds for almost half off the original price. Specifically, the company is selling its Amazon Fire HD 8 and Fire HD 8 Plus in three colorations — White is, unfortunately, sold out. And that’s for 45-percent off its asking price, when paired with Echo Buds and buying the variant supported by lock screen ads.
That brings the total cost for this configuration down to just $114.98 for the Amazon Fire HD 8. Down from $209.98. And to just $124.98 for the Fire HD 8 Plus. Down from $229.98.
Other configurations, including those without ads and those with a higher storage capacity, are on sale as well. Albeit, without quite as steep a discount and at an ever-so-slightly higher cost.
What do this Fire HD tablet and earbuds combo bring to the table?
Now, the Amazon Fire HD 8 tablets are 2020 models, so this isn’t Amazon’s newest tablets up for grabs for Black Friday. But that doesn’t make this 8-inch HD tablet any less worthy.
For starters, the Fire HD 8 Plus runs Fire OS. The hyper-efficient Android-based OS is driven by a reasonably powerful processor backed by 3GB RAM. The Fire HD 8, conversely, ships with a less cost-intensive 2GB RAM. In either case, 32GB or 64 GB of internal storage is included. Expandable up to 1 TB via microSD card. And, of course, each comes with Amazon’s own app store. So both tablets have access to nearly all of the same apps found on the Google Play Store.
On battery life, the Amazon Fire HD Plus supports wireless charging, while the Fire HD 8 does not. But both offer up to 12 hours of “reading, browsing the web, watching videos, and listening to music,” according to Amazon.
Finally, Amazon Alexa AI is built right into the experience too. And that also carries over for the Echo Buds Amazon has paired with the Fire HD 8 and Fire HD 8 Plus tablets for this Black Friday deal. With the AI assistant available on-tap.
The Eacho Buds also offer top-tier features such as active noise cancellation, with premium speakers built into an already noise-dampening design. And, of course, on battery, they aren’t too bad either. Offering up to 5-hours of playback per charge and a total of 15-hours more with the charging case. While fast charging also means that 15-minutes nets you up to two hours more.
Amazon Fire HD 8 Plus + Echo Buds Black Friday Deals
The post Get Almost Half Off Amazon Fire HD 8 With Echo Buds For Black Friday appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Add Some Color To Your Walls With These Discounted Nanoleaf Kits

A Nanoleaf starter kit can really brighten up a space by adding loads of color to your walls, and this Best Buy deal on Nanoleaf products lets you add some color for cheaper than usual.
For those unaware, Nanoleaf makes a series of different smart lightning panels that can change colors. The entire setup is app-controlled, and they come in a few different fun shapes. Best Buy in fact is discounting starter kits for the triangles shapes, the hexagon shapes, and the mini triangles. It even has some of the expansion packs for those shapes on sale too. So you can add more to your wall than just what’s in each kit.
For the gamers, Nanoleaf syncs with Razer Chroma RGB. So if you want a more exciting and immersive gaming experience, some Nanoleaf smart lighting panels on your wall will do the trick. And if you stream your gameplay, then it makes for a cool aesthetic for your viewers.
Each Nanoleaf Shapes starter kit deal is on sale for $169, down from the original price of $199. And expansion packs are on sale for as low as $54.99. The starter kits also come with 7 panels, while expansion packs come with 3 and up to 10 depending on the one you buy.
Since these are modular, you can add more to the setup and interlink all of them together. They’re also touch reactive. Which is a neat party trick for your stream or if you have friends over. Best of all, there’s no hub required like there is for Philips Hue products (which are still awesome by the way). So you can just plug them in and connect them to your Wi-Fi network directly.
Setup is easy, the design is interchangeable, and it adds cool effects to whatever room you put them in. These are all Black Friday Deals, so expect these prices to disappear soon.
Nanoleaf Shapes Starter Kit – Best Buy
The post Add Some Color To Your Walls With These Discounted Nanoleaf Kits appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The Xbox 20th Anniversary Wireless Controller Is Down To $49!

The Xbox 20th Anniversary Wireless Controller went on sale officially on November 15, and right now there appears to be a deal on it at Walmart. Normally it costs $69, like any other wireless Xbox controller. But Walmart has this model up for just $49 for Black Friday, so this deal saves you $20 off the price tag.
There is one caveat however. While the deal still seems to be available, it isn’t shipping from Walmart’s website. You have to check to see if there is local availability at Walmart retail locations near you. And if there is then you should be able to get this price.
The good news is that Walmart has other Xbox Wireless Controller options for the same $49 price. So, if you wanted a different design or color, you can order those. Plus, Walmart has loads of other Black Friday deals going on right now. On all kinds of tech products and not just those that revolve around video games.
The 20th Anniversary Xbox Wireless Controller works with Xbox One, Xbox Series X|S, PC, and even mobile devices. So you can easily connect it to just about anything and use it for playing games. Which, we might add, is super useful if you have Xbox Game Pass Ultimate because you can play games over the cloud on a smartphone or tablet.
This controller also has the textured back hand grips, and the new share button for easily grabbing screenshots of your gameplay. In addition to all that, it has the iconic translucent design that debuted alongside the original Xbox. Which itself came in a translucent model. So Microsoft is calling back to that design with this controller.
While it is wireless, it runs on two AA batteries. So unlike other controllers which generally have rechargeable batteries, this one you just need to swap them out from time to time.
Xbox 20th Anniversary Wireless Controller – Walmart
The post The Xbox 20th Anniversary Wireless Controller Is Down To $49! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Best Black Friday 2021 Deals – Live Updates!

Black Friday Week 2021 is here. Retailers have already started rolling out their best Black Friday deals, with many more coming later this week. This continues the trend of retailers starting Black Friday early, due to the pandemic and expectance of shipping delays.
In this post, we’ll be rounding up the very best Black Friday deals from many retailers. Including Amazon, Walmart, Best Buy, Kohl’s, and many other retailers. You’ll find everything from smartwatches, to smartphones, Instant Pots, and even some TVs. Along with everything in between. We will be continually updating this post with more deals as they become available and removing deals once they expire and/or go out of stock.
We’re also seeing more retailers opt to keep their doors closed on Thanksgiving. Something that we saw started with the pandemic last year, and it’s becoming more of the norm. Allowing their workers to stay home with their families on the holiday.
Black Friday is officially on November 26, but Black Friday never actually starts on Friday. Retailers want you to spend money as early as possible, especially in 2021 with the many shortages we are facing. While the chip shortage is the biggest part of the shortage, we are also seeing shortages of truck drivers, which means that getting stock to these stores has been tougher than ever. So you want to buy early, to make sure your gifts arrive in time for the holidays.
This is definitely not the year to do last-minute holiday shopping. Unless, you don’t care when your gifts arrive, which if they are ones you’ve bought for yourself, it’s probably okay if they come a bit later.
You can find all of the latest Black Friday deals for 2021 down below. And you can also check out our gift guides for some ideas of what to pick up this year. We will be updating this post continuously through Cyber Monday. So you can keep this page bookmarked and not miss out on any deals this Black Friday and Cyber Monday.
The post Best Black Friday 2021 Deals – Live Updates! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Charge Two DualSense Controllers With This Nyko Dock For $12

Amazon is having a sale on all kinds of gaming gear, like this Nyko charging dock for DualSense controllers. While this isn’t the official Sony one, or the new one from Razer, there’s two things to consider with both of those. One, the Sony model costs $30. And the Razer model is $40, only charges one controller, and it’s not even in stock right now.
This Nyko DualSense charging dock however, officially called the Nyko Charge Arc, is on sale for $12.22. Down from its original price of $24.99, so you save about half the price. This is a limited time Black Friday deal so it won’t last forever. And whether you have a PS5 or not, you can still use the DualSense with PC and mobile devices. As well as PS4.
The Nyko Charge Arc has a pretty sweet design since both controllers sit in the dock back-to-back. It’s slightly different from the Sony model which charges the controllers back-to-front. It also appears to take up less space than the Sony model.
The design also makes it super easy to pick up the controllers from the dock one-handed. That’s not a dealbreaker by any means, but it is a nice feature to have. Another nice feature is the LED lights. These are used to tell you when the controllers are done charging. Yes, the Light bar around the touch pad of the controller blinks while charging, and then stops when it’s done. But the LED lights on the Nyko Charge Arc are much more visible.
Nyko is a longstanding video game accessories brand that has been around for decades. They make pretty good products and most of their accessories are not only affordable, but well-made. You may not be able to get a PS5, but you can still keep the controllers for it charged up.
Nyko Charge Arc For DualSense Controllers – Amazon
The post Charge Two DualSense Controllers With This Nyko Dock For $12 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Save $30 On Elgato's Premium Wave:3 Streaming Microphone

Amazon has a deal on the Elgato Wave:3 streaming microphone right now bringing it down in cost by 20%. Normally, you’d pay $150 to get this mic. Right now though, because Amazon has a ton of limited time deal prices up for Black Friday, the Elgato Wave:3 is being discounted down to $120. Saving you $30.
If you’re just starting your streaming career or you’re looking for an upgrade, the Elgato Wave:3 is a great choice for your needs. The Wave:3 is powered by USB so it easily plugs into your desktop or laptop, or whatever you use for your setup. It also comes with quite a few nice features.
Like a condenser for better precision in picking up your speech patterns. Aside from Elgato’s well-deserved popularity thanks to its well-known quality, the mic also provides convenient access to volume adjustment thanks to the dial on the front.
That volume dial is also multifunctional. So it doesn’t only control the volume. It can also be used to control the input gain, and the crossfade between the mic and PC mix. It features a cardioid polar pattern too. In addition to a capacitive mute button for disengaging the mic quietly (you won’t have to click any buttons). And it has a steel grille. Which offers more than adequate sound diffusion but also better protection as the steel is more durable than fabric.
It comes with a stand so it can be used sitting straight up on your desk, but it can also be mounted to a microphone arm if you prefer that setup. Plus, there’s an input for headphones if you need a place to plug in a wired pair. In addition to this deal, which is just the mic, Amazon also has the Wave:3 kit on sale too. Which includes the pop filter, and the shock mount. This normally retails for $219.99, but it’s on sale for $184.99.
Elgato Wave:3 Streaming Microphone – Amazon
The post Save $30 On Elgato’s Premium Wave:3 Streaming Microphone appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Material You Design Rolling Out Widely For Gmail Via Google Play Store

Material You design change is finally making its way to more Google apps. Now, it is time for the Gmail app to get the Material You treatment.
According to the latest report by Android Police (via 9To5Google), the latest Android 12’s Material You theme language is now rolling out for the Gmail app via the Google Play Store.
Notably, this is not the first Material You update for the Gmail app. Back in September, the update only touched upon the widgets. Fast forward to now, it is now seeding for the entire app, i.e. the theme will take complete effect.
Apparently, the new update also increases the utility of the app. The reports suggest that the new update is arriving with app version v2021.10.31.
This new update also includes extra padding around texts and Gmail interface elements. Dynamic Color is also supported with the new update for the Gmail app.
For those who don’t know, the Dynamic Color support applies the dominant color from your wallpaper to the app’s interface. So, that’s something nice if you are running a device with Android 12 on board.
The new Gmail update with complete Material You makeover is now rolling out on the Play Store
The small size of the widget will show a draft button. It has been relocated from its previous bottom-right position to the top-right corner.
Archives for each message are also displayed. Users can also undo the archiving action. Moreover, it also gives you information related to the time of reception, subject, and the first line of each sender’s message.
There are widget size options ranging from 5×2 or 3×3 on a 5×5 grid, which isn’t new. However, these widgets now also completely support the Material You theme.
These Gmail widgets will now show a new row of buttons. This new row will contain buttons to open up the Google Chat or Meet room, directly from the widget. However, the new row of buttons will show only if you have enabled Google Chat or Meet features.
Gmail’s new update that brings Material You theme is now available for all users via the Google Play Store. If you are interested and haven’t received the update, then you may want to check the apps update section in the Play Store.
Alternatively, you can also download the app from trusted third-party sources, such as APK Mirror. You will now also be prompted to allow Gmail to “make and manage phone calls”. Granting the phone permissions will allow you to Meet sessions that are not interrupted by your regular calls.

The post Material You Design Rolling Out Widely For Gmail Via Google Play Store appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The Fitbit Charge 5, Sense & More Are Up To 40% Off Right Now!

Amazon is having a big sale on Fitbit devices right now, featuring great deal prices on the Charge 5, the Sense, the Luxe, and more of Fitbit’s latest and best trackers and smartwatches.
With prices at up to 40% off, these will make for some amazing gifts this holiday. These are also Black Friday prices, so they won’t last long. Though the prices may stay up through the holidays, the thing to worry about potentially is the stock. At these discounts, they may end up flying off the shelves pretty quickly.
For the Fitbit Charge 5 deal, you can pick up the tracker at a discounted price of $129.95. When normally it costs $199.95. And for the normal price of the Charge 5 you can actually pick up the Fitbit Sense at a Black Friday deal price. That’s $199.95 down from its normal price of $299.95. So, you save $100.
If you don’t want a full-fledged smartwatch, there’s also discounts happening on the Fitbit Luxe, the Fitbit Inspire 2, and the Fitbit Ace 3 (for the kiddos). Or if you do want a smartwatch but you just want one that’s a tad less expensive, there’s the Fitbit Versa 2 and Versa 3 which are on sale as well. Right now, the Versa 2 is $118.99. Or you can grab the newer and more powerful Versa 3 for just $179.95.
All of these trackers, save for the Ace 3, will come with heart rate sensors, and a wide array of activity tracking capabilities. The Charge 5 and Sense though will have some additional features like the touch displays, stress monitoring, ECG monitoring and more.
And, if you like to personalize, there’s a range of different colorway options in each of the trackers. Plus, Fitbit offers even more options for customization with bands and straps for most of these, made from different material and additional colors. Keep in mind that if you go with the Fitbit Sense, you get a free 6-month membership to Fitbit Premium. Which is normally $9.99 a month.
Fitbit Charge 5 & More Up To 40% Off – Amazon
The post The Fitbit Charge 5, Sense & More Are Up To 40% Off Right Now! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

WhatsApp Audio Messages Could Get Playback Speed Controls

WhatsApp is constantly updated with new features and functionality. The app’s beta version is now getting the ability to control the playback speed with audio messages. While users can already control playback speeds on WhatsApp voice notes, the feature now extends to audio messages as well.
If you’re unfamiliar with audio messages, it’s nothing but a voice note that has been forwarded a few times. As strange as it may sound, the ability to control playback speed was only available for voice notes before this update.
WABetaInfo notes (via) that WhatsApp will bring a playback speed button for audio messages in an upcoming update. The feature is currently available on WhatsApp beta for iOS, though it should inevitably make its way to WhatsApp beta on Android as well.
The feature would save the trouble of listening to the entire audio message at its regular speed. Since scrolling through quickly doesn’t work for audio messages, increasing the audio playback speed is an excellent remedy.
On the other hand, this feature can also slow down the speed of audio messages. Although the arrival of this feature on beta is promising news, there’s no word on when it could reach the stable version of WhatsApp.
WhatsApp is also testing the ability to hide ‘Last Seen’ status from individual contacts
Being one of the most popular instant messaging apps, WhatsApp is reportedly bringing a significant overhaul to its app. This could include a new feature to supplement Groups. Internally known as Community, this feature would encourage increased interaction with the app. Another report suggests that this upcoming WhatsApp feature would be similar to Discord’s channels and communities.
While this is a relatively major feature for WhatsApp, the app is also developing minor tweaks. This includes the ability to selectively hide the “Last Seen” status from some contacts.
In its current form, WhatsApp allows hiding the “Last Seen” status from either all contacts, everybody, or nobody. So this could be a crucial privacy feature for the app. This feature made its way to WhatsApp beta version 2.21.33.14, and it could begin rolling out to all users over the coming weeks.
WhatsApp is also working on a message reaction notifications feature, which has been under development for a few months now.

The post WhatsApp Audio Messages Could Get Playback Speed Controls appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Grab This Limited Edition Xbox Controller Before It Goes Out Of Stock

Earlier this year Microsoft announced the 20th Anniversary edition of its Xbox Wireless controller, and Best Buy currently has it for sale. To be clear, this controller isn’t on sale for a cheaper price. It’s just simply available to buy. This is a new controller that Microsoft may or may not have plenty of stock of in the months to come.
So, you may want to grab it as soon as you can if you’re a fan of the platform. As other 20th Anniversary stuff has been a little hard to get. Especially now that we’re heading into the holidays.
This special edition controller functions the same as the model that comes with the Xbox Series X|S consoles. With the all-new share button and textured grip on the back. But on the outside, it has a translucent design so you can see the innerworkings of the controller and the components used to build it.
Which mimics the design of a special version of the original Xbox that launched with a similar translucent look. As the function of this controller is exactly the same as the other new wireless Xbox controllers, this is definitely more likely to be popular with huge Xbox fans.
And if that’s you, then this should make a nice addition to your collection. As with every other Xbox Wireless Controller, these are compatible with Xbox One, Xbox Series X|S, PC, and mobile devices. So you can easily take it with you for gaming on the go. Whether that’s gaming through a laptop, in mobile games, or in cloud gaming via the Xbox Game Pass app. And of course at home via a desktop gaming PC and on consoles.
Since this isn’t on sale, it’s still available at the standard price of $69.99. But the point is that it’s now available to buy. And every major Xbox fan should have one.
Xbox 20th Anniversary Wireless Controller – Best Buy
The post Grab This Limited Edition Xbox Controller Before It Goes Out Of Stock appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Get This HyperX Gaming Gear For Up To 50% Off

HyperX is one of the best brands in gaming peripherals, and now you can get some of its gaming gear on sale thanks to these deals on Amazon. Right now, Amazon has a collection of different HyperX gaming gear on sale for up to 50% off. And this includes headphones, keyboards, and a mouse mat.
HyperX makes more accessories than this of course. But these are the categories that are currently on sale as part of this deal. Audio by far takes the cake in terms of deals. Because there’s 5 different headsets that are currently on sale for a nice discount.
If you want to for the most premium option, then look no further than the HyperX Cloud II. This is a wireless headset so you won’t be tethered by cables and can freely move about while you wear the headset. Normally it retails for $149.99. But right now it’s on sale for $129.99.
If you want something a bit less expensive, the other four headsets are actually great options. Three of them are designed for PC, and include the HyperX Cloud Alpha for $59.99 instead of $99.99, the HyperX CloudX for $39.99 instead of $69.99, and the HyperX Cloud Core for $49.99 instead of $69.99.
There’s also something for PlayStation fans with the HyperX Cloud, which is $39.99 instead of $59.99. All of these have detachable noise-canceling mics except for the PlayStation model.
As for the keyboards, there are two full-size models on sale. The HyperX Alloy Core RGB for $29.99, and the HyperX Alloy Elite 2 for $99.99. Additionally, there’s a smaller option available with the HyperX Alloy Origins. Which is a 60% keyboard for $79.99. All three keyboards support RGB lighting and come with mechanical switches. Though you do get dedicated media controls with the two full-size options.
Lastly, there’s the HyperX Fury S Pro extra-large gaming mouse mat. This is down to $14.99 from $29.99.
HyperX Gaming Gear Up To 50% Off – Amazon
The post Get This HyperX Gaming Gear For Up To 50% Off appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Vivo X70 Pro Review: Split personality – Camera upgrade, Processor downgrade

Vivo recently released the X70 Pro device as part of their mid-year refresh. AndroidHeadlines did a review of the Vivo X70 Pro Plus a few days ago but now it’s time to take a look at its younger sibling the X70 Pro in this review.
At first glance, you might have a bit of a hard time trying to spot the differences between the new X70 Pro and X60 Pro which came out in March 2021. This is because a lot of the changes are incremental in nature.
In this deep dive, we will mainly focus on the big changes with the new X70 Pro in comparison with the X60 Pro. Since there are no differences between the X70 Pro and the just reviewed X70 Pro Plus in terms of software we will skip that portion in this review entirely.
What are the noticeable changes on the Vivo X70 Pro?

Cameras, processor, battery capacity, charging speed are the biggest changes in comparison to the X60 Pro. Physically there are two changes, one noticeable and the other imperceptible. The height of this phone is smaller by 0.01 inches or 0.3 mm which is imperceptible to the eyes. The camera module on the other hand gets a new layout which looks better than the previous generation in my opinion.
There are a few subtle changes such as no Gorilla Glass on the front or the back, a bump up to Bluetooth 5.2 and 32-bit audio instead of BT 5.1 and 24-bit audio in the prior version.
From a computing perspective, the Snapdragon 870 gives way to a bespoke Dimensity 1200-vivo processor.  And instead of just one memory/storage option, Vivo offers 5 different versions from 8GB/128GB all the way to 12GB/512GB with the X70 Pro.
Last big change is a bump of 250 mAh in battery capacity to 4450 mAh. But charging speeds go from 55W to 44W with the newer X70 Pro which is a bit of a head-scratcher. The bigger battery also increases the weight slightly by about 7 grams or 0.15 oz which is imperceptible in my opinion.
Unboxing experience is familiar

There is basically no change in the box or contents between the X70 Pro and X60 Pro. We still get the “Co-engineered with Zeiss” on the front of the square blue box.

Inside the box besides the phone, we get a 44W charging brick, USB-C cable, SIM tool, a slim TPU clear case, headphones, headphone tips, and a headphone jack dongle. As usual, the phone has a factory film screen protector on it. The biggest change is the 44W charging brick in lieu of the 55W charging brick in the prior version of this device.

Hardware design language is pretty much unchanged along with the 120Hz display

Side by side the biggest difference between the two devices is the camera module. Otherwise, the entire device looks exactly like the X60 Pro from earlier in the year. This includes the excellent 120Hz display with a center hole punch. This is a new Samsung E5 AMOLED panel that is capable of hitting 1300 nits in terms of peak brightness.

Another minor change is that the new glass back cover has a nice etched surface which provides a better tactile feel than before. While the grip is better than the X60 Pro on this device, it is not as good as the ‘Reno Glow‘ process etched glass cover found on the Oppo Reno 5 Pro. There is no Gorilla Glass protection on either the display or the back cover so there is some cost-cutting going on in terms of the glass on this device.

Having used the bigger X70 Pro Plus for a while, I like the smaller X70 Pro and the slight increase in weight  (10% larger battery than before) is pretty negligible. Another small change Vivo made is that they now include a clear TPU case instead of the hard polycarbonate shell from the previous version.
Long story short, I prefer the size of the X70 Pro because it is extremely pocketable and perfect for single-hand use as a daily driver.
Let’s talk about the performance of the MediaTek processor in the Vivo X70 Pro

Vivo decided to switch over from Snapdragon to MediaTek for the X70 Pro. So this time around we get a special bespoke Dimensity 1200-vivo chipset on the X70 Pro. The review units still keeps 256GB UFS 3.1 storage along with 12GB RAM.
In daily use, I didn’t experience any slowdowns with the Dimensity 1200 processor. There is however a shift in Geekbench 5 scores. The single-core score is now 871 as compared to 1030 and the multi-core score is 3178 versus 3442 in the X60 Pro.
From a sheer benchmark perspective, this is a reduction in performance even though you would be hard-pressed to notice it while playing Genshin Impact. But the lower scores out the gate compared to the X60 Pro means that the longevity of this device might not be as good. So performance-wise I think this move is a downgrade.
Since the price of this device is around $700, it is a bit difficult to recommend the newer device from a performance perspective. Especially now as you can find deals on the X60 Pro.
Vivo X70 Pro gets new rear cameras

So far it seems like most of the changes on the X70 Pro are the rear cameras. And the new quad-camera module is the biggest upgrade over the Vivo X60 Pro.
So for the main camera, we get a new 50MP f/1.8 Sony IMX766 sensor. This sensor is 1/1.56″ and has 1.0µm pixels and has built-in gimbal OIS and uses Laser AF for fast focusing.
There are two telephoto cameras on the X70 Pro. First is the 125mm focal length equivalent which is a true 5X optical zoom via a periscope system. The 5X telephoto camera has an f/3.4 aperture and OIS. The 8MP OmniVision OV08A10 sensor is 1/4.4″ in size with 1.0µm pixels and is a carryover from the X70 Pro Plus.
The second telephoto camera is a 2X Sony IMX663 sensor. This 12MP sensor is 1/2.93″ with a wide f/2.0 aperture and 1.22 µm pixels but it lacks OIS. The 2X telephoto with that very wide f/2.0 yields excellent results though despite lacking OIS.
The biggest change is in the ultrawide camera which gets a downgrade from the 48MP to a slightly wider 12MP f/2.2 unit. The ultrawide camera uses a Samsung S5K3L6 sensor measuring 1/3.1″ in size with 1.12µm pixels. This camera has a 16mm focal length equivalent and offers a 116-degree field of view (FOV). You can use the ultrawide camera for macro shots or extreme close-ups since it has autofocus.
And the final bit of good news is that the special Zeiss optics and Zeiss T* lens coating are now on all cameras to help reduce glare, especially for night photography. The selfie camera on the front is a carry-over 32MP Samsung S5KGD1 (1/2.8″, 0.8µm pixels) unit with f/2.5 aperture.
The camera app is chock full of features as before and does take a bit of time to get used to the different menus and settings. But even out of the box you can start taking some great pictures because the layout is simple and intuitive.
Main camera results are excellent  in day and night
Daytime pictures are great for the most part in terms of color, vibrancy, dynamic range, and detail. The sharpness is the only item not on par with other devices in this class but this might be because of the AI scene detection. For specific situations you can just shoot in 50MP mode with AI turned off or shoot in RAW mode and tune the image later. To discover these issues you need to really pixel peep on a monitor. Most results are great for social media sharing without any fine-tuning.

Low-light photos have great dynamic range, contrast, and detail, and especially colors. I would say the lowlight color accuracy is on point and the camera could see better than the naked eye consistently. Noise is well controlled and sharpness is so-so just like daytime pictures.

Since the main sensor is so huge there is only a minor difference in results between Night Mode and regular Photo mode. You can see some pictures side by side and judge for yourself.
Portrait Mode
Portrait results are remarkably good as well. Overall this is an excellent click-and-forget camera day or night. You will be quite happy with the main camera results regardless of the lighting conditions.
Zoom Camera results are very good in daylight and passable in lowlight
The 2x telephoto camera produces excellent photos despite lacking OIS. The samples have good detail, sharpness, dynamic range, and punchy colors without a lot of noise. If you zoom in during less ideal conditions the results are good on a smartphone screen but noise and sharpness increase when you look at the pictures on a wider screen format.

Nighttime pictures are good in terms of detail, color temperature, contrast, and shadows thanks to the wide f/2.0 aperture. You will have to hold the phone still since the 2X zoom camera does not have OIS. I wasn’t able to see a big difference between night mode and regular mode on the 2X zoom telephoto camera during my review.

Depending on the lighting conditions the 5X periscope camera yields great results in daylight. Nighttime results aren’t that great and I didn’t use the 5X zoom much after sunset. See the daytime results below and decide for yourself.
Ultrawide camera results along with Macro Samples

The ultrawide camera pictures aren’t as punchy as the main camera for some reason. They seem more natural-looking and there is a bit more noise and less detail when you crop in. The FOV is also a bit narrow however there is minimal fringing towards the edges which is always welcome.

You get reasonably decent pictures at nighttime from the ultrawide camera. The colors are good, the detail is definitely manageable and the sharpness is quite good. Dynamic range is not as great but that is expected in dark situations. Overall you should be able to get reasonably decent pictures as long as there is some ambient light.

The ultrawide camera also takes great macro shots because of the AF on the sensor. Once you get close to the subject the Super Marco mode kicks in on the camera app. Check out some macro shot samples below.
Selfies and videos are so-so
The selfie quality is disappointing just like before since the 32MP camera is a carryover. I am not a big selfie person let alone letting someone take my picture so for me this is not an issue. But if you take selfies a lot look elsewhere as the portrait mode is wonky, there’s a lot of softness on the skin and images look noisy even in daylight.
Videos are good enough to be shared in small clips via social media but overall results aren’t as good as Samsung or Google in the Android world. Again I am in the minority, as I prefer still photography to videos.
For still photos, this is an excellent camera setup on the Vivo X70 Pro sans the selfie camera. In a pinch, you can definitely use the selfie camera and the rear cameras for videos. But in most decent light conditions day or night you will be quite happy with the results from all four rear cameras. I would say that if you like taking a lot of still photos and want a modern smartphone that isn’t too huge then the Vivo X70 Pro is worth a look.
Battery life is easily all day and charging times are quite good with 44W Fast Charging

The Vivo X70 Pro packs a 4450 mAh battery and a 44W Fast charging brick in the box. Between the new processor, newer more efficient AMOLED display and the increase in battery capacity the Vivo 70 Pro gets excellent battery life.
A bigger battery with a slight weight increase is always a good thing. During my review period, there were no issues with getting about 6 hours of SoT.  So this is definitely a smartphone that lasts from morning to night unless you are an extreme mobile gaming enthusiast.
Even though the charging brick is only 44W now, charging times are still good and you can top up the device in just over an hour. I am surprised as to why there is no wireless or reverse wireless charging available. The reviewers and fans have been clamoring/complaining about this feature for a while now. I mean the Samsung S21 has it, the Pixel 6 has it so why shouldn’t the Vivo X70 Pro have wireless charging?
Another rant is why can’t Vivo give us full 65W charging like Oppo or OnePlus devices. There is no excuse as Xiaomi 11T Pro that just came out has a whopping 120W Fast Charging brick in the box.
Software, Audio, and Connectivity on the Vivo X70 Pro

The software on the Vivo X70 Pro is identical to that on the flagship X70 Pro Plus. So check out that review if you want to learn more about FunTouch OS 12.

As far as audio goes, there isn’t any discernable change from the X60 Pro. The phone has a single bottom-firing speaker which does the job well. But you kind of wish that it has dual stereo speakers. Other devices that compete against the X70 Pro all pretty much have dual stereo speakers.
There is still Hi-Res audio certification and plenty of options in Sound settings to customize sound output especially via headphones. During my review period, I found audio output via Bluetooth 5.2 or wired headphones via the headphone dongle to be quite good.
4G LTE data speeds but there is NFC on the X70 Pro

Just like the X60 Pro, I only saw a 4G signal on my new X70 Pro during the review period. And 4G/LTE download speeds are comparable to my spare Pixel 4a which is a 4G LTE device. So I did not have too much of a problem with calls, texts, occasional app downloads, or playing music while out of Wi-Fi zones.
Other connectivity options include NFC, Nearby Share, Vivo Share, Bluetooth 5.2 and Smart Mirroring. So the only big complaint is no 5G at least in the USA. I suspect that this is a carrier issue and in Asia, this device should be able to get 5G connectivity.
Would you consider upgrading to the Vivo X70 Pro?

Vivo X70 Pro takes a few steps backward in comparison with its predecessor. The processor,  charging wattage, factory case all take a hit.  Also, there is no Gorilla Glass protection on the display or the back cover anymore. There are some positives such as a better display, a bigger battery, NFC, and a new quad-camera module on the back.
A few things do not change which include the overall hardware design, and the single audio speaker. And sadly there is no official IP rating or wireless charging still available. The last two features are a must if the X70 Pro wants to compete with devices like the Pixel 6 or Samsung Galaxy S21 in my opinion.
The camera experience is improved versus the X60 Pro since the newer cameras have better specs. But the end result isn’t too different for the main camera or ultrawide camera. The most meaningful upgrades are to the telephoto zoom cameras which most people tend to use sparingly. So while the X70 Pro is better I don’t know if it is reason enough to upgrade.
If you love Vivo devices and are wanting to upgrade then this device may make some sense. But depending on the country you live in the X60 Pro Plus might be a better choice. Or for a little bit more you may want to get the excellent X70 Pro Plus. And if you are agnostic to Vivo then for $750 there are plenty of great Android smartphones that offer great camera output, superb high refresh rate displays, IP68 water resistance, and wireless charging.
The post Vivo X70 Pro Review: Split personality – Camera upgrade, Processor downgrade appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Best Buy Has Some Steep Discounts On NVMe SSDs Right Now

There’s still time to pick up a new NVMe SSD for your PS5, but if you’re also looking for NVMe SSDs for your PC, then Best Buy has some great deals on a few of them right now.
Right off the bat, let’s be clear that none of the NVMe SSD options in these Best Buy deals will work for the PS5. All four are PCIe Gen3. And Sony requires that to use one in the PS5 they be PCIe Gen4. So if you’re looking for SSDs for that purpose, you can check out our list for them.
But if it’s a PC NVMe SSD you need, one of these four might suit those needs quite well. And all of them are under $100 so, quite a steal really.
You’ve got an option from SanDisk, an option from Crucial, an option from Western Digital, and a second option from Crucial. The two best deals out of the four are the one from SanDisk, and the one from Western Digital. At least in terms of savings. As both of those normally retail for double what they are on this sale. Specifically, the SanDisk – Ultra 1TB PCIe Gen3 NVMe SSD is usually $229.99. But at the moment Best Buy has it for just $$79.99. A savings of $150.
If you prefer Western Digital, then you can pick up the WD Blue SN550 1TB PCIe Gen3 NVMe SSD for $84.99 instead of its normal price of $199.99.
As for the two drives from Crucial, there’s the p2 1TB PCIe Gen3 NVMe SSD for $83.99 down from $109.99. And the P5 1TB PCIe Gen3 NVMe SSD for $89.99 instead of $119.99. The main difference between these two is the sequential read speeds. On the P2 you get up to 2300MB/s. While on the P5 you’ll get up to 3400MB/s.
Worth noting is that while you get the most savings on the SSDs from WD and SanDisk, their sequential read speeds are both less than the Crucial P5.
SanDisk Ultra 1TB PCIe Gen3 NVME SSD – Best Buy
WD Blue SN550 1TB PCIe Gen3 NVMe SSD – Best Buy
Crucial P2 1TB PCIe Gen3 NVMe SSD – Best Buy
Crucial P5 1TB PCIe Gen3 NVMe SSD – Best Buy
The post Best Buy Has Some Steep Discounts On NVMe SSDs Right Now appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Add This 32-inch Samsung Smart Monitor To Your WFH Setup For Only $250

Looking for a new monitor to add to your work-from-home setup? Look no further than the Samsung M5 Smart Monitor. Which is currently on sale for $249, shaving $50 off of its regular price. This is for a 32-inch 1080p monitor.
You’re probably wondering what makes this a “smart” monitor? Well, there’s a couple of aspects. But firstly, it works with Wireless DeX from your Samsung smartphone and/or tablet. Which is really neat. Allowing you to do all of your work off of your smartphone. And yes, Wireless DeX is actually really good.
Secondly, there is the Smart Hub. Allowing you to binge all of your favorite movies and TV shows from apps like Netflix, YouTube and HBO, among many others. So it’s more than just a monitor that you plug your laptop or desktop into.
Another interesting and cool feature that this display has, is PC on Screen. Basically, it allows you to work remotely from your school or office computer at home. But without a computer at home. Normally, you’d need a computer at home to remote into your work computer, but not with this Samsung Smart Monitor.
Samsung does offer an ultrawide game view on this monitor, but you probably won’t use it. Essentially, you can adjust your screen to 21:9, and that allows you to discover hidden areas in the game. But, this is still a 16:9 monitor, so you’re losing a lot of screen real estate doing this.
Let’s get into the specs of this monitor here. This is a 1080p or FullHD resolution monitor, refreshing at 60Hz. It also has HDMI, USB, Bluetooth and WiFi for connectivity. So there’s not a lot of connectivity options here, but there’s enough to get things done.
You can pick up this Samsung Smart Monitor from Amazon today by clicking here. Samsung M5 Smart Monitor – Amazon
The post Add This 32-inch Samsung Smart Monitor To Your WFH Setup For Only $250 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Personalized Warnings Could Bring Down Hate Speech On Twitter

A new research has found that personalized warnings for Twitter users could help bring down the amount of hate speech on the platform. The findings come from a group of researchers at New York University’s Center for Social Media and Politics.
The research (via) found that issuing a carefully worded disclaimer or warning could deter people from using hateful or abusive language. This could prove to be an effective tool to bring down the violent rhetoric on platforms like Twitter. However, it’s still early days.
Mustafa Mikdat Yildirim is the lead author of the paper. He explained how sending warnings could help alleviate the problem of hate speech.
“Even though the impact of warnings is temporary, the research nonetheless provides a potential path forward for platforms seeking to reduce the use of hateful language by users,” he said.
Researchers created test accounts with profile names like “hate speech warner” before warning individuals
The research began with the identification of accounts that were close to suspension for violating Twitter’s hate speech rules.
Researchers sought candidates who used at least one word in the “hateful language dictionaries” over a one-week period. Additionally, these users should have followed at least one account that was recently suspended for violating Twitter’s guidelines.
The researchers then created test accounts with names like “hate speech warner” while tweeting out warnings against violating individuals. The wording of the tweets differed between the test accounts. However, the core idea was the same – to discourage hate speech. The warnings would also inform individuals about the suspension of an account they follow.
The authors of the research had around 100 followers and no affiliation with any organization or NGO
“The user [@account] you follow was suspended, and I suspect that this was because of hateful language,” one of the samples from the research reads. Other warnings include, “If you continue to use hate speech, you might get suspended temporarily” or “If you continue to use hate speech, you might lose your posts, friends and followers, and not get your account back.”
The paper claims that each of the accounts created by the co-authors had around 100 followers. Moreover, none of these accounts had an affiliation with organizations, thus maintaining a neutral stance. The researchers point out that such warnings could have a bigger impact if they came from Twitter or an NGO.
We’re still a long way from determining whether this method could bring about a decline in online hate speech. But this is a decent starting point for social media giants to expand on the existing frameworks to combat hate speech/misinformation.
The post Personalized Warnings Could Bring Down Hate Speech On Twitter appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Phone Comparisons: Google Pixel 5 vs Google Pixel 6 Pro

In this article, we’ll compare the very best phones Google announced in 2020 and 2021, one from each year. In other words, we’ll compare the Google Pixel 5 vs Google Pixel 6 Pro. Last year was a bit odd for Google. The company did not announce a high-end smartphone, but a mid-range one as its most powerful offering. The phone in question is the Pixel 5. That device was, and still is quite compelling, but it’s nowhere near as powerful as the Pixel 6 lineup in regards to hardware.
Is it still a good purchase, though? Can it compete with the newest and greatest from Google? Well, that’s what we’re here to find out. We’ll compare these two phones across a number of categories to see where they stand. This comparison will hopefully help you decide on which phone to get. We’ll start by comparing their spec sheets, and will then move to the display, performance, battery, camera, and audio categories. Let’s start the Google Pixel 5 vs Google Pixel 6 Pro comparison, shall we?
Specs

Google Pixel 5
Google Pixel 6 Pro
Screen size
6-inch fullHD+ OLED display (90Hz)
6.71-inch QHD+ AMOLED curved display (120Hz refresh rate, LTPO)
Screen resolution
2340 x 1080
3120 x 1440
SoC
Qualcomm Snapdragon 765G
Google Tensor
RAM
8GB (LPDDR4X)
12GB
Storage
128GB, non-expandable
128GB/256GB/512GB, non-expandable
Rear cameras
12.2MP (f/1.7 aperture, 27mm lens, 1.4um pixel size, dual pixel PDAF, OIS)
16MP (ultra-wide, f/2.2 aperture, 1.0um pixel size, 107-degree FoV)
50MP (f/1.9 aperture, 1.2um pixel size, 26mm lens, omnidirectional PDAF, OIS, Laser AF)
12MP (f/2.2 aperture, 1.25um pixel size, 114-degree FoV)
48MP (f/3.5 aperture, 0.8um pixel size, OIS, PDAF, 114-degree FoV, 4x optical zoom)
Front cameras
8MP (f/2.0 aperture, 24mm lens, 1.12um pixel size)
11.1MP (f/2.2 aperture, 1.22um pixel size, 20mm lens)
Battery
4,080mAh, non-removable, 18W fast battery charging, 18W wireless charging, reverse wireless charging
5,003mAh, non-removable, 30W wired charging, 23W wireless charging
Dimensions
144.7 x 70.4 x 8.0 mm
163.9 x 75.9 x 8.9mm
Weight
151 grams
210 grams
Connectivity
5G, LTE, NFC, Bluetooth 5.0, Wi-Fi, USB Type-C
5G, LTE, NFC, Bluetooth 5.2, Wi-Fi, USB Type-C
Security
Rear-facing fingerprint scanner
In-display fingerprint scanner (optical)
OS
Android 11
Android 12
Price
$699
$899
Buy
Google
Google
Google Pixel 5 vs Google Pixel 6 Pro: Design
These two phones could not be more different when it comes to design. The Pixel 5 is made out of metal, but the vast majority of its body is covered by resin. Think of it as rubbery plastic, even though it has a rather unique feel to the touch. The device also has a rear-facing fingerprint scanner, and a display camera hole in the top-right corner. Its bezels are uniform, and its rear cameras are located in the top-left corner.
The Pixel 6 Pro, on the other hand, is made out of metal and glass. It has really thin bezels, but they’re not uniform. Its display is curved, and a display camera hole is present here as well, but it’s centered. It has a rather large camera strip on the back, which stretches from the left side to the right. Both phones are slightly curved on the back. They do feel completely different in the hand, though.
The Pixel 5 offers a lot more grip than the Pixel 6 Pro. That is to be expected, though, due to different materials. The Pixel 5 is also a lot smaller, so it’s easier to hold and use with one hand as well. It is a lot shorter, narrower, and it’s even thinner. On top of all that, it’s 59 grams lighter. Google went in completely opposite directions when designing these two phones, which is kind of obvious. In regards to which one should you choose, it all depends on what you value more in regards to design. The Pixel 6 Pro feels more premium, and it’s larger, but the Pixel 5 is a lot easier to hold, and use with one hand.
Google Pixel 5 vs Google Pixel 6 Pro: Display
The Google Pixel 5 features a 6-inch fullHD+ (2340 x 1080) OLED display with a 90Hz refresh rate. It supports HDR10+ content, and this display is flat. The Gorilla Glass 6 is used to protect the display here, by the way. The Pixel 6 Pro, on the flip side, features a 6.7-inch QHD+ (3120 x 1440) AMOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate. This is an LTPO display, which means it offers an adaptive refresh rate. It also supports HDR10+ content, and this panel is curved. The display is protected by Gorilla Glass Victus.

The Pixel 6 Pro has a considerably larger display in comparison. The fact it’s curved makes it immensely different than the Pixel 5’s panel. Both the Gorilla Glass 6 and Victus do a great job when it comes to protection, so there’s no problem there. Both displays do seem a bit hollow, and that’s because of Google’s approach. The company decided not to bond the screen to the mid-frame, to make it easier to repair.
The Pixel 6 Pro’s panel gets noticeably brighter than the Pixel 5’s. It’s not one of the brightest displays out there, but it will offer more brightness than what the Pixel 5 has to offer. Both are more than bright enough in all conditions unless you’re in direct sunlight, in which case the Pixel 6 Pro does a better job. Both panels are really fluid and very responsive to touch, so there’s no problem there. They also have really good viewing angles. The Pixel 6 Pro’s display is technically better, but both are quite good. You’ll have a hard time spotting the difference in refresh rate as well, even though one has 90Hz and the other 120Hz. Both are quite fluid when scrolling, etc.
Google Pixel 5 vs Google Pixel 6 Pro: Performance
The Google Pixel 5 is equipped with the Snapdragon 765G SoC. In addition to that, it has 8GB of LPDDR4X RAM and it also utilizes UFS 2.1 flash storage. The Pixel 6 Pro, on the flip side, is fueled by the Google Tensor SoC, and it utilizes 12GB of LPDDR5 RAM, in addition to UFS 3.1 flash storage. The Pixel 6 Pro looks a lot more powerful on paper, and it’s certainly more future-proof.
That being said, they both feel good in use. Truth be said, the Pixel 6 Pro does feel more fluid, which is not surprising either. The Pixel 5 does not lag, though. It will skip a beat here and there, but the Snapdragon 765G that fuels it is still a very good SoC. It was a mid-range processor when it launched, though, and it’s technically a lot less powerful than the Google Tensor. Both do a great job in regular, everyday tasks, though.
You can multitask without a problem, open and close apps, browse, consume multimedia, and do whatever else you can think of. The Pixel 6 Pro will handle games better, though, so keep that in mind. The Pixel 6 Pro did tend to heat up more during our testing, especially when you’re gaming. It’s nothing crazy, though, it never became uncomfortable to use or anything like that. So, the bottom line is, both of them perform really well, but the Pixel 6 Pro does a better job overall, and can handle processor-intensive tasks a bit better.
Google Pixel 5 vs Google Pixel 6 Pro: Battery
The Pixel 5 includes a 4,080mAh battery, while the Pixel 6 Pro has a 5,003mAh unit. The Pixel 6 Pro does have a larger battery, but it also comes with a higher resolution display, which is also larger, and has a higher refresh rate. So, it evens out. Now, in regards to battery life, well, both have been excellent in our testing. The Google Pixel 5 was one of the best battery life smartphones last year, and the Pixel 6 Pro also did great for us.
The Pixel 5 was capable of crossing the 7-hour screen-on-time mark with ease on most days, and have plenty of juice left. The Pixel 6 Pro offered a bit less, but it was still great. The thing is, we’re getting mixed reports regarding the Pixel 6 Pro battery. Some people got considerably less battery life. It will all depend on your usage, though, of course. Your mileage may differ quite a bit, as there are a lot of variables to consider, so keep that in mind.
The Pixel 5 offers 18W fast wired charging, and it comes with a charger. It also supports 12W wireless charging, and 5W reverse wireless charging. The Pixel 6 Pro, on the other hand, supports wired charging up to 23W, but it slows down charging after the 50-percent mark, it slows it down quite considerably. The phone also offers wireless charging up to 23W with the Pixel Stand, but other wireless chargers will charge it slower. Reverse wireless charging is also supported.
Google Pixel 5 vs Google Pixel 6 Pro: Cameras
The Pixel 5 has two cameras on the back, and uses the same main camera as a number of its predecessors. The Pixel 6 Pro has a different camera setup, and it includes a telephoto camera, unlike the Pixel 5. On top of that, it has a new main camera, a much newer sensor. Now, both phones do perform really well, there’s no doubt about that, but the Pixel 6 Pro definitely has more to offer.

That 50-megapixel camera from ISOCELL is newer, and technically better. It allows for more light to enter a scene, and it’s a much larger sensor than a 12.2-megapixel one in the Pixel 5. It allows Google to work with a lot more information when it’s processing an image. That results in sharper images, there are noticeably more details in daylight shots, when you zoom in. In night scenes, well, those images turn out brighter, and with noticeably more detail, even without the zoom factor.
Don’t get me wrong, though, the Pixel 5 camera setup is still excellent. It can hold its own against the Pixel 6 Pro, that’s for sure. The Pixel 6 Pro’s cameras are a step up, though, in pretty much every way. Its ultrawide shots are good as well, but not as good as the ones from the main camera. Where it shines is the telephoto lens, as you can zoom in quite far and still get a usable image. Google did a great job with the telephoto camera.
The biggest difference is in the video recording, actually. The Pixel 6 Pro does a lot better in that regard, with a lot less artifacting and noticeably better stabilization. So, if you want a better camera experience overall, get the Pixel 6 Pro, though the Pixel 5 is not bad by any means.
Audio
Now, both of these phones technically include stereo speakers. There’s a big difference between them, though. The Pixel 6 Pro has a more usual setup, a bottom-firing main speaker, and a secondary one that sits above the display (it’s included with the earpiece). The Pixel 5, on the other hand, has a bottom-firing main speaker, and a secondary one that sits under its display. That secondary speaker is muffled because of its placement, and that affects the sound output. The sound coming from the Pixel 6 Pro is clearer, and more detailed, that’s for sure.
Neither of the two phones has a 3.5mm headphone jack. You’ll need to use a Type-C pair of headphones, a dongle, or a Bluetooth connection. No matter which ones of those you end up using, you’ll get good sound output on both phones, presuming your headphones are good, of course.
The post Phone Comparisons: Google Pixel 5 vs Google Pixel 6 Pro appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Block Somebody In Gmail Online Or On Your Phone

Everybody eventually encounters somebody that they’d like to block emails from, whether in Gmail or some other service. Whether that’s because the emails have become annoying, abusive, or are just cluttering up the inbox, it can be a real pain trying to work out how to get that done.
Fortunately, Google does make it fairly easy to accomplish in Gmail if you know where to look. Since most users are likely to have a Gmail address — given the global prominence of Android, and how good it is— we’re breaking down how to accomplish that in that service here. So if that’s what you’re looking to do, read on.
Here’s how to block somebody in Gmail on the web
Now, you can block somebody in Gmail both in the app and the web. But we’re going to start with the latter method, addressing how you can block somebody online, using the web version of the email app. And it’s a fairly easy process, as are so many of our how-to guides, albeit not the most intuitive one.
Open the Gmail app on your Android or iOS smartphone
Navigate to the ‘somebody’ that you’d like to block in Gmail. This example shows a newsletter/offer from “Readly” being blocked — with Readly being an online service for reading or subscribing to digital magazines and newspapers that I’ve recently decided not to use any longer
Select the email to open it up
Select the three-dot overflow menu icon located just to the right of the sender’s email and details
From the resulting menu, select the “Block” option, typically shown with the sender’s presented name after the word “Block”
Gmail will confirm that future emails from the sender will be marked as Spam — although previously-received emails will not
Confirm your choice to block the sender
After blocking a sender, you won’t or shouldn’t receive any more emails from that sender outside of the Spam folder. Or, for that matter, messages on any other Google platforms, such as chat. However, the emails you’ve already received will remain visible. To Unblock the sender, simply navigate to any email you’ve received from that sender. Then you’ll have two options, you can either tap the same three-dot menu as before and then select “Unblock” or you can tap the “Unblock sender” button Gmail provides within the email frame itself, as shown in our sample images below
Conversely, you can also report the sender to Google as spam or a phishing attempt by tapping the appropriate button within the three-dot menu. Or send the current email to spam via the appropriate button found within the content itself, as shown in our sample images

…or on your smartphone, in the app
Of course, most users are likely initiating or engaging in Gmail communications in the mobile app rather than online. So this segment of the guide will walk you through how to block somebody in Gmail in the phone app, rather than online.
As might be expected, the process is fairly straightforward if not the easiest, given the density of overflow menus in Gmail.
Open the Gmail app on your Android or iOS smartphone
Navigate to the ‘somebody’ that you’d like to block in Gmail. In the sample images, this example is also blocking “Readly” — just as the example above
Select an email from the user, or service you’d like to block, as shown in our sample images
Now, within the email itself, there will be two three-dot overflow menu options. The one near the top of the page pertains to the email itself, rather than its sender. So you’ll want to select, as shown in our sample images, the lower one. That’s specifically the three-dot menu located next to the provided name of the email’s sender
Within the three-dot menu, select the “Block” option. That will read “Block” followed by the name provided by the sender
After blocking a sender, you won’t or shouldn’t receive any more emails from that sender. Or messages on any other Google platforms, such as chat. However, the emails you’ve already received will remain visible. To Unblock the sender, simply navigate to any email you’ve received from that sender. Then you’ll have two options, you can either tap the same three-dot menu as before and then select “Unblock” or you can tap the “Unblock sender” button Gmail provides within the email frame itself, as shown in our sample images below
Conversely, you can also report the sender to Google as spam by tapping the appropriate button within the email content itself

The post How To Block Somebody In Gmail Online Or On Your Phone appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Enable Dark Mode For YouTube, In App & Online

If you’re looking to enable dark mode in YouTube, we’ve got just the guide for you. And, as with many of our how-to guides, that’s regardless of where you’re looking to make that change. Whether on the web or in the app. With or without the latest, greatest phone model.
Here’s how to turn on YouTube dark mode on the web
Of course, the world of mobile OS has already seen the introduction of a dark mode in YouTube and we’ll discuss how to enable that later on. But not every YouTube user has access to the service via mobile. And, equally importantly, not every user only accesses YouTube on their Android or iOS device either. Sometimes, the web service is still needed.
For those reasons, we’re starting this guide with a rundown of how to enable dark mode for YouTube on the web. And that’s a fairly easy process too if you know where to look.
…if you’re signed in to your account on YouTube
Navigate to the YouTube.com website
Click or tap — for users on touchscreen gadgets — on your profile image
Within the resulting overflow menu — at the top in our sample images, although Google can and often does rearrange UI elements — look for an “Appearance” option. YouTube accompanies that with a descriptor for the current setting. So if “Appearance is set to follow the device theme, for instance, it will read “Appearance: Device theme” instead of just “Appearance”
Select the “Appearance” option
If your device already uses a dark theme, then select the “Use device theme” option from the drop-down list. The theme should automatically change to dark to match your theming preferences at the system level. You may also choose to select “Dark theme” if you don’t want the YouTube theme to change alongside your device theme

…if you’re accessing YouTube without signing in
Navigate to the YouTube.com website
Click or tap — for users on touchscreen gadgets — on the three-vertical-dots icon located at the top-right-hand side of the UI. As shown in our images below
Within the resulting overflow menu — at the top in our sample images, although Google can and often does rearrange UI elements — look for an option that reads “Appearance.” YouTube accompanies that with a descriptor for the current setting. So if “Appearance is set to follow the device theme, for instance, it will read “Appearance: Device theme” instead of just “Appearance”
Select the “Appearance” option
If your device already uses a dark theme, then select the “Use device theme” option from the drop-down list. The theme should automatically change to dark to match your theming preferences at the system level. You may also choose to select “Dark theme” if you don’t want the YouTube theme to change alongside your device theme

Here’s how to enable dark mode in the app
Changing to dark mode in the app will be a similar set of steps.
Open YouTube
Tap on your profile image in the top-right-hand corner to open the overflow menu
Tap on the “Settings” option, located near the bottom of the resulting menu
In Settings, select “General” from the list. It should be located near the top of the Settings menu
Near the top of the General Settings page, an option appears labeled “Appearance.” Select that option
If you’re using a system-wide dark theme, and you want YouTube to follow your system-level theme “Use device theme” should be selected
If you don’t want YouTube to follow your system-wide theme but do want a dark-themed YouTube experience, then select the “Dark theme” option
Conversely, if you want a light theme, select “Light theme”

To change back to a different theme
Now, going back to the Light theme is easy but how you do that will depend on how you’ve set the dark theme. If, for example, you’ve set the entire system theme to dark and want to keep it that way, you’ll need to follow the appropriate steps above to get to the theme selection setting. Then you’ll need to switch manually to the “Light theme” option.
Conversely, if you want to change your system theme to light and already have that set to follow the system setting, simply change that setting to a light theme and YouTube will follow suit.
The post How To Enable Dark Mode For YouTube, In App & Online appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The Best Early Black Friday Deals 2021

Black Friday is a bit interesting this year, due to the many shortages. This has led to many retailers having started Black Friday deals early, with Amazon kicking off its “Early Black Friday Deals” on November 1. That’s a full 25 days ahead of Black Friday.
To be sure you don’t waste your money, and miss out on a great deal, we have rounded up the very best early Black Friday deals that are currently available. This post will be updated continuously from now until Black Friday on November 26. So make sure you bookmark this page, so you don’t miss anything. And also follow us on Twitter, as we’ll post even more deals there.
Retailers with early Black Friday deals
Amazon: There are deals on just about everything right now. From coffee makers, to apparel, to smartphones.
Walmart: There will be four sales events for early Black Friday deals throughout November. With discounts on laptops, smartphones, tablets and much more.
Best Buy: Continuing its daily deals, Best Buy is going to be offering even steeper discounts throughout the rest of October and November. It is also offering a Black Friday price match Guarantee.
Best Black Friday deals available now
While Amazon did kind of kickstart its Black Friday deals back in October, we are starting to see even more products on sale. These all include a “Black Friday Guarantee” from most major retailers. Basically ensuring that you won’t see this at a lower price on Black Friday. So you can purchase now and not worry about it dropping in price in a couple of weeks.
With the many different shortages that are plaguing retailers this year, it’s a good idea to start shopping early. That is why Amazon is pushing so hard to get people to start their big holiday shopping now. So that it will all arrive in time for the holidays.
Below, you will find the best deals for Amazon, Best Buy, Dell and Walmart. These are updated daily, so you can rest assured that these prices are accurate.
The post The Best Early Black Friday Deals 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Holiday Gift Ideas 2021: Razer Huntsman Mini Gaming Keyboard

With the holidays coming up really quickly, holiday shopping season is in full swing and we have some great gift ideas in our Holiday Buyer’s Guides, like this Razer Huntsman Mini gaming keyboard.
The Razer Huntsman Mini gaming keyboard is one of the best holiday gift ideas if you have a PC gamer in your life. Because it offers most of the features of some of Razer’s more expensive and larger sized keyboards, but while taking up much less space.
This is a 60% keyboard so it’s smaller and leaves you more room on your desk for mouse movement. And just generally having more room to keep other things. Like speakers, some figurines, or anything else you might keep as part of your battle station.
Normally this keyboard costs $119.99. But Best Buy has it on sale for $75.99.
The Razer Huntsman Mini has optical switches for super fast actuation
In games where competition is a key factor in the gameplay, fast actuation of keys is important. That’s why the Razer Huntsman Mini makes for an awesome gaming keyboard. Because it uses Razer’s optical switches which have super fast actuation.
It also comes with Razer Chroma RGB backlighting for each individual key. And, it has onboard memory presets so you can save your profiles. meaning you can take the keyboard with you anywhere and get the same settings that you have at home on different machines.
Thought one of the best features is the detachable USB-C cable. While the keyboard isn’t wireless, the detachable USB-C cable makes it easy to unplug the keyboard for storage. Or if you need to pack it up for playing games away from your normal in-home setup.
Razer builds the keyboard with aluminum construction
The last thing you need is for your gaming keyboard to break on you. Thankfully, this keyboard is built with aluminum construction so it’s more durable than some other options. Though it’s best not to be rough with your gaming peripherals, accidents happen.
And it’s highly likely that if you have a tiny mishap with the Huntsman Mini, it’ll be ok. Provided the accident isn’t something like running it over, dropping it from an unreasonable height, or spilling a bunch of liquid on it.
Razer Huntsman Mini Gaming Keyboard – Best Buy
The post Holiday Gift Ideas 2021: Razer Huntsman Mini Gaming Keyboard appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google Chrome Now Lets You Clear Data Stored By Websites

The latest version of Google Chrome, i.e. the Chrome 97, brings a lot of new features to the table. Notably, Chrome 97 adds the ability to make it easier to clear data stored by websites.
In a recent official Chromium blog (via 9To5Google), the company has announced the release of the Chrome 97 beta. Along with several other features, the new beta simplifies site storage settings.
On top of this, it also makes it easy to delete all data stored by a specific site. Users can delete the site data by navigating to Settings > Privacy and Security > Site Settings. Then click on View permissions and data stored across files.
Google says that it is planning to remove the granular control of deleting individual cookies under Settings > Privacy and Security > Cookies and other site data > See all cookies and site data.
However, as noted by 9To5Google, this capability will remain intact for web developers in DevTools. Developers can visit the DevTools website to gain access to more technical details per cookie or per storage level as needed.
Chrome 97 beta also brings support for WebTransport API and CSS media queries
According to Google, this change has been implemented to provide a clean user experience for users. They will have more control over the data stored by a website on their devices.
Moreover, it will also give them clarity on what all likely visited websites settings do. Apart from the ability to clear site data, Chrome 97 beta also brings support for WebTransport API and CSS media queries.
This will check if the device supports HDR or not. If you are intrigued by all these features, then you should note that the Chrome 97 beta is rolling out via the beta channel. You can download it from here if you are interested.
Google is also testing a new feature for Chrome. This feature is called Privacy Guide, which will explain browser’s all security and privacy-related controls in a more easy-to-understand language for users.
It will give more clarity to the user about what these controls are and how they affect their overall browsing experience. The feature is currently accessible via a Chrome flag, which you can enable by visiting chrome://flags.
Then search for the #privacy-review flag. After enabling the flag, you need to restart the browser for the flag to come into effect. The Privacy Guide is available as a flag, which seems to be a work in progress.

The post Google Chrome Now Lets You Clear Data Stored By Websites appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

You Can Grab A Google Pixel 6 For Just $499!

Update: Now available from Amazon for $549 – still $50 off, but no extra discount for activating today.
The Google Pixel 6 is getting its first real discount right now, over at Best Buy. It’s now just $499, if you opt to activate it today. Which you are most likely going to do anyways. But, if you don’t want to activate it today, it’ll cost you $549, still a decent discount.
That’s $100 off of the regular price of the Pixel 6. Now since this is the $599 model, that means there’s no mmWave support for Verizon. Which isn’t going to be a problem for most people anyways.
The Pixel 6 is the latest smartphone from Google, and has received rave reviews since it was announced last month. Especially given the price of the Pixel 6, regularly $600. The Pixel 6 has a 6.4-inch FHD+ 90Hz display, powered by the Tensor SoC. It also has 8GB of RAM and 128GB of storage on-board.
This year, Google also upgraded the on-board camera. So the main sensor is now a 50-megapixel sensor that will pixel bin down to about 12.5-megapixels. There is also a 12-megapixel ultra-wide sensor on-board. The telephoto is saved for the Pixel 6 Pro.
This is all powered by a 4614mAh battery. That is going to last you all day long and then some. In our review, we found it getting close to eight hours of screen on time.
Remember that this Pixel 6 is unlocked and can be used on virtually any carrier. That includes Verizon, T-Mobile and AT&T. That also means that you won’t need to worry about paying monthly for this phone since you’re buying it unlocked. Which is not too shabby.
Best Buy currently has the Pixel 6 in Stormy Black, Sorta Seafoam and Kinda Coral.
You can pick up the Google Pixel 6 from Best Buy by clicking here. This price is not going to be available for long, so you’d better be quick on this one.
Google Pixel 6 – Best Buy
The post You Can Grab A Google Pixel 6 For Just $499! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Connect An Xbox Wireless Controller To Your Android Phone

There’s a number of reasons why you might want to connect your Xbox Wireless Controller to your Android phone. But maybe you don’t know how. Whether it’s playing mobile games or you want to use it with any number of cloud gaming services, the controller works. And works pretty well.
However, if you’re not sure how to connect an Xbox Wireless Controller to your Android phone, this guide is here to help. We’ll walk you through all the steps so you can get to doing what you’d rather be doing. Playing games.
The process is rather simple, even if it’s not as straightforward as you’d hope it would be. Once you know how to connect the controller it should also be the same for every single Android device. Though we can’t guarantee that some users won’t run into compatibility issues due to how many devices are out there.
How to connect an Xbox Wireless Controller to your Android device
First things first, you want to get yourself an Xbox Wireless Controller. Any model from the Xbox One generation forward will do. Whether it’s the one that came with the Xbox One, the Xbox Series X|S, an additional one you purchased, or even aftermarket controllers like the more recently released SCUF Instinct Pro.
For the purposes of this guide, I’ll be using the SCUF Instinct Pro, which is the controller I personally use for PC and Xbox Game Pass cloud gaming.
Start by going to the settings menu on your phone

First, go to the settings on your phone, or just long tap the Bluetooth button from the quick settings menu that you access from the notification panel.
If you’re going directly through the settings menu, move onto the next step.
Look for the Connected Devices menu

In settings, scroll to and find Connected Devices, which should be located towards the very top. Tap on this menu and move on.
Tap on pair new device

Next, tap on the option to pair a new device with your phone or tablet, and this will tell the phone to start searching for Bluetooth devices that are nearby. But we’re not done yet!
Put your controller in pairing mode

With the Xbox Wireless Controller, including the SCUF Instinct Pro, there’s a dedicated button on the top of the controller to pair it to new devices. Press and hold this until you see the Xbox button on the front of the controller start to blink repeatedly. Then give your Android device a second to find the controller, tap it once it does, and let it pair. It should also automatically connect afterwards.
What games can I play on Android with an Xbox Wireless Controller
There are tons of mobile games that support controllers. Especially ones like the Xbox Wireless Controller. Many games will list in their Play Store description if they support controllers or not. So you’ll have to check that manually.
Though, Call Of Duty: Mobile for example, is one game that does support this controller type specifically.
You can also use the Xbox Wireless Controller for services like Xbox cloud gaming, Stadia, NVIDIA GeForce NOW and more. So it just depends on how you want to access our games. And that’s it! Get out there and find something to play.
The post How To Connect An Xbox Wireless Controller To Your Android Phone appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google’s 2nd Gen Pixel Stand Finally Up For Pre-Order

Google unveiled the 2nd gen Pixel Stand alongside the Pixel 6 and Pixel 6 Pro last month. Although the smartphones are currently available to buy, this Google-branded wireless charger was left out. That changes today, with the company opening pre-orders for the 2nd Gen Pixel Stand through its online store.
However, if you pre-order one of these wireless chargers now, you will have to wait for around a month to get it delivered. But this is your best bet if you’re seeking a first-party wireless charger for the Pixel 6 or 6 Pro. It brings a ton of features to the table, including a built-in cooling fan for heat dissipation. The 2nd gen Pixel Stand also offers two charging coils, allowing users to charge their Pixel 6/6 Pro or the Pixel Buds.
The 2nd gen Pixel Stand will set you back by $79 and include a 1.5m USB Type-C to Type-C cable, plus a 30W wall adapter (USB PD 3.0 + PPS). The new wireless charger also offers three charging modes, namely – Optimized, Max, and Quiet. The Pixel 6 can draw 21W from the new Pixel Stand, whereas the Pixel 6 Pro can recharge at 23W.
Customers who pre-order the 2nd gen Pixel Stand now will only get it by mid-December
The new Pixel Stand has a curved back and is available in a white/mint color variant. However, initial reports said that the accessory would be available in Rock Candy and Fog colors. The wireless charger uses TPU and polycarbonate in its construction.  Moreover, Google claims it uses around 39% recycled material.
Users who pre-order the 2nd gen Pixel Stand in the U.S. using the fastest shipping method have an estimated delivery timeline of December 14 – 15. Customers in the UK are witnessing a similar timeline, as per 9to5Google (via).
Google updated the Pixel Stand app last month in preparation for the new wireless charger’s arrival. Though there are several third-party wireless chargers compatible with the Pixel 6 and the Pixel 6 Pro, customers would always prefer a first-party accessory. The 2nd gen Pixel Stand should work as advertised, and we hope the elusive second color variant pops up soon.
According to a recent report,  the Pixel 6 Pro uses significantly more battery power in 60Hz mode than in 120Hz. Since this is quite unusual for a modern-day smartphone, it’s likely that Google is already working on a fix.

The post Google’s 2nd Gen Pixel Stand Finally Up For Pre-Order appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Watch WWE Survivor Series 2021: Raw vs Smackdown!

This Sunday, WWE’s 36th annual Survivor Series will take place from the Barclay’s Center in Brooklyn, NY. This is where typically see a traditional five-on-five elimination tag team match, however this year we get two.
For the past few years, WWE has used Survivor Series to put its brands against each other. Typically, it is Raw vs Smackdown, with the champions on each brand going up against their counter-part. Though, in 2019, they did add in NXT making every match a triple-threat. But that apparently didn’t work the way WWE wanted, as they’ve gone back to just Raw vs Smackdown.
This is where you’ll see matches that you wouldn’t typically see. Like Big E vs Roman Reigns.
It’s likely the most competitive event of the year for WWE, and typically Raw does win. But this year, Smackdown’s roster is pretty stacked with Charlotte Flair, Roman Reigns, Drew McIntyre, Shayna Baszler just to name a few.
Main Event Preview
Some may argue that the Raw vs Smackdown traditional Survivor Series match for the men would be the main event, but given the build up, it looks like Big E vs Roman Reigns is.
This will see the WWE Champion Big E from Monday Night Raw going up against the Universal Champion Roman Reigns from Friday Night Smackdown. Reigns won the Universal Championship at Summerslam in August 2020 and has not relinquished it yet. He has beaten some pretty big names, including John Cena and Brock Lesnar – arguably two of the biggest WWE names from the past 20 years. However, this is not a championship match. So if Reigns loses, he still remains champion.

Big E, on the other hand, cashed in his Money in the Bank briefcase a couple of months ago, on Bobby Lashley to become champion. In what many believe will be the moment of the year for WWE. Big E is a powerhouse that was part of The New Day for the past few years with Kofi Kingston and Xavier Woods. And now he’s finally in his first world championship reign as a single’s competitor. It’s going to be a big test for Big E.
That’s two big powerhouses going at it in the squared circle, which is going to make for a pretty epic match. But, where Reigns is listed as a “heel” or a bad guy, expect that the Bloodline will interfere and help Reigns win.
There are some rumors that The Rock could interfere in this match, potentially costing Reigns the win. Which would set up for a match between the two – who are cousins in real life – for either the Royal Rumble or Wrestlemania. A Reigns vs Rock match at Wrestlemania has been talked about for many years.
WWE Survivor Series 2021 Match Card
Here’s the current card for Survivor Series 2021, it is subject to change as always:
WWE Champion Big E vs. Universal Champion Roman Reigns.
Raw Women’s Champion Becky Lynch vs. SmackDown Women’s Champion Charlotte Flair.
United States Champion Damian Priest vs. Intercontinental Champion Shinsuke Nakamura.
Seth Rollins, Finn Balor, Kevin Owens, Rey Mysterio, and Bobby Lashley (Team Raw) vs. Drew McIntyre, Jeff Hardy, Xavier Woods, Happy Corbin, and an unknown final member (Team SmackDown).
Bianca Belair, Rhea Ripley, Liv Morgan, Carmella, and Queen Zelina (Team Raw) vs. Sasha Banks, Shayna Baszler, Shotzi Blackheart, Natalya, and an unknown final member (Team SmackDown).
Raw Tag Team Champions Randy Orton and Riddle vs. SmackDown Tag Team Champions The Usos.
How to Watch WWE Survivor Series 2021
In the US, you can watch Survivor Series on Peacock. It’s cheaper than the WWE Network was at just $4.99 per month. And if you have Comcast or Spectrum, you can get it for free. The PPV is included in the cost of Peacock. So it’s a no-brainer to sign up for Peacock. Which you can do here.
Outside of the US, you can watch WWE Survivor Series 2021 on the WWE Network.
What time does Survivor Series start?
WWE Survivor Series technically gets underway at 7 PM ET on Sunday, November 21. Like with all of its PPVs for the past seven years, there is a pre-show that starts at 7 PM. This is where WWE has a number of commentators getting you ready for Extreme Rules. Going over the matches, giving some predictions and such. There is also a pre-show match, nothing is confirmed yet for this match but many are expecting a dual-brand battle royal.
The full-on show will start at 8 PM ET. Typically, PPVs last until around 11 PM. It could run longer, since it is a PPV, and there’s no set end time for those. Unlike when WWE is on USA or FOX for Raw and Smackdown, respectively.
The post How To Watch WWE Survivor Series 2021: Raw vs Smackdown! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

TCL’s 8K Roku TVs Can Now Stream 8K Content With New Channel 

Roku is bringing the Explorers 8K Channel to 6-Series 8K TCL Roku TVs. This will be the first premium 8K channel on the popular TV lineup. The Explorers 8K platform brings fresh content each day and a ton of other nature-related videos.
Content from The Explorers is available for free, while a subscription will set you back by $3/month. Notably, a tenth of the revenue generated from this goes to The Explorers Foundation towards protecting biodiversity (via). Customers who own 6-Series 8K TCL Roku TVs are also eligible for a three-month free trial.
TCL’s new range of 8K Roku TVs was unveiled at CES 2021
8K televisions can’t be found in abundance, but TCL has been at the forefront of this technology for quite a while. The company first unveiled its 8K Roku TVs at CES 2019. Meanwhile, TCL refreshed the lineup of its 8K Roku TVs at CES 2021 earlier this year.
While 8K content is generally hard to find, this latest addition expands the users’ choices significantly. YouTube is one of the only alternative sources to find decent 8K content.
“Launching TCL’s first 8K resolution TVs in North America this year in partnership with Roku was very significant. We’re making 8K more accessible with our premium televisions, and we are also making bold moves with Roku to ensure there is 8K resolution content out there for our users to enjoy,” said Chris Larson, Senior VP at TCL.
“The quality of our Earth Inventory in 8K HDR allows us to transport the audience to the very heart of the subject. We are excited to know that the transformative beauty of The Explorers Earth Inventory will now be available at the maximum resolution and quality in homes through the TCL 6-Series 8K Roku TV,” CEO of The Explorers, Olivier Chiabodo, said in a press release.
The 6-Series 8K TCL Roku TVs are available in 65-inch and 75-inch models. These TVs feature the company’s proprietary mini-LED backlight technology for superior contrast and overall performance. So if you own these televisions and fancy a virtual visit to the Arctic glaciers, be sure to check out The Explorers 8K Channel.
The idea behind 8K televisions is to future-proof your entertainment system. While 8K is yet to become mainstream, there’s no denying that it is the future of televisions. The cost appears to be the only factor holding customers back right now. However, TCL’s 8K Roku TVs are undoubtedly the cheapest out there.
The post TCL’s 8K Roku TVs Can Now Stream 8K Content With New Channel  appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Best Android Smartphone Deals – Updated November 2021

Despite the best smartphone deals being in the holiday season, you can still get some great deals right now. From Samsung, to Motorola, to Google and everyone in between. Now is a really great time to pick up a new Android smartphone.
There are a ton of new smartphones on the market this year, mostly from Samsung, but other OEMs have also released quite a few. So there are a ton of great deals, even now, that would make great gifts this holiday season. Smartphones make for a really great gift this holiday season, as they can be quite expensive to replace, and getting one as a gift is always nice. And guaranteed to put a smile one someone’s face.
Best Android Smartphone Deals
Yes, we are still quite a ways away from Christmas, but with the global pandemic this year, you’re going to want to get your gifts ordered ahead of time. Well ahead of time. If there’s a year not to wait til the last minute, that’s this year. With more and more people shopping online this year, than ever before, shipping carriers are being pushed to the limit. And are expecting some big delays in shipping this year. So it’s unlikely that you’ll get your gifts delivered next day.
So the sooner you get your gifts ordered, the more likely they are to actually arrive on time and before the holidays. That way you won’t be stressed out about getting gifts at the last minute that might or might not arrive in time for the holidays.
Below, you’ll see a list of all of the Android smartphone deals available now, ahead of Black Friday. This list is going to be continuously updated too, so you can rest assured that you are getting the latest prices, and the best deals. These include smartphones from Google, Samsung, Motorola, OnePlus, and many other OEMs.
The post Best Android Smartphone Deals – Updated November 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

SteelSeries Releases CS: GO-Inspired Neo Noir Peripherals

SteelSeries is a well-known gaming peripherals brand that occasionally releases sets of game-partnered accessories, the latest being its new Neo Noir collection.
For those unaware, Neo Noir is a collection of skins from CS: GO. So these new accessories are perfect for fans of the game. Though even if you don’t play CS: GO and like the design, why not outfit your battle station with some new gear?
Although the Neo Noir collection of accessories is the latest partnered peripheral offering, SteelSeries has launched a number of game collection accessories in the past. Including an MMO mouse based on World Of Warcraft. With Neo Noir, however, you’re getting a few more products than some of the older collections from years ago.
The SteelSeries Neo Noir collection includes four accessories
There are four total accessories you can get your hands on as part of this collection. Also worth noting is that these are limited edition releases. So it’s quite likely that they won’t be in stock for a long period of time. That isn’t to say people should drop everything and go buy them immediately out of necessity. But we wouldn’t wait too long. As stock issues have hit just about every product industry for popular items.
Or items perceived to be popular by resellers. As for what the accessories are, they include two mouse mats, a mouse, and some headset earcup plates. Specifically, there’s the Neo Noir edition Prime Mouse, QcK Prism XL, QcK Prism L, and the Arctis Pro Speaker Plates.
Accessories are only available from SteelSeries
You can buy SteelSeries products just about everywhere, but according to the company you can only buy these direct from SteelSeries.com. It’ll run you $69.99 each for the QcK Prism XL and the Prime Mouse, $19.99 for the QcK Prism L, and $29.99 for the Arctis Pro Speaker Plates.
Worth noting is that the speaker plates are also only available in North America. So if you live outside that region you won’t be able to buy them. At least not direct through SteelSeries, though you may be able to get them secondhand through a third-party reseller.
All four accessories are available now.
The post SteelSeries Releases CS: GO-Inspired Neo Noir Peripherals appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Windows 11 Arriving On More PCs Starting From Today

For Windows operating system users, Windows 11 has been the talk of the town. The free upgrade is already live for eligible devices. However, up till now, it wasn’t available widely for all users.
Thankfully, that is going to change starting today. Because, Microsoft, in its official blog (via TechRadar), has announced that their newest operating system, the Windows 11 is now rolling out for more PCs.
Microsoft is accelerating the rollout of the Windows 11 OS, meaning it will be live for more Windows 10 users. Keep in mind that your PC should meet the minimum specifications required to operate the latest OS.
If you aren’t sure if your PC has the required specifications for running Windows 11 OS, then you can take the help of the Microsoft PC Health Check app. Install it on your PC and run it, it will automatically let you know if your PC is eligible to run Windows 11 or not.
On top of all this, Microsoft has also revealed the availability of the November 2021 update for Windows 10. Microsoft says in the blog that the increase in speed of the Windows 11 OS rollout is based on positive user feedback.
Windows 10 v2004 or later will have a faster update experience with the November 2021 update
According to the official blog, Microsoft says that the PCs running Windows 10 version 2004 or later will enjoy a faster overall update experience with the November 2021 update.
This is because the November 2021 update will arrive for such PCs as a monthly update. Moreover, the company is also aligning the annual update releases of Windows 10 with Windows 11.
Windows 11 is still not a perfect operating system, and there are multiple issues that several users are experiencing. With the increase in the speed of Windows 11 rollout, more users experiencing such issues will also increase.
Microsoft will continue to take feedback from users accordingly and push updates to fix known issues to enhance the user experience.
As far as the features of the new Windows 11 are concerned, it brings a big design change. You will see the Start menu positioned at the center of the taskbar. Yes! You can change the position, but by default, it will rest at the center.
The icons have also been changed, and the overall control panel is now more modern and gives access to important controls more easily. The overall interface will give you a macOS-ish look. It comes with rounded corners and pastel shades for themes.
The post Windows 11 Arriving On More PCs Starting From Today appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Top 10 Best OnePlus 9 Cases – Updated November 2021

The OnePlus 9 is shaping up to be one of the best phone values of the year. With top-end specs and a price tag that is well below $800 right now. Whereas most other smartphones are closer to $1,000 with the Snapdragon 888 5G inside. It’s not as fragile as the more expensive OnePlus 9 Pro, but you’re still going to want to grab a case for your OnePlus 9.
And luckily, we have rounded up the very best cases for the OnePlus 9, that are currently available. As always, this list will get updated as more cases are made available for the device.
If you haven’t bought or pre-ordered your OnePlus 9 yet, you can do so here.
Top 10 Best OnePlus 9 Cases
In this list of the best cases for the OnePlus 9, you’ll find a number of different cases available at different price points. This includes clear cases, bumper cases and much more. And let’s not forget some of OnePlus’ own first-party cases too.
So without further ado, let’s get to the list of the best OnePlus 9 cases.

Cost
Where to buy
Spigen Liquid Air Armor
$15
Amazon
OnePlus 9 Karbon Bumper Case
$40
OnePlus.com
OnePlus 9 Sandstone Bumper Case
$25
OnePlus.com
Caseology Parallax
$15
Amazon
OtterBox Symmetry Clear Series Case
$50
Amazon
TUDIA DualShield
$15
Amazon
QITAYO Crystal Clear Case
$8
Amazon
anccer Slim Case For OnePlus 9
$12
Amazon
Spigen Liquid Air Armor

Price: $15
Where to buy: Amazon
The Spigen Liquid Air Armor is a lightweight case for the OnePlus 9, that also offers some great protection for this one. It does also add some grip on the back and the sides of the phone. So it makes the OnePlus 9 less likely to slip out of your hands.
It’s only available in matte black, which looks great on all of the OnePlus 9 colors.
Spigen Liquid Air Armor – Amazon
OnePlus 9 Karbon Bumper Case

Price: $40
Where to buy: OnePlus.com
Now this one, is a fan favorite. It’s OnePlus’ carbon fiber bumper case, and it’s back for the OnePlus 9 this year. This one isn’t as thick as the “Unique” case above, so it’s better for those that prefer thinner cases.
The Karbon case does add some nice grip to the phone, so it’s less likely to slip out of your hands. That’s always a good thing, to be quite honest. And it has cut outs for all of the right things like the camera, charging port, and the buttons.
OnePlus 9 Karbon Bumper Case – OnePlus.com
OnePlus 9 Sandstone Bumper Case

Price: $25
Where to buy: OnePlus.com
Sandstone is the material that was used on the original OnePlus One all of those years ago, and OnePlus still sticks to its roots. By releasing a Sandstone case every year. It does offer a pretty interesting feel onto your phone, and perhaps the most grippy of the three cases that OnePlus offers for its smartphones.
It feels a bit like sandpaper, but not as rough. And once you wear it in a bit, it does feel much softer, but still easy to hold onto.
OnePlus 9 Sandstone Bumper Case – OnePlus.com
Caseology Parallax

Price: $15
Where to buy: Amazon
The Parallax is a pretty popular case, that Caseology makes for almost every smartphone that gets released. And it’s a really good looking case, that is dual-layered.
So there’s a soft layer that goes against the phone and then a hard outer-shell – mostly around the sides of the phone. This allows it to take more impact when/if you drop your phone. The Parallax is also a 3D pattern on the back of the case that will allow for you to hold onto it a whole lot easier.
Caseology Parallax – Amazon
OtterBox Symmetry Clear Series Case

Price: $50
Where to buy: Amazon
This is a particularly good case for those that are prone to dropping their phone often, and/or want to still show off the design of the OnePlus 9. This is the OtterBox Symmetry Clear Series Case, and while it’s not cheap, it is one of the most protective cases you’ll find. With reinforced sides and corners. It is also completely clear to show off that Morning Mist color of the OnePlus 9.
It’s definitely worth the price, especially if you are serious about protecting your smartphone.
OtterBox Symmetry Clear Series Case – Amazon
TUDIA DualShield

Price: $15
Where to buy: Amazon
If you’re clumsy, or are prone to dropping your phone a lot, then the TUDIA DualShield is the case to get. And it’s still only $15.
This case is a dual-layer case, like some of the others on this list. So it has a soft inner-shell and then a hard outer-shell. Which allows it to handle the impact of being dropped. So you won’t need to worry about your phone shattering or even breaking, if you do drop it. Still not a good idea to drop it, but it is nice insurance.
TUDIA DualShield – Amazon
QITAYO Crystal Clear Case

Price: $8
Where to buy: Amazon
QITAYO makes a pretty good looking clear case for the OnePlus 9 here. Which is great for those that really want to show off the design of their new smartphone.
This OnePlus 9 clear case balances the clarity, protection and grip perfectly, soft to install and remove.Fits in all the important factors at a lower cost.
QITAYO Crystal Clear Case – Amazon
anccer Slim Case for OnePlus 9

Price: $12
Where to buy: Amazon
This super slim case from anccer offers a slim unibody case in a few different colors and still has full-body protection. So you can put this on your OnePlus 9 and not worry about it getting damaged. Which is why this has made our list of the best cases for OnePlus 9.
Because it is slim and lightweight, it does not add a lot of bulk to your phone, making it easier to put in your pocket or your bag. And less likely to slip out of your hands. This case is available in green, blue, black and rose gold colors.
anccer Slim Case – Amazon
The post Top 10 Best OnePlus 9 Cases – Updated November 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

These Are All The Streaming Services Compatible With Google TV – Updated November 2021

With the new Chromecast announced in September 2020, Google also re-debuted Google TV. Which is basically an interface that lives on top of Android TV. It’s almost like a new home screen for your TV.
Google TV offers a more streamlined interface, with the ability to see all shows and movies from all apps installed, on your home screen. Instead of just a row of apps. Making it easier to find something to watch.
What streaming services are compatible with Google TV
As of today, the following streaming services are compatible with Google TV. Expect to have more added in the future though.
ABC
Amazon Prime Video
AMC
A&E
Apple TV & Apple TV+
BET+ (added on November 16, 2021)
CBS All Access
Crackle
Comedy Central
DC Universe
Disney NOW
Disney+
Epix Now
Fox Now
Hulu
HBO Go
HBO Max
History
Lifetime
MTV
NBC
Netflix
Pluto TV
Showtime
Showtime Anytime
Sling TV
Starz
TBS
The CW
TNT
Tubi TV
VH1
What Live TV services work with Google TV’s “Live” tab?
Google TV has a really useful “Live” tab on its home screen, that will show you exactly what it is on TV right now. At launch, this was only compatible with YouTube TV. Since then, the compatibility list has expanded. These are the services that are currently compatible with the Live tab.
Philo TV
Sling TV
YouTube TV
Can I use streaming services that are now compatible?
If you have a streaming service that you subscribe to that is not compatible with Google TV right now, you can still use them. They just won’t show up with their content in the content section. You can still launch them like normal though.
Just head over to the Apps tab, and you’ll see all of your installed apps on Google TV. The “For You” Tab also has many of these apps, as well as top picks. So you can find something to watch easily. These Top Picks will change over time, based on what you watch and don’t watch. So that Google can recommend shows and movies that you’ll actually like.
Is YouTube TV compatible?
You might have noticed that Sling TV is compatible, but YouTube TV is not located in that list. That is because YouTube TV is in the “Live” section of Google TV. So you’ll be able to scroll through YouTube TV listings like you would if you were using a cable box.
Thats’ going to make it super simple to find something that you can watch, live or DVR’d on YouTube TV.
YouTube TV does also work with most of the TV Everywhere app, which will also show content in your library.
This is going to make it a much nicer way to interact with your TV and find something to watch while you’re eating dinner and such. Which is what Google TV is all about. Making it easier to find something to watch, in a cleaner interface. With all of these streaming services it can sometimes be tough to find something good to watch.
The post These Are All The Streaming Services Compatible With Google TV – Updated November 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

VMware Skyline Advisor Pro is here!

Tweet Skyline Advisor Pro builds on the familiarity of its predecessor, Skyline Advisor, and extends it with deeper insights and accelerated data analysis. And like it’s predecessor, Skyline Advisor Pro will be available to Production, Premier, vRealize Cloud Universal, and Success 360 Customers. But that is where the similarities with its predecessor end. Skyline Advisor … Continued

The post VMware Skyline Advisor Pro is here! appeared first on VMware Support Insider.



Source: vmware

This Gaming Chair Is Only For The Most Distinguished Of Players

When you think of Hendrick’s Gin, what first comes to mind? Is it a gaming chair? Probably not. Because that would be one weird product coming from a company who specializes in making one of the world’s most well-known (and tasty) spirits.
As it turns out, though, a gaming chair from Hendrick’s Gin isn’t so weird. And that’s because that’s exactly what the company has announced today. Hey, gamers of legal age enjoy the occasional cocktail too. The more interesting bit though is that this isn’t your typical gaming chair. As you can probably surmise by the image.
This is in fact a gaming chaise, and it’s meant entirely for unplugged play. Though we’d imagine it’s probably very comfortable for playing mobile games or kicking back with a controller. Also, it’s got a horn on it! Just in case you need to alert the townsfolk, your neighbors, roommates, or family.
Sit in the Hendrick’s gaming chair and feel like a well-to-do noble

Just looking at this thing, we want one. Even if it’s not really meant for playing PC or console games. And quite honestly, that’s ok. Sometimes you need a little bit of time to unplug and disconnect. Of course, wanting one and getting one is not the same thing.
And securing one of these gaming chaise’s isn’t going to be cheap. To acquire the only gaming chair in the world equipped with a horn, three support pillows (THREE!), hidden drawers and a foldout table for your favorite drink (it better include Hendrick’s Gin), you’ll need to cough up upwards of $4k.
The exact price of the Hendrick’s Gaming Chaise is $3,988.08. On top of that, they’re extremely limited in quantity and you’re required to sign up if you’re interested in buying one.
It’s not quite available yet
If you’ve got the money to throw down on one of these ultra luxurious sitting devices, you’ll be able to buy the gaming chaise soon. Hendrick’s says that the chair will be delivered just in time for the holidays, too.
So you have something to sit in while you sip holiday drinks and enjoy a game of Scrabble with family and/or friends. To get one, make sure to sign up at the official Hendrick’s Gin website.
The post This Gaming Chair Is Only For The Most Distinguished Of Players appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google Updates Maps With New Features Ahead of The Holiday Season

Google is introducing some new features to the Maps app weeks before the holiday season. Some of these updates are aimed at making gift shopping or getting groceries easier and less stressful during the holiday season. It’s worth noting that some of these features were already available in a limited capacity across the U.S.
Following a pilot program, Pickup with Google Maps is now available in more than 2,000 stores across the U.S., including Kroger, Fry’s, Ralphs, and Marianos. This allows users to track the status of their grocery orders in real-time via Maps. It can also share the users’ ETA with the store. Google claims that customers who use the Pickup with Google Maps “wait less than five minutes for their groceries.”
Google’s Area Busyness feature is also coming to Maps. This is a graph identical to the one currently available on Search, indicating the crowd status of a particular area. In addition to determining the crowd levels in a neighborhood, the feature also lets you know the crowd levels of restaurants, shops, museums, etc, within these regions. This feature will be available globally on Android and iOS devices “in time for this holiday season.”
Maps will also bring options to filter restaurants based on price range
The Directory tab on Maps is now available for malls, transit stations, and airports worldwide. This allows users to find specific stores inside a building/mall along with information on parking lots, car rentals, airport lounges, and so on.
There will be categories to help users find relevant information such as the establishment’s user ratings, opening/closing hours, and its specific location within the building. Google said this feature would be available across Android and iOS devices.
Additionally, Maps users in the U.S. can find restaurants based on their price range. Pricing data will come “from other Google Maps users,” the company said in a blog post (via). Users can also contribute to this feature by sharing feedback on how much they spent at a particular restaurant. Information including delivery options, curbside pickup, and availability of outdoor seating options will also be included.
Users may start noticing some of these features on Google Maps over the next few weeks. These new updates bring more control to the users, particularly for dining out or shopping during the holiday season.

The post Google Updates Maps With New Features Ahead of The Holiday Season appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google Search Will Troll Its Users If They Can't Find The Result They're Looking For

According to the latest report by Android Police, Google is testing out a cute troll for its searches. Notably, it will troll its users if they cannot find the result they are looking for.
Google is known to bring some quirkiness to its search platform very often. It always brings fun doodles or mini-games on its search engine on special occasions. This time around, it is going to add ice fishing easter egg/minigame for searches with no results.
Though it may sound useless, it is a fun little easter egg for something Google can’t find. This is a good time to add such mini-games as Christmas is right around the corner.
It seems like Google has already gone into the celebration mode with this new easter egg. Whenever Google can’t find the results you are looking for, it will show you an ice-blue fishing troll.
Clicking on this troll will pull out several objects up out of the water. You can react to it and toss each item into the bucket next to the ice-blue fishing man or whatever it is.
The ice-blue fishing troll on Google Search isn’t widely available yet
You can continue to fiddle with the fishing hook, and each time, it will pull some new items from beneath. Notably, this is a nice way to waste time, if you have too much to spare.
However, Android Police also notes that this Google Search ice-blue fishing troll isn’t widely available for everyone. We hope the company will bring this cute no results troll for everyone pretty soon.
This is not something permanent, and we think Google will keep this ice-blue fishing troll till winter or the last day of December. There is no clarity on it, and this is us simply guessing.
With useless but fun little elements, Google Search allows you to do a Star-Fox style barrel roll or even do the Cha-Cha slide. It even lets you play the famous Dinosaur game whenever you are disconnected from the internet.
While these things don’t matter that much, the addition of such fun elements shows how much attention Google pays to keep its users attracted to its search engine.
As for the ice-blue fishing troll, if the new easter egg hasn’t appeared for you, you should probably wait for Google to trigger it for your region. It is safe to say you will be seeing that blue guy sooner or later.

🎣 🎣 🎣🐟 👞 🥫 pic.twitter.com/hnth2AHX0T
— Artem Russakovskii (@ArtemR) November 15, 2021

The post Google Search Will Troll Its Users If They Can’t Find The Result They’re Looking For appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Top 7 Best Mesh WiFi Routers – Updated November 2021

These days, we are all using our home WiFi a lot more than in the past. With most of us working from home, streaming a lot more content and even our kids are now going to school virtually. That means that we all want the very best WiFi connection, speed and coverage available. Mesh WiFi can do that for you.
Mesh WiFi routers are set up to blanket your home in WiFi. So you will never need to worry about coverage gaps ever again. It extends coverage much further than a traditional router would. It’s kind of like having three routers in your home, except it’s all the same network. Mesh WiFi routers also have a pretty simple setup these days. Making it super easy, even for the most technology illiterate person to set up.
Mesh WiFi vs Range Extenders
You might be wondering why you would want a Mesh WiFi system over a range extender? Well there are a couple of reasons why. The big one being the fact that range extenders “repeat” your signal. This results in more coverage, but slower speeds.
Mesh WiFi is better in this regard, because it doesn’t repeat the signal, and in a lot of instances, you will get faster speeds than your ISP actually markets for your plan. For example, I pay for the 300Mbps plan from Comcast. But I can usually pull down around 375Mbps.
Top 7 Best Mesh WiFi Routers

Cost
Where to buy
Nest WiFi
$299
Amazon
Linksys Velop
$150
Amazon
eero 6 Mesh WiFi Router
$129
Amazon
Ubiquiti UniFi Dream Machine
$315
Amazon
AmpliFi Gamer’s Edition WiFi System
$579
Amazon
NETGEAR Orbi Whole Home Tri-Band Mesh WiFi 6 System
$699
Amazon
TP-Link DECO X20
$249
Amazon
Best overall Mesh WiFi Router
Nest WiFi
Nest WiFi
Price: $299
Buy: Amazon
Nest WiFi is by far the best mesh WiFi router. It offers up a very easy setup process. Basically download the Nest WiFi app, and it’ll walk you through the setup process.
It’s also great for blanketing your home in WiFi. This two-pack can cover 4,400 square-feet. Additionally, you can add more Nest WiFi routers to your setup, if you need a bit more coverage. Nest WiFi is also really good about moving devices from the 2.4GHz network to the 5GHz network when needed. It can handle up to 200 devices on the network.
Nest WiFi makes it very easy to setup a guest network and even share your WiFi password with others.
Nest WiFi – Amazon – $299
Best for larger homes
eero 6 Mesh WiFi Router
eero 6 Mesh WiFi
Price: $129
Buy: Amazon
Amazon recently announced a brand new eero Mesh Wifi Router, it’s the eero 6. This particular model has all of the popular features of the other eero routers, but now it has support for WiFi 6. Making it future proof, for a good amount of time.
With eero, not only do you get better coverage and better speeds, but it’s also great for controlling smart home devices. Particularly the eero 6, as it has a built-in Zigbee hub. Making it super easy to set up your smart home.
This single eero 6 will cover around 1,500 square-feet of your home. And provide speeds up to 900Mbps. You can also buy the extender, which is $199 total. And purchase more eero’s to go around your home, if 1,500 square-feet is not quite big enough for you.
eero Mesh WiFi – Amazon – $129
Best for gigabit WiFi
Ubiquiti UniFi Dream Machine
Ubiquiti UniFi Dream Machine
Price: $314.47
Buy: Amazon
Ubiquiti is really well-known for doing WiFi networks for large office spaces. And now, the Ubiquiti UniFi Dream Machine can be in your home, running your WiFi network. It’s best for those with faster internet speeds, like gigabit speeds. It has a managed 4-port Gigabit switch as well.
As you’d expect from Ubiquiti, it has advanced security gateway with IDS/IPS and DPI. it also has the UniFi Network controller with intuitive User Interface.
This is a very powerful Mesh WiFi router and will provide some really great speeds for your home.
Ubiquiti UniFi Dream Machine – Amazon
Best WiFi 6 mesh router
NETGEAR Orbi Whole Home Tri-Band Mesh WiFi 6 System
NETGEAR Orbi Whole Home Tri-Band Mesh WiFi 6 System
Price: $699
Buy: Amazon
If you’re familiar with NETGEAR Orbi, then you’ll be familiar with this Mesh WiFi Router. It offers the same great performance as other Orbi options, but with WiFi 6 support. Meaning that it is going to be future-proof for a little while. Allowing you to really get a router and not worry about upgrading it for at least five years, or even longer.
With the Orbi, you are able to use this two-pack to cover 5,000 square-feet and up to 60 devices. It will automatically move devices from 2.4GHz to the 5GHz network. So if you have a smart doorbell on your network, it will keep it on the 2.4GHz network as it needs coverage more than the speed. So 2.4GHz works better for it.
Much like the others on this list, the Orbi is also great at setup, and control through the Orbi app. Allowing you to kick off devices you don’t want on your network and much more.
NETGEAR Orbi Whole Home Tri-Band Mesh WiFi 6 System – Amazon
Best for gamers
Amplifi Gamer’s Edition WiFi System
AmpliFi Gamer’s Edition WiFi System
Price: $579
Buy: Amazon
This is the gamer’s edition of the AmpliFi, which includes a mesh WiFi router that has an easy-to-use touchscreen display. It also includes two MeshPoints to maximize coverage and eliminate dead zones in your home.
AmpliFi has included four gigabit ethernet ports here, as well as a WAN port, and an ethernet cable. This setup can cover up to 10,000 square-feet.
The MeshPoints can be plugged in, anywhere in your home. As these do not need a table to sit on, they just plug into the wall. Which means you won’t need to worry about them being on the ground, not getting the right signal.
AmpliFi Gamer’s Edition WiFi System – Amazon
Best mesh WiFi router with advanced cyber threat protection
Netgear Orbi Whole Home Mesh WiFi System
Netgear Orbi Whole Home Mesh WiFi System
Price: $449
Buy: Amazon
The Netgear Orbi Whole Home Mesh WiFi System has a few different integrations included, which makes it really great. Like the advanced cyber threat protection. So you can keep your network and the devices connected to it safe. Thanks to Netgear Armor.
It also has support for Disney Circle, which is going to allow you to set parental controls for your kids.
With the Orbi, you are able to use this three-pack to cover 7,500 square-feet and up to 60 devices. It will automatically move devices from 2.4GHz to the 5GHz network. So if you have a smart doorbell on your network, it will keep it on the 2.4GHz network as it needs coverage more than the speed. So 2.4GHz works better for it.
Much like the others on this list, the Orbi is also great at setup, and control through the Orbi app. Allowing you to kick off devices you don’t want on your network and much more.
Netgear Orbi Whole Home Mesh WiFi System
New kid on the block

TP-Link Deco X20
Price: $249
Buy: Amazon
The TP-Link Deco X20 is the newest mesh WiFi router out, and it can cover up to 5,800 square-feet with this three pack. It’s also fairly inexpensive at under $300 for this three-pack.
The Deco X20 supports WiFi 6, so it is future proof, and will offer you some insane speeds. You’ll also be able to connect up to 150 devices on the X20. So it’s great for those that have a smart home, with loads of products connected to their network.
TP-Link Deco X20 – Amazon
The post Top 7 Best Mesh WiFi Routers – Updated November 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Find Your Own Phone Number In Android

Losing track of your own phone number is disconcerting. It’s also something that happens frequently enough. Human memory is imperfect anyway. Making it an issue for just about everybody at some point. And especially for those who have trouble with remembering phone numbers, to begin with. Or for those who have changed phone numbers. But fortunately, Android doesn’t make it too difficult to find your own phone number either.
Of course, we can always just ask somebody who does know our number for the information. But that’s only going to potentially compound the embarrassment. And that’s exactly what this guide is here to address. If you’re looking to find your own phone number on an Android phone, you’ve come to the right place.
Here’s how to find your phone number on Android
Looking to find your phone number on Android used to be a lot like iOS. Namely, it used to be the case that you simply needed to go into your Contacts app and look for the designated space showing “my phone number” or the like. But that hasn’t been the case for quite some time, which may be confusing. For instance, for anybody coming over to Android from iOS.
That’s not to say that finding your phone number on Android has gotten more difficult. In fact, at least some OEMs may still place the phone number in their own iteration of the Contacts application. Google doesn’t necessarily lock manufacturers into using their preferred method along.
Fortunately, this hasn’t changed in Android 12. So this process should be the same for just about any Android phone, regardless of OEM or version. But it may not be as intuitive as some might have hoped for, for those phones that have opted to move the phone number details.
Navigate to the Settings app. There are two ways to accomplish this. First, by opening the app drawer and then navigating to and launching “Settings” via the appropriate gear-shaped icon. Or by swiping down twice on the notification shade, as shown in our sample images, to reveal the Quick Tile editing, power options, and Settings icon. And then by tapping on the gear-shaped Settings icon
Scroll to the bottom of the page to locate the “About phone” segment. On some OEM phones, the arrangement of the Settings menu will differ. But there should always be an “About phone” or similarly-named option. Tap on that option
Now, finding your phone number on this page could take some effort since not every OEM lays out things exactly the same. But the “About phone” page is where Android places your phone number if you’re looking to find it. On our phone, a Pixel 5, that’s located right near the top, as shown n our sample images. And, specifically, is located in the “Basic info” partition. Under the “Phone number” designation, with both a “(sim slot 1)” and “(sim slot 2)” designated

Figure out which number you’re actually looking for…
Now, it is worth mentioning here that because Android shows phone numbers for installed SIM cards, you may see more than one phone number here. That’s going to be the case primarily for those who have a dual-SIM phone. And more specifically for those who have two SIM cards installed on their phone. Such as a separate data card or a separate business SIM card.
All that means is that some extra steps may be required for those users who have two SIMs installed. Although it may be difficult, within the context of any how-to to discern which is which.
The easiest way to determine which phone number it is that you’re actually looking for is likely to be by the carrier. Namely, it’s not necessarily too likely that you’ll be using the same carrier for work and for personal use. Begin by using the steps above to locate the “About phone” page in Settings
Scroll down to locate the segment dedicated to ‘Device details’ and SIM status information for each SIM installed
As shown in our sample images, the SIM status (sim slot 1) is Google Fi. Yours should show whichever carrier you’re currently using. And if you have more than one SIM installed, the carrier for each should be shown, including a carrier in the SIM status (sim slot 2) segment. A tap on the SIM status reading also provides further information about the connection which could prove useful to some users

The post How To Find Your Own Phone Number In Android appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Leak Provides New Info On The OnePlus 10 Release Date

Following OnePlus’ decision not to release a “T” flagship in the latter part of 2021, there’s been plenty of speculation about the OnePlus 10 series. We’re now coming across crucial information about the smartphone, including the release date.
91Mobiles cites industry tipster Yogesh Brar saying that the OnePlus 10 series is currently under private testing in China and Europe. Brar went on to say that the smartphone could launch by late January or February, possibly to compete with the Samsung Galaxy S22 lineup.
Considering that the OnePlus 9 made its debut in April 2021, the February release timeline means the company is launching the successor a couple of months ahead of schedule. Expectedly, the OnePlus 10 could bring a ton of new features. It will also be the first to offer a unified OPPO and OnePlus operating system, combining aspects from ColorOS and OxygenOS.
The OnePlus 10 Pro could bring 125W fast charging support
This is not the first time we’re coming across leaks related to the OnePlus 10, however. Previous leaks have given us a clue of what to expect, particularly in terms of design. The upcoming flagship series is likely to take design inspiration from the OPPO Reno7 Pro. This makes sense given the latest OS partnership and the history between the two companies. The OnePlus and OPPO brands are owned by BBK Electronics.
All phones in the OnePlus 10 lineup will likely run on the Qualcomm Snapdragon 898 chipset. We learned today that this chip could be rebranded as the Snapdragon 8 Gen1. Leaked renders suggest that the OnePlus 10 Pro could pack a square-shaped rear camera layout with three sensors.
One of these cameras could be a periscope lens, providing up to 5x optical zoom. In terms of the display, this Pro variant will likely feature a 6.7-inch AMOLED screen with a refresh rate of 120Hz. There’s also going to be a punch-hole front camera similar to the OnePlus 9 and the Nord 2.
Additionally, the OnePlus 10 Pro could offer a 5,000mAh battery with a mind-blowing 125W fast charging support. We’re still a couple of months away from the phone’s launch, so a lot could change between now and then.
OnePlus clearly has high expectations from the OnePlus 10, especially given the absence of a second flagship in 2021.
The post Leak Provides New Info On The OnePlus 10 Release Date appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Some Galaxy Watch 4's Best Features Now Live For Older Galaxy Watches

In a recent development, Samsung has announced that it will bring some of the key features of the recently unveiled Samsung Galaxy Watch 4 to the older Galaxy watches.
Some of the best Wear OS 3 features available on the Samsung Galaxy Watch 4 series will soon be live for older Galaxy smartwatches via an OTA update.
This includes the Galaxy Watch, Galaxy Watch Active, Galaxy Watch Active 2, and Galaxy Watch 3. According to Android Central, the new update will be live for all the before-mentioned Samsung watches users by today.
Talking about the biggest feature bundled with the new update, it brings fall detection to the Galaxy Watch 3 and Galaxy Watch Active 2 devices.
So, users of the Samsung Galaxy Watch 3 and Galaxy Watch Active 2 can now enable this feature and will get information about their fall even when they are standing still.
If a user falls, then the watch will automatically send an SOS notification to pre-selected contacts and inform them about the fall.
Samsung is also updating the Group Challenge feature with this new watch update
Another important feature that is getting an update is the Group Challenge feature. Using this feature, users can add their friends or family members to a challenge.
This challenge could either be to work as a team or compete against each other. This healthy competition would allow users to stay active and accomplish tasks in a fun way.
A total of 10 Galaxy watch faces are also arriving with the new update. These watch faces were launched alongside the debut of the Galaxy Watch 4.
These watch faces are designed in such a way to give users the freedom to personalize their devices a bit more. Users can choose between multiple backgrounds and text colors. All these are accessible by simply tapping on the watch faces.
The animal’s watch face lets you switch and select between different colorful animated creatures. This includes monkeys, rabbits, sheep, or cats.
As noted by Android Central, this new update for older Galaxy watches will be first available for the Bluetooth versions. Later it will arrive for LTE versions.
Notably, the update is rolling out today for users in USA and Korea. Other regions are expected to join the bandwagon pretty soon. There isn’t much clarity if Samsung plans to bring these new features to all other watches or not.
If you have an eligible Samsung Galaxy watch, then you can update your device via the Galaxy Wearable app on your phone.

The post Some Galaxy Watch 4’s Best Features Now Live For Older Galaxy Watches appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

TECNO CAMON 18 Premier Review – Elegant Design, Stylish Looks, Gimbal Camera, Affordable Price.

TECNO CAMON 18 Premier new smartphone from TECNO. We have reviewed a few TECNO devices before and have liked them quite a bit.
CAMON 18 Premier is their top-of-the-line offering within the CAMON 18 series of devices. This new smartphone has a large 120Hz 6.7” AMOLED display along with a gimbal-stabilized camera and 33W fast charging support.
Let’s get the unboxing done and dive into the full review.
TECNO CAMON 18 Premier Unboxing

I like the color scheme on this particular TECNO outer box. Lots of attention was paid to the little details. There’s a shrink wrap and a tear-open tamper-proof label. This means that no utility knife is needed for unboxing.

Opening the outer box shows the phone sitting on a nice plastic insert (not cheap paperboard that you find on most other devices). Beneath the insert, you have a standard TPU case, 33W power brick, USB-C cable, earbuds, and SIM tool. You get the 13-month warranty card insert for paperwork. I like that the packaging is simple, functional, and elegant.
Hardware Design Language is one of the best in the category

I like the path TECNO has chosen to pursue with the CAMON 18 Premier smartphone. The overall design is quite elegant thanks to the textured glass on the back cover. Another interesting thing is that the back cover shows off different colors. You get to see green, gray, or blue depending on the ambient lighting which gives it a very unique look.
There is very subtle TECNO CAMON branding on the bottom right corner of the back cover. Other than that there is a clean look and a very sharp-looking triple camera module. The back cover can be easily wiped off to get rid of the fingerprint smudges which is great. But for some reason, the camera module loves attracting dust/lint on it.
I would argue that you can easily mistake this to be a device from Vivo which is quite flattering, to say the least. In terms of looks, I think TECNO did an excellent job with the CAMON 18 Premier.
As usual, build quality is excellent with tight tolerances so that the display, frame, and back cover come together in a cohesive package. Buttons are responsive to the press and have a satisfying tactile click.

The left rail has the power button with a built-in fingerprint scanner and volume rocker and the right rail has the Dual SIM/SD card tray. There is no official IP rating but the rubber gasket on the SIM tray suggests some minor ingress protection.
On the bottom rail, you have the speaker grille, USB-C port, primary microphone, and a headphone jack. A bit shoutout to TECNO for keeping the 3.5mm headphone jack around in 2021. The top rail is clean except for a tiny cutout for the second microphone.

The front of the phone looks very modern thanks to the center hole punch flat AMOLED display and uniform bezels all around. For a large 6.7” display phone it is easy to use with one hand. This is due to excellent weight distribution and just the right overall width of the device. I think most people will like the overall hardware design of the CAMON 18 Premier, especially in Ocean Moonlight color.
Large 120Hz 6.7” AMOLED Display is beautiful

TECNO CAMON 18 Premier features a 6.7” 120Hz AMOLED FHD+ display. A 120Hz high refresh rate is almost unheard of in this segment. This is what is going to set the TECNO CAMON 18 Premier apart from the other devices for sure.
The FHD+ display has a 20:9 aspect ratio with a 393 ppi pixel density. Overall color and contrast are excellent and much better compared to the LCD screens that most other devices have in this segment. Bezels are slim all around and there are no touch responsiveness issues using the phone with gestures.
The 550 nits of peak brightness result in good visibility indoors and outdoors. I did not have issues using the CAMON 18 Premier while out and about on a bright sunny day.
The display is protected by an HD film screen protector from the factory which is a nice touch.
As usual, there are quite a few customization options in the Display Settings. These include screen refresh rate, dark theme, adaptive brightness, and Always-on display (AOD). For this review, I used the regular theme, Adaptive brightness on, and auto-refresh rate. To reduce eye strain, you can turn on the dark theme at sunset from quick settings or use the Eye Care setting in the Display settings menu.
You are getting a lot of great options with a good quality AMOLED display panel with the TECNO CAMON 18 Premier. And I think most people choosing to get this device will be very happy with the quality of the display panel.
Performance on the TECNO CAMON 18 Premier is very good

The CAMON 18 Premier uses a MediaTek Helio G96 (12nm) processor with a Mali-G57 MC2 GPU. Geekbench 5.1 scores suggest that it should be able to do daily tasks without any issues. From a gaming standpoint, it should be able to play most games at medium to regular settings. Keep in mind that games running at 60fps may not be able to utilize the 120Hz screen refresh rate.
TECNO bundles in 8GB RAM and 256GB storage out of the box. On top of it, you can add a micro SD card as well for additional storage. Base storage of 256GB and the ability to add an SD card is almost unheard of these days.
Based on Geekbench scores alone you should anticipate performance equivalent to the Snapdragon 7XX series. So performance-wise, there should be no issues with daily tasks or occasional gaming. As far as gaming goes, there is a specific ‘Game Mode’ setting that optimizes gameplay by limiting interruptions.
I think the average smartphone user will be quite happy with the CAMON 18 Premier from a performance standpoint.
Software on the CAMON 18 Premier is HiOS 8.0 based on Android 11

The CAMON 18 Premier runs on HiOS 8.0 on top of Android 11 with the August 2021 security patch. The HiOS is a light skin on top of stock AOSP and there aren’t too many changes in software from the version that we reviewed with the PHANTOM X earlier in the year.
The main new change is the quick settings menu which resembles what you get with iOS. It is fairly easy and intuitive to use so that is a good thing. As usual, there is quite a bit of Google integration so there are no duplicate email or contacts apps. Messages with RCS chat features is the default app for SMS / texts which is good to see here. There is however no Google Discover Feed as you swipe left from the home screen. Instead, you get a custom feed which may be useful in the geographies this phone is being targeted at.
There are a few preloaded apps and again depending on which country you are in, these apps might prove to be quite useful. I just tucked them away in the app drawer during my review period as their applicability in the USA is minimal. Just like before, besides Google Play Store there is an additional Palm Store for apps and games which again will be useful to users, especially in West Africa.
I did not dive too deep into the software because of my issues with connectivity and the limited applicability of the preloaded apps in the USA. But from whatever apps I used I did not find any bugginess or any slowdowns. The interface is fast and fluid with or without gestures.
CAMON 18 Premier Battery life is good and 33W Fast charging comes in handy
CAMON 18 Premier comes with a 4750 mAh battery which is quite large. Consequently, for normal use, you can easily charge this smartphone every other day.
For an above-average use day with lots of photography, gaming, and Google Maps use you should still be fine. The 33W charging brick in the box should get you to full in about 1 hour. But you can easily get 45% in about 20 minutes of charging or 70% in half an hour. These fast-recharging times should enable you to be out and about in no time.
For my use case, I was able to get about 5-6 hours of Screen-on-Time which is good for a large-screen smartphone. In short, you will be quite happy with the battery life and recharging times with the CAMON 18 Premier.
Camera performance is better than what I was expecting

The cameras on the back of the Premier 18 are quite an interesting mix. The main camera is a 64MP f/1.8 sensor. Then there is the 12MP ultrawide camera with gimbal OIS.
Lastly, we have an 8MP f/3.4 periscope telephoto sensor.  The telephoto camera is 135mm and yields 5X optical zoom and 60X Hyper Zoom (digital) according to TECNO.
Night mode is available on the main camera and with practice, it yields quite decent low light photos. The ultrawide and telephoto cameras are quite capable when taking pictures during the day.
Photo quality from the rear cameras is quite good in daylight

The 64MP main camera produces photos with good dynamic range and detail in daylight. Color accuracy is also quite good for pictures from this camera.  The daylight pictures are quite punchy – full of color and contrast, ideal for social media posts.
Portrait mode is acceptable, although masks and wired headphones will present a challenge along with wavy hair. But I think with some use, you should be able to take good portrait pictures.

The 12MP ultrawide camera produces pictures with good contrast and detail in daylight.
The ultrawide camera takes pictures with almost zero barrel effect at the edges. I still recommend the 64MP main camera though as it has better light exposure and color balance.

The 5X telephoto lens yields great results both indoors and outdoors. Hybrid zoom of up to 60X is able to discern phone numbers on containers over 100 feet away without any issues. And I can see situations where you may want to use it occasionally.
For this review, I left the camera app in AI CAM mode as it consistently picks the right scene settings. Take a look at the various pictures in our Flickr gallery from all three rear lenses and decide for yourself how good the cameras in the CAMON 18 Premier are.
TECNO CAMON 18 Premier Camera Samples – Flickr Gallery
Lowlight performance from main camera is good in certain situations
At first, when you use this phone’s main camera in low light, the pictures show a lot of glare and distortion. Of course, this was a bit surprising because I was expecting slightly better performance in low-light. And the phone I was using before the CAMON 18 Premier had a special coating to prevent glare and costs almost 6 times this device!

However, after playing around a bit with how to frame the shot I was able to get good low-light pictures. Keep in mind I didn’t have to play with the exposure settings at all. So with just a bit of practice, you should get pretty decent lowlight pictures. Good enough for social media viewing on a smartphone screen.
The camera app has a special ‘Super Night’ setting to take pictures in the dark. It takes between 2-3 seconds to take a night mode picture. If you have a small tripod, you are likely to get better results.
One word of caution, do not attempt to take pictures in pitch dark situations, the results are quite sub-optimal in my opinion.
Selfies are great and Gimbal OIS produces very steady Video clips

The front-facing camera is a 32MP sensor. Selfies are quite good, punchy with reasonable detail and contrast. Portrait selfies are also more than adequate, although be careful with wavy hair or masks as the blur tends to be uneven at the edges. Indoors with an uncluttered background, you should be able to get really good selfies without having to use portrait mode.
Video-wise, you can shoot videos up to 2K 30fps with the main camera.  Video quality and audio capture quality are good enough for this category of smartphones. The best feature in terms of video is the ultra-steady gimbal camera. Turn on the anti-shake icon in the camera app and you get extremely steady video from both the main and ultrawide rear cameras.
The ultrawide and 5X cameras are capped at 1080p resolution at 30fps. While recording video, you can switch ZOOM to 5X and the phone will switch to the periscope camera automatically.
I can see myself using the main or ultrawide camera to take videos occasionally especially with the OIS stabilization. In summary, you will be quite pleased with the results from the CAMON 18 Premier cameras for pictures, video, and selfies.
Audio quality is quite good especially via the headphone jack

CAMON 18 Premier has a single firing bottom speaker but it is fairly loud and clear in terms of audio quality. Vocals are quite clear and the bass is acceptable even though it is a bit on the low side but good enough for most situations. Since this is a single speaker device, remember to not cover the speaker grille at the bottom with your hand while playing videos or during gaming.
But things definitely get better in terms of audio when using the headphone jack. The audio output is absolutely crisp and clear including thumping bass. I tried out quite a few different songs from the latest pop tunes to oldies from the 90s and they all sound great with wired earbuds.

For wireless audio output, I used TECNO GO1 TWS earbuds that came with the review device. And in case you are wondering, the audio quality via these Bluetooth earbuds is excellent.
The fit and finish of these earbuds are just as good as the CAMON 18 Premier. I like the multi-color LEDs, and the shape of the case which are both unique touches. Pairing with the CAMON 18 Premier was a breeze.
In terms of battery capacity, I managed just over 4 hours on a full charge. In-ear comfort was good enough for a couple of hours at a stretch. I typically prefer over-ear headphones so for me 2 hours is acceptable at a time.
In summary, you will be happy with the audio output from the CAMON 18 Premier and personally, I would use the wired earbuds that come in the box.
Should you buy the TECNO CAMON 18 Premier?

TECNO has another winner on their hands here in my opinion. I was quite impressed with the CAMON 18 Premier. It has an excellent build quality, superb display, better than average cameras, and good battery life with 33W fast charging. Performance is more than adequate for daily tasks and gaming and the software does have a lot of useful addons and there’s a headphone jack with wired earbuds in the box.
With the TECNO CAMON 18 Premier, I think you are getting a very capable smartphone for your money.
The post TECNO CAMON 18 Premier Review – Elegant Design, Stylish Looks, Gimbal Camera, Affordable Price. appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Win A Google Pixel 6 With Android Headlines! – US Giveaway

Google just officially announced the Pixel 6, and we already have your chance to win one. Welcome to the latest Android Headlines giveaway!
Currently, the Pixel 6 is still up for pre-orders only, so you won’t be able to get one in your hand today. So why not enter to win one. Since it is totally free to enter. The Pixel 6 is actually one of the cheaper flagship phones to hit the market this year, coming in at $599. So it’s going to be a hugely popular one, and you will likely have trouble getting your hands on one. Especially with the ongoing chip shortage.
About the Google Pixel 6
The Pixel 6 is the latest flagship from Google. It runs on Android 12, as well as Google’s own custom chipset, Tensor SoC. Additionally, it has 8GB of RAM and 128GB of storage, with a massive 4614mAh capacity battery. Google has also given it a high-refresh rate display, but only 90Hz.
This year, Google has also finally included new sensors for the camera. So we have a 50-megapixel main sensor and a 12-megapixel ultra-wide sensor. With that, Google has included a number of new camera modes on the Pixel 6, including Cinematic Pan. It’s quite clear that this is likely going to be the best camera phone on the market.
Google Pixel 6
The Pixel 6 will work on all of the carriers – including MVNO’s like Google Fi, Cricket, Straight Talk, Xfinity Mobile and others. The one in this giveaway is unlocked, so you’ll have no issue using this with your existing carrier.
How To enter
To be entered for a chance to win the Google Pixel 6, all you need to do is take part in the giveaway widget below. To get started, simply enter the contest with your email address.
Once you have entered, you’ll have the opportunity to gain additional entries by completing various actions, including visiting Android Headlines social media channels.
You are entitled to complete as many actions as you like, each action offers a unique number of entries and each entry has the potential to be the winning one.
This Pixel 6 giveaway is a USA-ONLY contest and will close promptly at 2:59 pm PST on November 19, 2021.
Enter now for a chance to win a Google Pixel 6, courtesy of Android Headlines.
Your browser does not support iframe
This is a USA-only Giveaway.
Entrants need to be of a suitable age to enter.
Shipping issues are not controlled by Android Headlines or our partners. You should be aware that things can go wrong. Android Headlines or our partners are not responsible for items lost in transit.
It only takes one email entry to win, so only enter using one email address. Entering with more than one email will not improve your chances of winning and may result in disqualification. Email addresses are checked and confirmed.
Winner(s) will be emailed and if no response is given within 48 hours, another entrant(s) will be selected.
Anyone deemed to be ‘spamming’ the contest will be disqualified.
Android Headlines reserves the right to make changes to this contest/giveaway.

The post Win A Google Pixel 6 With Android Headlines! – US Giveaway appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Best Roborock Robot Vacuum Deals – Updated November 2021

Roborock makes some of the best robot vacuums on the market right now, and they are priced pretty competitively. But it is always good to take advantage of deals on these Roborock robot vacuums. And luckily, Roborock always has some sort of sale going on. So you’ll always be able to save on a new robot vacuum.
Roborock’s robot vacuums are basically divided into two lines. The E series is the more inexpensive lineup, which still offers some great performance and suction. While the S series is typically the top-of-the-line robot vacuums.
Best Roborock Robot Vacuum Deals
Now that the newly announced Roborock S7 is available to buy, and it has a launch discount, it’s going to be hard to beat that one. But we do particularly like the Roborock S6 MaxV, which has the stereo camera and AI included, so you are able to run the vacuum, and it is less likely to run into things. Like furniture, or walls, or running over things like shoes and scales. Not to mention the increased suction.
Aside from the S6 MaxV, Roborock also has some really great robot vacuums available. And the majority of these are also mops – except for the E series and the S4. So you can sweep your floors and mop them, while vacuuming the carpeted rooms. Making your home nice and clean.
All of the Roborock robot vacuums also support Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant as well as Homekit and Siri for the Apple users out there. Allowing you to use your voice to control your robot vacuum. It also works with the Roborock app, which is a very robust app that allows you to see the map of your home and where the vacuum has cleaned, as well as maintenance that might need to be done on your vacuum.
Below, we have listed all of the current deals for Roborock robot vacuums. So you can take advantage of them, and save some good money.
The post Best Roborock Robot Vacuum Deals – Updated November 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Black Friday Savings Arrives Early For the Google Nest Audio

Best Buy has brought Black Friday savings early to the Nest Audio. Today, you can pick it up for just $59.99. That’s going to save you $40 off of the regular price and puts it just $10 more than the Nest Mini’s regular price. And of course, you should definitely buy the Nest Audio over the Nest Mini.
We’ve seen the Nest Audio on sale before, but usually as part of a two-pack and you get $20 off. Here, you’re getting $40 off for a single Nest Audio. And it’s part of Best Buy’s Black Friday Guarantee. So you can buy it today and not worry about it dropping further on Black Friday (November 26).
Nest Audio comes with privacy built-in. You can delete your Assistant history by saying, “Hey Google, delete what I just said.” Or to turn off the mic, just use the switch on the back.
Just say, “Hey Google, play some music,” and crisp vocals and powerful bass fill the room. Nest Audio adapts to your environment and whatever you’re listening to, so music sounds better.
Create a home audio system that fills your home with sound.* Nest Audio works together with your other Nest speakers and displays, Chromecast-enabled devices, or compatible speakers. And it’s easy to set up.
Nest Audio helps you stay in touch. Just say, “Hey Google” to broadcast messages on every Nest speaker and display in the house. Use your Nest speakers as an intercom and chat from room to room. And make audio calls with Duo.
You can say things like, “Hey Google, what’s the weather this weekend?” Ask Google about the news or sports scores. Hear your schedule. Make calls. And set timers and alarms. Even turn on the lights or turn up the heat. Inspired by your home, Nest Audio’s colors, size, and shape fit beautifully into any room. It’s also designed with the environment in mind.
You can pick up the Nest Audio from Best Buy today in this sale by clicking here.
Google Nest Audio – Best Buy
The post Black Friday Savings Arrives Early For the Google Nest Audio appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google Photos Home Screen Shortcut To Make Accessing Local Folders Much Easier

Google Photos is a handy app when it comes to managing images stored locally or in Google Drive cloud backup. Besides, it also has an efficient photo and video editing tool.
However, there are a few downsides as well. Accessing locally stored images on your phone is quite a cumbersome process. For the unaware, these locally stored images can be found inside a folder named “Library”, located at the bottom tab.
Thankfully, according to the Google News Telegram group, Google is working on making things a bit easier to locate your locally stored screenshots and other folders. A new shortcut located at the top of the Photos home screen will help you with that.
The Telegram group has shared a few screenshots (attached below) that will help you understand much better. The screenshots show a hard-to-miss shortcut on the app’s home screen.
It will either be on the top of the app or right below the highlight carousel. Moreover, the shortcut will also show you the number of new images that have been added to the folder.
The Google Photos shortcut is rolling out on the latest version of the app
As noted by Android Police, you can argue why screenshots are given such a prominent position in the Photos app. That’s a matter of a different discussion.
The new card may not be limited to screenshots, though. Google Photos may also show folders that have recently been updated with new media files, and show on the home screen, but examples of this are not available. So, we are just guessing here.
Maybe Google Photos could also show this card to recommend newly updated shared albums or other galleries. It may use some machine learning to show you what the app thinks you might want to see.
Recently, Google Photos introduced a feature that allows users to change an image’s date or time. This comes handy as now you do not need to open the desktop version of Google Photos to do so.
Moreover, the Android app received the Material You makeover with new design elements for the home screen. Well, the new Google Photos shortcut is rolling out via a server-side update.
It is recommended that you install the latest version of the Google Photos app, starting with 5.66.0.406885096 or above, in order for the feature to arrive. If you don’t see the new feature even after updating, then you probably have to wait for a while.

The post Google Photos Home Screen Shortcut To Make Accessing Local Folders Much Easier appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The Self-Emptying iRobot Roomba i7 Robot Vacuum Is Just $599

Best Buy has the iRobot Roomba i7+ with its self-emptying base on sale for $599 right now, in its early Black Friday deals. That is good enough for an all-time low, beating the previous all-time low by about $150.
The Roomba i7+ is routinely priced at $799, so getting this for $599 is pretty incredible. But let’s not forget that when it first came out, it was around $999.
The Roomba i7 has some pretty powerful suction, enough to deliver 10x the air power for better pickup performance compared to the Roomba 600 series. This means that it is unlikely to leave any dirt, dust, or hair around your home, once it has finished cleaning.
It will also intelligently map and remember multiple floor plans. So that it is able to clean your entire home. It includes the patented iAdapt 3.0 technology with vSLAM navigation. So it is able to accurately map out your home. This allows the Roomba i7 to accurately clean your home without missing any spots.
This one is also ideal for those with pets. Since the high-efficiency filter will trap around 99% of cat and dog allergens. So if you are allergic to dogs or cats, this is the robot vacuum to pick up.

The Roomba i7 will run for up to two hours. If that’s not enough time to fully clean your home, it’ll return to the base and then finish cleaning up once the vacuum has fully charged. Though, for most homes, that two hours should be more than enough for cleaning everywhere.
Finally, there is also support for Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant inside the Roomba i7. Allowing you to use your voice to control it. And that’s pretty neat. So you can tell your Roomba when to clean your home.
You can pick up the iRobot Roomba i7+ robot vacuum from Amazon by clicking here.  But you’d better hurry, as these prices are not going to last very long.
iRobot Roomba i7+ – Best Buy

The post The Self-Emptying iRobot Roomba i7 Robot Vacuum Is Just $599 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Holiday Gift Ideas 2021: Logitech G502 Hero Gaming Mouse

Sometimes shopping for people for the holidays can be a challenge. Finding the right holiday gift for that special someone, family member, or friend may not always be easy, but it doesn’t have to be hard. To that end, we’re here to help.
For today’s holiday gift idea, we’re suggesting the Logitech G502 Hero gaming mouse. There are a few really good reasons why this is such a great holiday gift for gaming, and for those into PC gaming, you need a mouse. So why not get one that stands above most others?
The Logitech G502 Hero is one of the best gaming mice out there. Highly revered by many people thanks to its cool design, top-notch build quality, and excellent features. We’ve also continuously kept this mouse (and its wireless counterpart) on our best gaming mice buyer’s guide. Because it performs well and it’s pretty affordable. You can also check out our Ultimate Holiday Gift Guide for more ideas.
A gaming mouse makes a great holiday gift, but don’t just get any mouse
The Logitech G502 Hero has quite a few noteworthy features. First off, this is the wired version of this mouse. Logitech does make a wireless version which is a little bit more expensive. And it’s a great mouse too. But the wired model is currently on sale. Down from its still fairly reasonable $79.99 to a “you’ve got to be kidding me” $39.99.
Price point aside, the G502 Hero is equipped with 11 different buttons that you can program to your liking. Best of all though is that it comes with an adjustable weight system. If you flip the mouse over, there’s a magnetic plate you can pull off, and under that is a series of carved out slots for the weights.
This lets you easily tune the weight of the mouse to your perfect little sweet spot. Additionally, this mouse has a max dpi of 25,600. Plus, it’s got RGB lighting and mechanical switch button tensioning. For $80, this is a great gaming mouse and holiday gift. But for $40, this is a steal.
Logitech G502 Hero Gaming Mouse – Amazon
The post Holiday Gift Ideas 2021: Logitech G502 Hero Gaming Mouse appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Disney Just Unveiled A Slew Of Upcoming Marvel Shows

Today is Disney+ Day, which the company is using as a day to show off a lot of content that is coming soon. As well as releasing quite a few titles to the service. It’s a celebration across the entire company and not just Disney+.
With that said, Disney+ also announced a slew of upcoming Marvel shows that will be coming to Disney+ in the very near future. So Marvel fans, get ready for this.
What Marvel shows are coming to Disney+?
There’s quite a few in the works. Even though, there haven’t been many that have come out of the Marvel Studios for Disney+ just yet. Really just Loki, Captain America and the Winter Soldier, and WandaVision. But that’s about to change. Here’s what’s coming soon to Disney+ from Marvel.
Echo
Ironheart
Agatha: House of Harkness
Secret Invasion
The Guardians of the Galaxy Holiday Special
What If…? season 2
Spider-Man: Freshman Year
I Am Groot
Marvel Zombies
Mostly only logos were introduced today. But there is a nice long, 14-minute preview of what’s coming, available on Disney+. So basically, Disney is making you pay to watch an ad for its upcoming shows. Anyways, there are previews of She-Hulk, Ms. Marvel, and Moon Knight.
Moon Knight is “a new globetrotting action-adventure series featuring a complex vigilante who suffers from dissociative identity disorder. The multiple identities who live inside him find themselves thrust into a deadly war of the gods against the backdrop of modern and ancient Egypt.”
Marvel explains Ms Marvel too. “Ms. Marvel introduces Kamala Khan—a 16-year-old Pakistani American from Jersey City. An aspiring artist, an avid gamer, and a voracious fan-fiction scribe, she is a huge fan of the Avengers—and one in particular, Captain Marvel.”
A lot of exciting shows and movies coming soon from the Marvel Studios for Disney+ and in theaters. So Marvel fans will have a lot to get excited for.
The post Disney Just Unveiled A Slew Of Upcoming Marvel Shows appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Black Friday Comes Early For This Dell XPS 13

Dell is unwrapping the Black Friday savings early on the XPS 13. This particular model is now just $649. That’s a savings of around $300 for this particular model. Not too shabby.
This does represent an all-time low for the Dell XPS 13, and we do not expect it to drop any further on Black Friday. In fact, this is the advertised Black Friday price. So if you buy it now, you’ll get it even sooner. And who can complain about that?
The Dell XPS 13 has a 13.3-inch Full HD display (this one is not a touch-screen, unfortunately), and it is powered by the 11th Generation Intel® Core™ i5-1135G7. There is also 8GB of RAM on-board, along with 256GB of SSD storage.
Don’t forget that the XPS 13 also has support for WiFi 6 802.11ax. That’s going to get you lightning-fast speeds and have your laptop future-proof, at least for a little while.
Graphics is really the only area where the XPS 13 might let you down. As it does have Intel Iris integrated graphics and no discrete graphics. However, they are still powerful enough to run some games. So if you’re a casual or light gamer, the XPS 13 can still do that for you. But if you’re looking for a gaming rig, you’ll want to look elsewhere.
We also can’t forget about the extremely thin bezels around this display. That makes the XPS 13 feel a lot smaller than a 13.3-inch laptop. That is also why the laptop is in the bottom bezel of the laptop. So you may have to deal with some weird angles for those Zoom calls. But it is 100% worth it, in our opinion.
You can pick up the Dell XPS 13 from Dell’s website today by clicking here. This sale may not last long, so you’re going to want to act fast on this one.
Dell XPS 13 – Dell.com
The post Black Friday Comes Early For This Dell XPS 13 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Holiday Gift Guide 2021: Sound Bars from Samsung, Sony, TCL & More – Updated November 2021

Finding the right soundbar for you, is about as tough as finding the right TV, that’s where this soundbars gift guide comes in. But it is something that you need to grab. Because the speakers in your TV are going to be garbage. While they may not sound bad to you right now, plug in a soundbar and you’ll quickly notice how bad it truly is.
Like TVs, there are hundreds of thousands of soundbars available on the market right now. From cheap Vizio soundbars that don’t even include a subwoofer, to expensive Samsung and LG soundbars that have everything including Dolby Atmos support. Here, in this gift guide we have rounded up the best soundbars that are available, in many different price ranges. Ranging from $100 all the way up to $1500. So there’s something for everyone.
Product name
Cost
Where to buy
JBL Bar 5.1
$499
Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo, Walmart
Samsung Q800A Q Series Soundbar
$593
Amazon, ABT Electronics, B&H Photo, Walmart
TCL Alto 9+ Dolby Atmos Soundbar
$239
Amazon
Sony S200F
$198
Amazon, ABT Electronics, B&H Photo, Best Buy
Sonos Beam 2
$449
Sonos
Bose Soundbar 500
$549
Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Sony Z9F 3.1ch Sound bar
$898
Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Roku Smart Soundbar
$179
Amazon
Sonos Arc
$799
Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo
Samsung HW-Q600A Dolby Atmos Soundbar
$377
Amazon, B&H Photo, Best Buy, Walmart
Polk Audio Signa S2
$149
Amazon
JBL Bar 5.1

Price: $499
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo, Walmart
The JBL Bar 5.1 is what I would call a “simplistic” sound bar. This is because it is a pretty inexpensive one, and doesn’t have a lot of the frills of more expensive soundbars, but it still has plenty of oomf to really shake your living room.
It comes with the soundbar, which is about the same length as a 40-inch TV. And it also has a wireless subwoofer, which is what will really make your house shake. The bass is very deep here. And it provides virtual surround sound. You can upgrade to the JBL Bar 9.1 for full on surround sound though.
It doesn’t have a lot of the frills like Dolby Atmos, Google Assistant and Amazon Alexa. But it does support Chromecast, and AirPlay 2 for casting content to your speaker. So you could use the JBL Bar 5.1 as a speaker for music when you’re having a get-together.
JBL Bar 5.1 – Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo, Walmart
Samsung Q800A Q Series Soundbar

Price: $593
Where to buy: Amazon, ABT Electronics, B&H Photo, Walmart
This soundbar from Samsung is a Dolby Atmos soundbar, and it also has DTS:X, along with Alexa built-in. Making it a pretty incredible soundbar for under $600.
Now, Samsung does include a wireless subwoofer here, which is going to allow for some incredible bass from this unit. It has 3.1.2 channel surround sound, giving you a theater-like experience, without paying a fortune.
Samsung Q800A Soundbar – Amazon
TCL Alto 9+

Price: $239
Where to buy: Amazon
The TCL Alto 9+ is one of the cheaper Dolby Atmos-compatible soundbars that are available today. And that’s a big reason why it is available in this gift guide. The TCL Alto 9+ has a wireless subwoofer that comes with it. And it uses 3.1-channel for Dolby Atmos.
This soundbar also includes support for Chromecast and AirPlay 2, so no matter what kind fo smartphone you have, you can cast audio to this soundbar in your home. Which makes for a really nice experience. You’re also going to get some really great bass from that wireless subwoofer too.
TCL Alto 9+ – Amazon
Sony S200F

Price: $198
Where to buy: Amazon, ABT Electronics, B&H Photo, Best Buy
This year, we replaced the Sony S100F with the S200F, which is a slightly higher-end model and costs $70 more. But we feel that the $70 you’ll be spending on this one, is worth it. It has a low-profile design, and also includes some deep bass with the built-in subwoofer too.
This does use HDMI ARC for connecting to your TV. So you can easily control it with your TV at the same time. Which is a really neat feature to have.
The bass one this one isn’t super over-powering like the others on this list. And that mostly comes down to the fact that this does not have a wireless subwoofer available. But it is a huge upgrade over your built-in TV speakers. Even at $100.
Sony S200F – Amazon
Sonos Beam (Gen 2)

Price: $449
Where to buy: Sonos
The Sonos Beam is one of the more compact soundbars on this list, without sacrificing audio quality. And it is a perfect pick up if you already have Sonos speakers in your home. And with the second-generation, you also get Dolby Atmos support!
With the Beam, you’re getting the choice of either Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant in your home, connected to your TV. This is a smart soundbar. It also works with the other Sonos speakers out there, so you can easily create a wireless surround sound setup, with the Sonos One, or the PLAY:5, or any of the other speakers that Sonos has. Which is a really incredible experience.
Sonos does really well with its sound quality too. With the bass being very bumpy, but not over-powering. And the mids and highs are still crystal clear. There is also an EQ built-in, that you can use to adjust the audio if you wish.
All of that fits into this package that can easily fill a room with sound, and doesn’t even come with a remote. Because it is completely controlled by your TV.
Sonos Beam – Sonos.com
Bose Soundbar 500

Price: $549
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
If you have used Bose products over the years, then you know, pretty much what to expect here with the Bose Soundbar 500. This soundbar is a pretty good option for those that want good audio quality, but don’t want a ton of bass in their soundbar.
The sound signature from Bose is very rich, and you can definitely hear that in the Bose Soundbar 500.
Additionally, this soundbar also comes with Amazon Alexa built-in. Making this like a huge Echo smart speaker that you can use to control your smart home speakers and such. It’s a really great all-around soundbar from Bose, which is why it has made it into our soundbars gift guide this year.
Bose Soundbar 500 – Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Sony Z9F 3.1ch Sound bar

Price: $898
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Sony doesn’t just do cheap soundbars, like another entry in this gift guide. It does also do some premium soundbars like the Sony Z9F. This is a really good looking soundbar, with a wireless subwoofer included. This is a 3.1-channel soundbar, which will provide you with some incredible sound.
It is 4K HDR capable. And it also includes support for Dolby Atmos and DTS:X, giving you a really incredible sound experience. You can also tune the audio to your liking, so if you want more bass, you can choose to do just that.
Amazon Alexa is built-in, so you can ask Alexa to stream music from Amazon Music Unlimited, Spotify, Apple Music and many other services. In addition to using it for audio from your TV.
Sony Z9F Sound bar – Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Roku Smart Soundbar

Price: $179
Where to buy: Amazon
Here’s when we get into the fun soundbars on this gift guide, that do more than just offer great sound. The Roku Smart Soundbar is exactly that. You can think of it as a soundbar, with a Roku built-in. That means that it does connect to your TV using HDMI ARC. But with this, you won’t need to buy a Roku, as all of that is inside this soundbar.
It comes with a Roku remote, so you can control it and your TV using this remote. It’s also going to provide some really great sound for your TV. This is a small-ish soundbar, but the sound is definitely not small. It can easily fill your room with sound. And it’s super simple to set up as well.
The Roku Smart Soundbar does also include support for up to 4K HDR. So if you have a 4K HDR TV already, then this is a great addition. As you can watch Netflix, Hulu, Amazon Prime Video, YouTube TV and more, via your soundbar. Which sounds kinda crazy when you say it out loud. But it’s true.
Roku Smart Soundbar – Amazon
Sonos Arc

Price: $799
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo
If you’re invested in the Sonos ecosystem, then the Arc is a really good choice. But then again, why would you buy this over the Beam, which is half the price?
Two reasons. One, this has Dolby Atmos support – the first Sonos product to offer it. And two, it’s a larger speaker, with more audio. Making it better for larger rooms, and larger TVs.
The Sonos Arc can still work with a surround sound setup – using two Sonos One speakers, PLAY:5’s, etc. Which is one of the more compelling reasons to buy the Arc. It also offers up some really deep bass, with crystal clear mids and highs. Like the Beam, the Arc can also be controlled via the Sonos app. So you can adjust the EQ to your liking, and also group speakers together, much easier.
With Dolby Atmos and 3D sound available on the Sonos Arc, it makes it a really great soundbar to pick up. Even though the price is a bit tough to swallow.
Sonos Arc – Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo
Samsung HW-Q600A Dolby Atmos Soundbar

Price: $377
Where to buy: Amazon, B&H Photo, Best Buy, Walmart
This Dolby Atmos Soundbar from Samsung is a really great value actually. It has a regular price of $599, but you can usually find it for under $400. It does still come with a wireless subwoofer, which is going to give you some really incredibly deep bass. It also uses 3.1.2-channel for stereo surround sound like a lot of models on this list.
Samsung has included Adaptive Sound here, which will optimize the voice clarity and sound to video content. There’s also Samsung Acoustic Beam, for panoramic audio that dynamically moves with the action.
It’s a really great model, and perhaps the best value on this list.
Samsung HW-Q600A Soundbar – Amazon, B&H Photo, Best Buy, Walmart
Polk Audio Signa S2

Price: $149
Where to buy: Amazon
With the Polk Audio Signa S2, you’re getting a premium soundbar and included wireless subwoofer, without the premium cost.
It includes five powerful full-range drivers, that will deliver beautiful rich sound, with deep bass. It does not have Dolby Atmos, but does have Dolby Digital Decoding which is going to maximize the sound clarity and reduces voice delays.
The Signa S2 does not use HDMI to connect to your TV, instead it uses the optical port. And there is IR support so you can use your TV remote to control the audio on the Signa S2 soundbar.
You can wireless stream music directly from your smartphone, but not via Cast. Polk Audio has their own technology for this. So it’s not quite as good as the other speakers on this list, but at $149, you’re getting a whole lot of sound. And that is definitely good to see. Which is why it is rounding out our soundbars gift guide this year. It’s not the most perfect soundbar out there, but it is a great value for the money.
Polk Audio Signa S2 – Amazon
The post Holiday Gift Guide 2021: Sound Bars from Samsung, Sony, TCL & More – Updated November 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Xbox PC App To Allow Mods And Custom Game Folders

Microsoft just released a new video where it discussed some new and welcome features that are coming to the Xbox PC app. These changes promise to make the whole experience of using the app a lot more flexible and convenient. These features include custom game folders and mods.
The Xbox PC app will have custom game folders
When you download a game using the Xbox PC app, the files will go to a folder specified by the app, and there’s no way of changing it. This is a bummer because most gamers like to keep their game files compartmentalized. This helps with organization when they’ve collected a bunch of games.
Also, gamers will usually want to move their files to different forms of storage. Say, they’re upgrading their storage device or they want to offload games into another drive to save space.
Well, the app is going to allow people to save their game files to whichever folder they want. This makes it a lot easier to pick and choose which games will go on an external drive and which ones stay on the computer. It will also help those who are obsessed with organization.
According to Jason Beaumont, after this change, users will find that their games will actually download quicker. He didn’t explain how this works, however.
The next big feature is support for mods
Mods have been a touchy subject among the video game industry with varying degrees of acceptance from companies. At this point, there’s a thriving modding community with thousands of modders adding in their own content and creative flair to their favorite games.
The Xbox PC app will make it easier to install and manage mods. You will have direct access to your game files. This means that you will be able to move mod files right into your game folder to install the mods.
Xbox Game Pass Ultimate members will see their Cloud-enabled games
This next change will only affect top-tier Xbox Game PassUltimate members. When you open up the Xbox PC app, you will instantly see the button marked “Cloud Gaming.” This will open up a sub-menu that will have all of your Cloud-enabled games.
Experience features early with the Xbox Insiders program
If you want to test out new features, you should sign up for the Xbox Insiders program. You’ll be able to try out these latest features and ones in the future. As with any beta program, you’ll be tasked with the duty of providing feedback on the new features.
The post Xbox PC App To Allow Mods And Custom Game Folders appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Holiday Gift Guide 2021: Smart Home, Cameras, Doorbells, Lights & More! – Updated November 2021

The smart home has quickly become one of the best gifts that you can get someone on your list each year. Whether it’s a smart thermostat, a smart light, smart plugs, or even a robot vacuum. It’s a very popular category. And because of that, there are a ton of smart home products on the market. Some are great, some are not-so great and some are just terrible. In this smart home gift guide, we are going to highlight the best smart home gifts that you can buy this year, across a few different categories. These include robot vacuums, smart lights, smart thermostats, and more.
If you are looking for a smart speaker, you can check out this list of the best Amazon Alexa smart speakers, and this one with the best Google Assistant-enabled smart speakers.
Product name
Cost
Where to buy
Roborock S7+
$949
Amazon
iRobot j7+
$849
Amazon
Ring Alarm 8-Piece Kit (2021)
$249
Amazon
Philips Hue White and Color LED Smart Button Starter Kit
$178
Amazon
LIFX Multi-Color A19 Smart Light Bulb
$49
Amazon, Best Buy
LIFX Beam
$239
Amazon, Best Buy
August Wi-Fi Smart Lock  (4th Gen)
$208
Amazon
Google Nest Cam (Wired)
$99
Best Buy
Ring Video Doorbell Pro
$169
Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo
Arlo Pro 3 Spotlight Camera
$165
Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Google Nest Cam (Battery)
$179
Best Buy
Amazon Smart Thermostat
$59
Amazon
Google Nest Thermostat
$129
Amazon, Best Buy
Wemo Mini Smart Plug
$18
Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo, Target, Walmart
Kasa Smart Plug Mini
$18
Amazon, Walmart
Roborock S7+

Price: $949
Where to buy: Amazon
The Roborock S7+ is a really great robot vacuum to pick up. And this bundle includes the auto-empty dock.
The S7 includes 2500Pa suction power, as well as Sonic Mopping and VibraRise. Which makes it not only a great robot vacuum, but also a really great mop. With VibraRise, it will lift up the mopping pad when the vacuum is on carpet. Then with Sonic Mopping, it’ll be able to scrub the floor a bit better than expected.
With the auto-empty dock, you won’t need to worry about emptying the dustbin for nearly eight weeks. Which is rather impressive. It uses various filters to empty the dustbin, that way it keeps all of these allergens out of the air. Making it really great for those that have allergies.
Roborock S7+ – Amazon
iRobot Roomba j7+

Price: $849
Where to buy: Amazon
The iRobot Roomba j7+ is the latest self-emptying robot vacuum from iRobot. And it is guaranteed not to run over pet waste. In fact, iRobot is so sure that it will replace any j7 model that does not avoid pet waste.
This is done by having a camera on the front, that is able to avoid objects on the floor. Not only can it avoid pet waste, but also shoes, cords, and much more. So you don’t need to pick up your home before you run the robot vacuum. iRobot also claims that this has 10x the power-lifting suction, compared to its predecessor.
iRobot Roomba j7+ – Amazon
Ring Alarm 8-Piece Kit
 
Price: $249
Where to buy: Amazon
Ring Alarm is a really great product to pick up for any homeowner out there. As this is a DIY home security system, that makes it super easy to setup. It also works well with other Ring products, like the Ring Video Doorbell, and the floodlight.
This 8-piece kit includes one base station, one keypad, four contact sensors, one motion detector, and one range extender. There is also a 5-piece kit and a 14-piece kit available in case you need less or more. And you can also purchase additional contact sensors and motion detectors for your system.
Ring Alarm 8-Piece Kit – Amazon
Philips Hue White and Color LED Smart Button Starter Kit

Price: $178
Where to buy: Amazon
If you want to get into smart lighting, then this starter kit from Philips Hue is a really great option. It comes with the Hue Bridge, three Philips Hue White & Color Ambiance bulbs and the smart button.
The Hue Bridge is needed to connect your bulbs to your WiFi network. Which is why this starter kit is so good. The smart button is a pretty cool thing, as you can attach it anywhere in your home and use it as a switch for your bulbs. And it’s different from a regular light switch because the lights are still technically on and connected. So you can still control them with the Hue app.
With Philips Hue, these bulbs support millions of different colors, and works for different scenes. Which is rather unique. But it can really add some color to your home.
Philips Hue White and Color LED Smart Button Starter Kit – Amazon
LIFX A19 Smart Bulb

Price: $49
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy
LIFX is a bit different from Philips Hue. As it does not come in a starter kit. This is because it does not need a hub to work. Each bulb connects to your WiFi on its own. Which can actually be a whole lot easier to use.
This is the standard A19 bulb that almost every light fixture uses. So you can just pop in your bulb and have a smart light. It does work with the LIFX app, for doing different scenes and supports millions of different colors. Which works really well. It also works with Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant for voice control.
LIFX A19 Smart Bulb – Amazon, Best Buy
LIFX Beam

Price: $239
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy
LIFX Beam is a bit different from the other smart lights on this list. It’s more like accent lighting that you can put around your entertainment center, or even along the doorway in a room. Really anywhere. These are just long “beams” that snap together to form different shapes and straight lines. These are also multi-colored, allowing you to create some really unique scenes. You can still pair this up with some LIFX bulbs as well, and create a scene for your entire room.
This also works with Amazon Alexa, and Google Assistant, as you might expect.
LIFX Beam – Amazon, Best Buy
August Wi-Fi Smart Lock 

Price: $208
Where to buy: Amazon
The August Smart Lock is another great option on this smart home gift guide because it’s just so cool. Imagine walking up to your front door and not needing to fumble with your keys to unlock the door? That’s what the August Smart Lock will allow you to do. It uses Bluetooth to authenticate your phone and unlock the door. It can also use geo-fencing to automatically unlock when you get home.
With smart locks like the August Smart Lock, you also have the ability to give other people a temporary key to your home. This is super helpful if you are going out of town and have someone pet sitting for you. It’s also good to give your kids a virtual key instead of a physical one. Because if they lose it, you can just shut it off, and who ever finds it won’t be able to get into your home.
August Wi-Fi Smart Lock  – Amazon
Google Nest Cam (Wired)

Price: $99
Where to buy: Best Buy
This is the latest Nest Cam, and the first one to break that $100 barrier. Making it pretty inexpensive to add the Google Nest Cam to your home. This is a wired model – though there is also a battery option later in this list.
The Nest Cam (Wired) is pretty impressive, and comes in three colors: snow, coral and Fog. It is able to record in 1080p HD quality, so you can see what’s going on in your home when you’re home and when you’re not. It works with the Google Home app, making it super simple to setup and use.
Google Nest Cam (Wired) – Best Buy
Ring Video Doorbell Pro

Price: $249
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo
The Ring Video Doorbell Pro is the video doorbell to pick up this holiday season. It’s a really great gift, as you can watch and see who is taking your packages, or know who is at the door before they ring the doorbell.
With the Ring Video Doorbell Pro, you’re getting a wide-angle camera that can see all the way to the ground in front of your home. And the ability to interact with people via your smartphone, or even your Alexa products. Like the Echo Show or the Fire TV, which is really unique.
Ring Video Doorbell Pro – Amazon – $249
Arlo Pro 3 Spotlight Camera

Price: $165
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
The Arlo Pro 3 Spotlight Camera is the latest and greatest from Arlo. Which is a wire-free camera. So you can use inside or outside, which is the main reason why it is on our smart home gift guide this year. You can purchase the Arlo Pro 3 Spotlight Camera in a number of different options. Like three and five-camera kits. This is great for putting cameras around your home.
With the Arlo cameras being wire-free, that does mean you need to pop the battery out and recharge them every once in a while. These will normally last you around six months on a charge. And that is because it is not recording 24/7, but rather only recording when it sees movement.
Arlo Pro 3 Spotlight Camera – Amazon, Best Buy, Walmart
Google Nest Cam Battery

Price: $179
Where to buy: Best Buy
Finally, Nest has a battery-powered Cam, and it’s actually really good. We reviewed it back in September. The battery on the Nest Cam Battery is actually pretty decent, it’ll last you around a week, depending on your settings. But if you leave it to the default settings, it can last closer to a month.
Nest Cam does encrypt your video, and use two-step verification. So you can rest assured that your video is being secured, and not uploaded to Google’s servers to watch when they want. With Nest Aware, the Nest Cam Battery will be able to identify people as well as animals.
Google Nest Camera Battery – Best Buy
Amazon Smart Thermostat

Price: $59
Where to buy: Amazon
Amazon recently announced its own Smart Thermostat, and it’s now the cheapest one on the market. It’s currently up for pre-order and will launch on November 4.
This smart thermostat is pretty simple, it has a white display, making it pretty easy to blend into your wall, without it having a big screen like some other thermostats on the market. You’ll of course be able to use the Amazon Smart Thermostat through Alexa – but not Google Assistant. So you can use your voice to control the temperature in your home.
Amazon Smart Thermostat – Amazon
Google Nest Thermostat

Price: $129
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy
This is the first new thermostat that Google has put out since purchasing Nest, and it’s a huge departure from its original design. It now looks like a mirror on your wall, which is pretty neat to be honest. The whole point here is for it to blend into your home, and not stand out.
The Nest Thermostat will still show you the temperature and such, and work with your voice via Google Assistant. It uses sensors as well as your smartphone to determine whether you are at home or not. And if you are not, it will adjust the thermostat to save money on energy.
This is also the first Nest Thermostat that works with the Google Home app, instead of only the Nest app.
Google Nest Thermostat – Amazon, Best Buy
Wemo Mini Smart Plug

Price: $18
Where to buy: Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo, Target, Walmart
Probably the easiest and cheapest smart home product on any gift guide, is a smart plug. It works for everyone, whether you have a house or an apartment, and can control just about everything.
The Wemo Mini Smart Plug is a great option because it is smaller, and doesn’t cover up the other AC outlet on your wall. And the app is super easy to use. Now unfortunately, when it comes to smart plugs, there isn’t a whole lot of functionality available. It’s basically on, off and a schedule. So you could use this to set a schedule for when the lights turn on in the living room.
At $18, it’s a really cheap gift that you can pick up for anyone this holiday season.
Wemo Mini Smart Plug – Amazon, Best Buy, B&H Photo, Target, Walmart
Kasa Smart Plug Mini

Price: $18
Where to buy: Amazon, Walmart
The Kasa Smart Plug Mini is also a great option for a smart home gift. And it’s the same price as the Wemo smart plug too, making it even better.
This one is slightly smaller, but it is thicker than the Wemo smart plug. So depending on your setup, either one might be better. But the functionality is the same here. Allowing you to turn it on, off and then set a schedule for it.
The Kasa Smart Plug Mini does offer up support for Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant. So you can use your voice to control these as well.
Kasa Smart Plug Mini – Amazon, Walmart
The post Holiday Gift Guide 2021: Smart Home, Cameras, Doorbells, Lights & More! – Updated November 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Nintendo Switch OLED Is In Stock At Best Buy!

The Nintendo Switch OLED has been just as hard to find stock for and buy as the PS5 and Xbox Series X since it launched. But the holiday shopping season is ramping up and as that happens more retailers are likely to start restocking the console.
People are starting to buy gifts for loved ones. And most retailers are going to want to have stock of the Nintendo Switch OLED on hand so people can buy it. The Nintendo Switch OLED is slightly different from the regular Nintendo Switch. And although some might argue its upgrades are minimal, they’re pretty great nonetheless.
This starts with a larger display. Which is an OLED panel instead of the smaller plastic one on the regular Switch. It also has a much larger kickstand that should be more secure and steady. If you’ve yet not had any luck in getting a Switch OLED, the retailers listed below all generally sell the console when stock is available.
Where to buy the Nintendo Switch OLED – Best Buy Now has stock
Best Buy does have stock of the Nintendo Switch OLED right now. But you’d better hurry as this is not going to last long.
It is priced at $349, and is not available for shipping. So you’ll need to find it in a nearby store. Currently, it’s showing as available in most stores near me.
Nintendo Switch OLED – Best Buy
Some tips for buying the console
Just like with the PS5 and Xbox Series X, the Nintendo Switch OLED will go fast in most cases when restocks happen. So there are a few tips to help make the process just a bit smoother.
Sign into the retailer website or create an account if you haven’t already done so.
Save your shipping and payment information ahead of time.
Buy from official retailers, and avoid overpriced hardware from resellers.
Keep refreshing the buy page if stock seems to sell out. As most retailers will release additional stock in waves. So there could still be a chance to get one.
Be aware of any two-step purchase processes. Some retailers will make you go through two steps to actually place the console in your cart.

The post Nintendo Switch OLED Is In Stock At Best Buy! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Holiday Gift Guide 2021: ASUS, Alienware, Razer & More Gaming Laptops! – Updated November 10

For many desktop gaming PCs still reign supreme, but gaming laptops have gotten so very good these days and we wanted to put together a holiday gift guide of the best ones, so we did.
You’ll find that in the last few years, gaming laptops have gotten exponentially better, with the best ones providing an almost indistinguishable experience from gaming PCs, which makes some of the ones on this gift guide really stand out.
If you’re shopping for a gaming laptop as gift this holiday, our guide breaks down a wide collection of the best gaming laptops to choose from in a range of different price points. So there should be something that fits almost all budgets.
And if you’re looking for something for your console, like the new PS5, don’t forget to check out our guide for best PS5 accessories or best gaming headsets, which are updated monthly.
Holiday Gift Guide 2021: ASUS, Alienware, Razer & More Gaming Laptops!
Gaming Laptop
Cost
Where To Buy
Razer Blade 14
From $1,799
Amazon, Best Buy, Razer
Razer Blade 15 Advanced (2021)
From $2,699
Amazon & Various Other Retailers
ASUS ROG Zephyrus G15
From $1,849
Amazon, Walmart, Best Buy
Alienware m15 R6
From $1,749
Amazon
Lenovo Legion 5
From $1,295.98
Amazon, Walmart, Newegg
Lenovo Legion 7i
$1,970
Walmart
ASUS ROG Zephyrus G14
From $1,789.90
Amazon
Dell G5 15 SE
From $1,079
Amazon
ASUS ROG Strix Scar 15 (2021)
$2,299
Amazon
Acer Predator Triton SE
$1,299
Best Buy
Razer Blade 14

Price: From $1,799
Where To Buy: Amazon, Best Buy, Razer
Razer earlier this year announced the Blade 14, its first ever gaming laptop to come with an AMD CPU. Since the beginning of time Razer has been using Intel as its dedicated CPU choice. But finally it’s offering an alternative.
The new AMD-powered Blade 14 is also the first 14-inch laptop the company has launched since the original Blade years ago. On top of that, it comes with NVIDIA’s 30-series GPUs, starting with a 3060 and going up to a 3080.
All of that wrapped up into a fairly slim package that weighs under 5 pounds. Plus it’s compatible with Razer’s new GaN charger.
Razer Blade 15 Advanced

 
Price: From $2,699
Where To Buy: Amazon & Various Other Retailers
If you want something just a little bit larger, look no further than Razer’s Blade 15 Advanced, which is one of the best gaming laptops in this gift guide and in general. It’s got just about everything the Blade 14 has. Though it uses Intel instead of AMD for the CPU.
It also comes with 30-series GPUs from NVIDIA, as well as an upgrade to Windows 11. Razer is also now selling Windows 11 models directly where it comes pre-installed so you don’t have to update. If you want power and performance without sacrificing design, this is it.
ASUS ROG Zephyrus G15 (2021)

Price: $1,849
Where To Buy: Amazon, Walmart, Best Buy
The ROG Zephyrus G15 from ASUS has been a favorite among the gaming laptops this year and last year, and for good reason. This model packs an AMD Ryzen CPU and a combination of NVIDIA 30-series GPU options are at your fingertips.
It’s slim, lightweight, and powerful enough to handle gaming at high settings for most games. It also has decent battery life and is a bit cheaper than the Razer Blade 15 Advanced. Making it one of the best gaming laptops in this gift guide and again, in general.
In fact it might even be our absolute favorite.
Alienware m15 R6

 
Price: From $1,749
Where To Buy: Amazon
You can’t talk about gaming laptops, in a gift guide or not, without talking about Alienware. And the Alienware m15 R6 is our top pick for Alienware laptops as it’s an excellent mix of function and form. If you really don’t care about desk space or the weight, then you go for something like the Alienware Are 51 m2 or the Alienware x17. Both of which are beefy in size and performance.
But if you want something more portable, and a lot of people do these days, then this is the one you want. It’s got a sizeable yet still manageable 15-inch display, NVIDIA 30-series GPU options, and plenty of RAM and hardware space for gaming.
Lenovo Legion 5

 
Price: From $1,295.98
Where To Buy: Amazon, Walmart, Newegg
At $1,249, the Lenovo Legion 5 is among the least expensive options for gaming laptops in our gift guide. That being said, there is one drawback. It comes with a GTX 1650 Ti from NVIDIA. Now, this isn’t really a bad GPU. It’s perfectly fine for more casual gamers and those that play often, but don’t necessarily need or care about the highest possible graphics settings.
The laptop is also a good gaming laptop. But, there is one other option on this list that retails for just $50 more and comes with an NVIDIA RTX 3060, which is a considerably better GPU. Something worth considering.
Lenovo Legion 7i

 
Price: $1,970
Where To Buy: Walmart
If you want to stick with Lenovo and want something more powerful, the Legion 7i might be a really great fit. This is a 16-inch laptop with an NVIDIA RTX 3060 6GB GPU, 16GB of RAM, a 1TB SSD, and an Intel i7-11800H CPU.
It also supports WiFi6 and it can support a maximum of up to 32GB of RAM. So you should be able to bump it from 16GB to 32GB if you want to upgrade the RAM yourself.
Size wise, it’s not the smallest but it’s still portable enough to use as an everyday gaming laptop that can be carried around.
ASUS ROG Zephyrus G14

 
Price: From $1,789.90
Where To Buy: Amazon
The G14 is a lot like the G15, but in a slightly smaller package. This is the perfect alternative to the G15 if you want something that won’t take up as much space and maybe weighs a tiny bit less.
It still comes with NVIDIA 30-series GPU options, too. So you aren’t really sacrificing much power and performance. This model comes with an NVIDIA RTX 3060 GPU, 16GB of RAM, and a 144Hz Full HD display. You’ll also find a bevy of ports and a battery life that should last you well into the day.
 
Dell G5 15 SE

 
Price: From $1,079
Where To Buy: Amazon
This laptop from Dell is the cheapest gaming laptop on here, so if you want to save some money this isn’t a bad option. It has been cheaper in the past, so there’s a chance the price could drop. Which means this one is worth keeping an eye on if you want spend a little bit less.
It comes equipped with a 15-inch display, a 512GB SSD, a Radeon RX 5600M GPU, and 16GB of RAM. Again, this is a decent gaming laptop if you don’t necessarily want the highest graphics settings. But there are noticeably better options for a little bit more money.
ASUS ROG Strix Scar 17 (2021)

 
Price: $2,299
Where To Buy: Amazon
Another really great laptop from ASUS is the ROG Strix Scar 17 from this year. This refreshed model of one of ASUS’ most popular gaming laptops comes with an RTX 3080 GPU from NVIDIA, 16GB of RAM, and a 1TB SSD.
The best part though, is the pairing of all that power with the 300Hz 15-inch IPS display. You’re going to get a whole lot of frames per second if you play games on this bad boy. And as they say, frames win games.
Acer Predator Triton SE

 
Price: $1,299
Where To Buy: Best Buy
Rounding out this list is probably  the best value on here. The Predator Triton SE from Acer comes with an NVIDIA RTX 3060 GPU, but it’s hundreds less than some of the other options that have the same graphics card. It’s also fairly thin and lightweight, and honestly it looks pretty good in the design department.
Other notable features include an 11th Gen Intel i7 CPU, 16GB of RAM, and a 512GB SSD. The storage size isn’t exactly the largest, but if you can manage your space a little better you get to save a ton of money while still getting a really good graphical experience in games.
It has a 144Hz display too, so your refresh rate isn’t too bad either. Of course our top picks are still the Razer Blade 15 Advanced and the ASUS ROG Zephyrus G15, but those come at a higher cost.
The post Holiday Gift Guide 2021: ASUS, Alienware, Razer & More Gaming Laptops! – Updated November 10 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Amazon's Brand New TV Sets Are Already On Sale

Black Friday sales keep coming early. This time around it’s the new Amazon-made Fire TV Sets that are on sale.
The Amazon 4-Series Fire TV models are on sale for up to $140 off of their regular price. Surprisingly, only the 50″ and 55″ models are on sale. And are actually cheaper than the 43″ model. So obviously, we do not recommend buying that one.
The 50″ model is on sale for $329, down from $469. While the 55″ model is priced at $379, down from $519. These two TVs are the same, apart from the size. So everything we mention here, applies to both models.
These are both 4K HDR TVs, though there’s no support for Dolby Vision or Atmos here. That’s pretty much expected though, given the prices of these TVs. It does support HDR10 and HLG, however.
Of course, these also support Alexa. So you’re going to be able to control your smart home products with your voice, from your remote. Which is definitely pretty neat.
Now, since this is a Fire TV model, you do get access to all of those great Fire TV apps. This includes services like Netflix, Prime Video, YouTube, Disney+, HBO Max, Peacock, IMDb TV, Pluto TV, Tubi, Paramount+, and others. Not to mention the fact that you also get access to Luna. Allowing you to play on Amazon’s streaming gaming service, on this new TV.
This TV from Amazon is not going to replace an OLED or QLED TV. It’s an “everyday entertainment” TV. Which is why they are pretty inexpensive. Both of which are under $400 right now. But these will be great TVs to use in your bedrooms, or in other rooms in your home. Maybe not the  living room though.
You can pick up the Amazon 4-Series Fire TV models by clicking the link down below. This sale is not going to last long, and stock will likely last less.
Amazon 4-Series Fire TV – Amazon
The post Amazon’s Brand New TV Sets Are Already On Sale appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Holiday Gift Guide 2021: PC, PS5, & Xbox Gaming Headsets – Updated November 10

It’s an exciting time to be a gamer especially with the PS5 and the Xbox Series X now out. To make those upcoming experiences more rich and enjoyable, gaming headsets are a must-have and this gift guide lays out which ones are the best ones to buy.
Our goal is to guide you in finding the perfect gaming headsets for everyone whether it be for a gift or for yourself.
In this gaming headsets gift guide, we’ll be listing headsets that work for PC, PS5, PS4, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, mobile, and Nintendo Switch. So no matter what platform you play on, you should be able to find something that fits within your needs or wants.
We’ll also be including both wired and wireless headsets. And across a range of different prices so there’s something that works for every budget too. This gaming headset gift guide is in addition to our best gaming headsets guide which is updated monthly. So you may want to check that one out if you don’t find something here that fits what you’re looking for.
Headset
Cost
Where To Buy
EPOS | Sennheiser GSP 670
From $298.49
Amazon, Walmart
Sony Pulse 3D
$99
Amazon & Various Other Retailers
Logitech G Pro X Wireless
$199.99
Amazon & Various Other Retailers
EPOS H3 Hybrid
$160.78
Amazon
JBL Quantum 600
$149.95
Amazon, B&H
Razer Kaira X
$59.99
Amazon, Razer
Razer Hammerhead True Wireless V2
$129.99
Amazon, Razer
SteelSeries Arctis 1
$98.34
Amazon, Walmart
Razer Kraken X USB
$59.99
Amazon
Bang & Olufsen Beoplay Portal
From $365.62
Amazon
HyperX Cloud Stinger Core Wireless
From $79.99
Amazon & Various Other Retailers
EPOS GTW 270 Hybrid
$198.48
Amazon, Best Buy, Staples
Xbox Wireless Stereo Headset
From $88.99
Amazon & Various Other Retailers
EPOS | Sennheiser GSP 670

From $298.49
Where To Buy: Amazon, Walmart
The EPOS | Sennheiser GSP 670 is a fantastic option for a holiday gift, if you want that gift to be one of the best gaming headsets on the market, and that’s why it’s the first stop on our guide.
Not only is this headset wireless, but it has the acoustical audio quality you would expect. You get a flip down boom mic that mutes itself when you flip it up, which makes using it so much easier than headsets that have a dedicated mute button.
You also have separate dials for adjusting volume of the chat and game audio independently. Which lets you fine tune the sound levels right to where you want them.
As for comfort, it’s one of the most comfortable gaming headsets out there. Thanks to its large (and replaceable) earpads, and headband that comes with both adjustable length to fit heads of all sizes and adjustable tension at the top for a more perfect fit.
Last but not least the wireless works over 2.4GHz with a USB dongle so you can use it for PC and PS4, and Bluetooth so you can use it for mobile. The software for enhancing the bass, mids, and treble as well as creating different sound profiles is only for PC though.
EPOS | Sennheiser GSP 670 – Amazon, Walmart
Sony Pulse 3D

Price: $99
Where To Buy: Amazon & Various Other Retailers
Looking for a gaming headset for that brand-new PS5 console that you’ve been enjoying since you got it?
Look no further than the Sony Pulse 3D wireless headset. For starters, the color matches the color of the console and that’s just slick. Aesthetics aside, the Sony Pulse 3D was designed specifically for use with the PS5. So you know it’s likely going to work well and perform its intended functions.
Like any wireless headset that works with this platform, it connects through a low-latency dongle you plug into the console’s USB port. It’s mic is also integrated instead of using an external boom mic, and all of the buttons for volume adjustment and muting are on the earcups. Making them easy to get to.
Sony Pulse 3D
Logitech G Pro X Wireless

Price: $199.99
Where To Buy: Amazon & Various Other Retailers
The reason we love and chose this headset as one of the best gaming headsets for a holiday gift, is because is because of the sound quality, as well as the comfort and numerous other features.
First and foremost, this headset is comfortable and can be worn literally all day with no issues. After using this thing for over a month now with my PC gaming setup, I have gone through multiple 5+ hour sessions without taking it off and not having any feelings of fatigue.
Other notable features include the removable boom mic, as well as the premium build quality. Not to mention the built-in technology that works with the PC software to enable surround sound and user profiles for just the right audio. While this definitely shines on PC, it will work with PS5 and PS4, and should work with Xbox Series X|S and Xbox One as well.
Logitech G Pro X Wireless
EPOS H3 Hybrid

Price: From $179.99
Where To Buy: Amazon
Wired? Wireless? It doesn’t matter what you prefer or if it changes because this head will do both. While it works as a wireless headset for PC and mobile, it can be used as a wired headset for both Xbox and PlayStation console platforms, as well as Nintendo Switch. You can also use at wired with PC and mobile if you have a PC and/or a mobile device with a 3.5mm audio port.
The H3 Hybrid is EPOS’ update to the H3 from earlier this year. Coming with some big improvements that address most of the complaints we had about the original. For one, the volume adjustment dial is now easier to actually adjust. It still uses the same style, but it works a lot better.
Of course it’s also now Bluetooth compatible, and the boom mic detaches via a slick magnetic design. Making it super easy to take on and off. Comfort and sound quality wise, it’s great.  Overall, an excellent option for a gaming headset this holiday.
EPOS H3 Hybrid
JBL Quantum 600

Price: $149.95
Where To Buy: Amazon, B&H
Not everyone needs a more premium headset, and not everyone wants to spend an arm and a leg on one either. JBL has another option for people looking to spend a little less.
The Quantum 600 is that headset, retailing for only $129.95 compared to the (regular) retail price of the Quantum One at $299.95. Though right now it is on sale for about $250. With the Quantum 600 the headset is also wireless. So you’re untethered.
The headset still has a Discord certified mic, but it’s no longer detachable. It does however swap things to a flip down/flip up design that mutes the mic when you flip it up. It has the same super comfortable earpads too. Though no head tracking, ACN, or noise pass through.
This headset is mainly designed for PC when used with the JBL software, but it’s also compatible with mobile, PS4 and PS5, Xbox One and Xbox Series X, Mac, VR, and Nintendo Switch.
You’ll also find it has other useful features like on-ear controls, swivel earcups, JBL QuantumSurround and DTS support, and a battery life of up to 14 hours.
JBL Quantum 600 – Amazon, B&H
Razer Kaira X

 
Price: $59.99
Where To Buy: Amazon, Razer
The Razer Kaira X is the latest console-focused headset from Razer. It comes in models that are designed for both PS5 and PS4 and Xbox Series X|S and Xbox One. So no matter which platform you’re on you have one that was designed for your console.
Aside from the looks, both versions are largely the same. You have a headset with some new styling tweaks as well as improved audio, a 3.5mm wired connection straight to the controller, and a good quality mic for voice chat.
As far as wired headsets for console or PC go, this is a solid option and you really can’t go wrong here.
Razer Kaira X
Razer Hammerhead True Wireless V2

Price: From $129.99
Where To Buy: Amazon, Razer
Razer has outdone itself with the Hammerhead True Wireless v2. They come with better audio than the original model, and are the only true wireless earbuds from the company to incorporate Chroma RGB. So far.
From top to bottom these are a big improvement. As they’re also more comfortable, have a slightly better design, and the audio quality rivals even the Hammerhead True Wireless Pro, but at $70 less. These are perfect for mobile gaming no matter the phone you have. And they’ll also work with PC in a pinch if you really need them to.
However, these definitely work best with mobile devices as that’s what they were intended for.
Razer Hammerhead True Wireless V2
SteelSeries Arctis 1

Price: $98.34
Where To Buy: Amazon, Walmart
SteelSeries is on this list again because it makes excellent audio products, and the Arctis 1 is an excellent fit for multi-platform gamers.
This headset utilizes a USB-C transmitter for the wireless connection, which makes it perfect for mobile gaming, but it also works with PC, PS4 (it should also work for the PS5), and Nintendo Switch.
This doesn’t have the ski goggle headband like the Arctis 7P, but the headband is still adjustable, the ClearCast mic is detachable and Discord certified, and it features on-ear controls as well as a 20+ hour battery life.
It’s also only $99, so it’s a great option for anyone wanting a wireless headset that provides great sound quality and won’t break the bank this holiday.
SteelSeries Arctis 1 – Amazon, Walmart
Razer Kraken X USB

Price: $59.99
Where To Buy: Amazon
You can usually never go wrong with a Razer gaming headset as a gift for the gamer in your life, especially if it’s a Kraken X USB.
The Kraken line is one of Razer’s best, and this headset in particular is both affordable and pretty good quality. For $60, you get on-ear controls, super soft earpads, 7.1 surround sound, a bendable noise cancelling mic and more.
Since it’s USB it should be a little bit easier to plug into you desktop or laptop. Even more so if your machine doesn’t have a 3.5mm jack. This is also a PC-only headset.
Razer Kraken X USB – Amazon
Bang & Olufsen Beoplay Portal

Price: From $365.62
Where To Buy: Amazon
Just because you play on a console doesn’t mean you don’t deserve a premium pair of wireless gaming headphones. And it’s hard to get more premium than the Beoplay Portal from Bang & Olufsen, which are indeed wireless and designed exclusively for Xbox consoles.
They’re compatible with both Xbox Series X|S, and Xbox One. While expensive, you’re paying for premium audio quality, as well as a premium build with luxury materials. It also features what B&O are calling a digital boom mic. So you don’t have a physical boom in the way.
It also comes with active noise cancellation and it supports Dolby Atmos. With the Dolby Atmos app on your Xbox, you’ll wonder why you ever played without it.
Bang & Olufsen Beoplay Portal
HyperX Cloud Stinger Core Wireless

Price: From $79.99
Where To Buy: Amazon & Various Other Retailers
The HyperX Cloud Stinger Core Wireless comes with 7.1 surround sound, and a comfortable design with over-the-ear fit and, one of our favorite features of a gaming headset. The flip to mute boom mic. This is more convenient and easier to use than headsets that use a mute button.
Not to mention it’s a little easier to flip up the boom and take a sip of water or whatever else you’re drinking than trying to move the mic out of the way on headsets that don’t have this feature. Primarily because most of them don’t have booms that are as rigid as this one. HyperX also makes a model that works for Xbox, and one that works for PlayStation and PC.
All that aside, this is a wireless headset with some decent audio from a highly reputable gaming peripheral company, at a great price point. Don’t sleep on HyperX for your gaming accessories, and at the very least consider the brand.
HyperX Cloud Stinger Core Wireless
EPOS GTW 270 Hybrid

Price: From $198.48
Where To Buy: Amazon, Best Buy, Staples
There are two main reasons why we love this pair of earbuds for gaming. One, they work with PS4 and PS5 thanks to the USB-C dongle. Which, actually makes them perfect for Nintendo Switch too. And two, they also use Bluetooth technology. So you could use them wirelessly with your phone for mobile gaming either using the USB-C low-latency dongle, or through Bluetooth.
And since they use Bluetooth they’re a great fit for things like music and videos. The one downside is that voice chat doesn’t work with the USB-C dongle. So if you need to use these for chat, you need to connect through Bluetooth. Which makes these incapable of chat on the PS5.
EPOS GTW 270 Hybrid
Xbox Wireless Stereo Headset

Price: From $88.99
Where To Buy: Amazon & Various Other Retailers
Rounding out our gift guide for gaming headsets is the Xbox Wireless Stereo headset from Microsoft. This is meant exclusively for the Xbox Series X|S and Xbox One in the console department. But it will also work with PC if you play games there.
As a headset in terms of quality and build, it’s similar to the Pulse 3D that Sony makes for the PS5 and PS4. It’s also right around the same price point. And in most cases the cost is exactly the same as the MSRP is $99.99. There’s an adjustable boom mic for voice chat, and large cushiony earcups to keep you comfortable during longer play sessions.
Where it really stands out is the support for Windows Sonic and Dolby Atmos. If you’ve never played games with Dolby Atmos sound before, you should. It makes a HUGE difference. And at this price? How could you refuse?
And remember, if you didn’t find any gaming headsets on our gift guide that work for you, you can always check out our Best Gaming Headsets guide which is updated monthly.
Xbox Wireless Stereo Headset
The post Holiday Gift Guide 2021: PC, PS5, & Xbox Gaming Headsets – Updated November 10 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Netflix Games Will Offer League Of Legends Spinoff Hextech Mayhem

Today Riot Games has announced a new League Of Legends spinoff game coming from its subsidiary Riot Forge, called Hextech Mayhem, and it’ll be coming to Netflix Games. Riot Games has been on somewhat of a tear lately.
Last week it launched the first three episodes of Arcane. An animated series based on League Of Legends which is also available on Netflix. And all year it’s been making strides in updating and improving League Of Legends: Wild Rift, as well as its PC counterpart. And now it has Hextech Mayhem.
Hextech Mayhem is set to launch on PC and Nintendo Switch on November 16th. In fact you can already pre-order the game via Steam for $9.99. But it seems it’s also coming to mobile devices. It’s just a matter of when.
Hextech Mayhem will be on mobile through Netflix Games
Today’s initial announcement doesn’t mention mobile directly. But it does mention the game coming to Netflix. Which means it will be on mobile devices. Netflix has been very clear about its strategy heading into the gaming space.
Confirming that it’s starting with mobile and that it has no current plans to branch out to other platforms. Riot Forge doesn’t mention when the game will be available on Netflix, just that it’s coming soon. So that may or may not mean that it hits the service this year.
But, when it does launch subscribers shouldn’t have to pay for it. If the release follows Netflix’s current offerings. Which is to include games available for download on mobile at no extra cost beyond the subscription. With no in-game purchases and no ads.
This is a rhythm-based game featuring two classic champions
Hextech Mayhem is a rhythm-based runner game featuring two classic champions – Ziggs and Heimerdinger. You play as Ziggs as you toss bombs throughout the city of Piltover while trying to keep to the beat.
You’ll also need to avoid obstacles and take out enemies along the way. This also makes for Riot’s first game that you actually have to buy. As every other title it’s offered so far has been free-to-play with optional in-game purchases.
Alongside Hextech Mayhem, Riot Forge is also set to release two other League Of Legends spinoff games. Titled Ruined King and Convergence. The former of which is still listed as coming in 2021.

The post Netflix Games Will Offer League Of Legends Spinoff Hextech Mayhem appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Don't Miss Your Chance To Get Your First Month Of Disney+ For $1.99

Ahead of Disney+ day later this week, the company is offering a new promotion that is sure to bring in tons of new subscribers.
Currently, new and returning subscribers can sign up for Disney+ and get the service for $1.99 for the first month. After that, it’ll cost you the usual $7.99 per month.
This is a great way to get back into Disney+, especially if there are some movies coming out on Friday, November 12 (aka Disney+ Day), that you want to see. You’ll definitely get your money’s worth out of Disney+ Day.
There’s no caveats here, you just need to be a new or returning Disney+ subscriber, and you can cancel your service before that month is over. So you can sign up for $2, then watch all the content from Disney+ Day and leave. And there’s a lot of content launching on November 12. It’s a bit surprising that this is available for returning subscribers too. Normally, it is only for brand new subscribers and not those that signed up and then cancelled later on.
This deal is good through November 14, which is this coming Sunday. So you’d better sign up before then.
What’s available on Disney+? A lot. Remember that Disney+ is made up of essentially five pillars of content. There’s Disney, Pixar, Marvel, National Geographic, and Star Wars. So there’s something there for the whole family. That includes both kids and adults.
Most of the Marvel Cinematic Universe movies are now available on Disney+, of course with the exception of Spider-Man, since Sony owns the rights to Spider-Man. This means you could have a nice Marvel marathon, and start from the beginning all the way up to Black Widow.
Don’t forget to cancel before the month is up, if you don’t plan to keep Disney+. You can also switch to the bundle later on. You can sign up for Disney+ here.
Sign Up For Disney+

The post Don’t Miss Your Chance To Get Your First Month Of Disney+ For $1.99 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Sign Up For Twitter Blue

Twitter announced a new paid service, called Twitter Blue earlier this year. When it first launched, it was only available in New Zealand, however. Now, it is available in the US, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand. Not quite available everywhere, but it is available in more countries and more people can now sign up. So here’s how you can sign up for Twitter Blue.
How To Sign Up For Twitter Blue
On your Twitter app, swipe in from the left to open the overflow menu. If you are on desktop, tap on the three dots icon next to More.

Now you’ll see a new Twitter Blue option right in the middle. It stands out, as it has the Twitter logo there and it does not have the silhouette-looking icon like the other options there.
Here, you will be able to swipe through the different features that are available with Twitter Blue. That includes Undo Tweets, Ad-free News Articles, and much more.
Once you’re ready to sign up, just tap on the button at the bottom. Which tells you that it is $2.99 per month. It will take you through to pay, either through the Google Play Store or the Apple App Store, depending on the platform you’re on.
And now you’re all set. You have subscribed to Twitter Blue. You can also cancel at any time.
What features are included in Twitter Blue?
You may be wondering, is Twitter Blue worth your $3 per month. And well, Twitter thinks it is. Here are the features that are included in the subscription service.
Undo Tweet: This allows you to undo a tweet, and edit it before it actually sends. It’s not quite editable tweets, but likely the closest we’ll get.
Reader: Twitter will now take threads and turn them into a more elegant reading experience. And as part of this, it also offers ad-free articles now. Kind of like how YouTube Premium takes out the ads, Twitter Blue does it too and shares some of its revenue with those publishers.
Customizing your Twitter Experience: Twitter has also added a few other features that can improve your Twitter experience. This includes Bookmark folders, custom navigation, and app icons & themes.
Twitter Labs: Finally, Twitter is starting up Twitter Labs. Basically, Twitter Blue users will be able to check out new, unreleased features first. Basically becoming guinea pigs for Twitter. Currently, these features include Pinned Conversations in your DM inbox, and being able to upload videos that are up to 10 minutes long.
Currrently, not all of these features are available on all platforms. Most are available on iOS, some are available on Android, and less are available on the web apps at Twitter.com.
That’s everything that Twitter Blue has to offer right now. That will likely change in the future. So is that enough to pay $3 every month? That’s entirely up to you. But if you are a heavy Twitter user, it might just be.
The post How To Sign Up For Twitter Blue appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Pixel 6 Phones Silently Get Adaptive Sound Feature

It’s always nice opening up your settings to randomly find a new feature. Some Pixel 6 users are reporting seeing Adaptive Sound pop up on their Pixel 6 phones. This is a feature that was present on Pixel 5 phones in the past.
People are wondering why Adaptive Sound is even on Pixel 6 phones
With Adaptive Sound, the phone would use the microphones to “listen” to the ambient audio. It would then adjust the speaker’s quality based on what it hears. The phone would equalize the audio to get the best audio quality based on what’s going on around the listener.
People who used the Pixel 5 phones say that Adaptive Sound was used to compensate for the phone’s poor speaker quality. They used the vibrating glass method for its earpiece. However, people are wondering why the Pixel 6 really needed to gain the ability. They use honest-to-goodness speakers for the earpiece.
The speakers on the Pixel 6 might not be the best on the market, but they still offer full, balanced, and punchy sound. Adding Adaptive Sound to Pixel 6 phones might just be a move to keep the software consistent with all Android 12 Pixel phones.

This feature came without an update
A writer for Android Police concluded that the feature came without any type of update. A Pixel 6 Pro was powered on for the first time, and within a few minutes, the setting just appeared
This means that the feature was living in Android 12’s code for some length of time; it could have been for months for all we know. Since it already existed in the software, Google could trigger it without any sort of update.
This isn’t really something that’s new; a lot of time, a feature will be hidden within the software’s code. A person can only find it if they dig into the actual code. This is how people sometimes find out about features that are coming before they launch.
If you worry about privacy, don’t enable this feature
Since Adaptive Sound uses the microphones, there’s always the matter of privacy. The microphones need to take a recording of the audio, which doesn’t seem trustworthy to most people.
By the way that Google is phrasing it, it appears that the audio never actually leaves the phone, however. The company states that the audio is “never sent to Google.” The ambient noise is most likely processed internally.
If you want to enable it, it’s pretty simple. Go to your settings and tap on the “Sound & Volume” section. From there, you should see the Adaptive Sound section.
 
 
The post Pixel 6 Phones Silently Get Adaptive Sound Feature appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Top 10 Best Samsung Galaxy Watch 4 Bands – Updated November, 2021

The Galaxy Watch 4 from Samsung is now official, and that means you’re gonna need some stylish bands to go along with it, so we’ve rounded up the best ones we could find to compliment your new timepiece.
When it comes to smartwatches, and just watches in general, having a choice in what band to wear lends itself well to any occasion. So you can have something more sporty and rubberized for your trips to the gym, and then something more akin to leather or other high-quality materials for work, a night out or just your standard day-to-day.
Whatever your styles or tastes, there’s something out there for you. To save you the time and trouble of crawling the internet, you’ll find all the best Galaxy Watch 4 bands in a table below. Complete with prices, and links to buy them. You’ll also find more detailed descriptions of each one below the table with links included there as well.
Best Samsung Galaxy Watch 4 Bands
Product
Cost
Where To Buy
Samsung Extreme Sport Band for Galaxy Watch 4 & Watch 4 Classic
$39.99
Samsung
Samsung Ridge-Sport Band for Galaxy Watch & Watch 4 Classic
$39.99
Samsung
Samsung Classic Sport Band for Galaxy Watch 4 & Watch 4 Classic
$39.99
Samsung
Samsung Hybrid Leather Band for Galaxy Watch 4 & Watch 4 Classic
$49.99
Samsung
Spigen Retro Fit band
$18.99
Amazon, Newegg
Powerhill Genuine Leather Cuff Band
$19.88
Amazon
Archer Nylon Watch Strap
$17.99
Amazon
Barton Quick Release Top Grain Leather Band
From $26
Amazon, Walmart
Crown & Buckle Chevron Adjustable Strap
$32
Crown & Buckle
Skagen Stainless Steel Mesh Band
$37.91
Amazon
Samsung Extreme Sport Band

Price: $39.99
Where To Buy: Samsung
We’re starting this list off with one of the band options that comes straight from the source. Samsung. The Extreme Sport band has that undeniable sporty look to it and it comes in three fun colors. There’s white/black, black/red, and pink/white options.
So these bands are two-toned and they’re made of a soft silicone material that shouldn’t be uncomfortable during exercise. You can get the watch bands in both small/medium and medium/large sizes as well. For reference, the small/medium should be 20mm and the medium/large should be 22mm.
While you’ll have the option to get this band when you buy the watch, you can also buy it separately if you chose one of the other options. Which we also put on this list.
If you want to stick to the sporty looks, then this might be your best bet since it comes straight from Samsung and was designed specifically for the Galaxy Watch 4 series.
Samsung Ridge-Sport Band

Price: $39.99
Where To Buy: Samsung
The next band on the list also comes directly from Samsung and as the name suggests, this one comes with ridge along the edge of the band. Which almost gives it a more modern look. It also looks a little bit cooler, although it doesn’t have the two-toned design like the Extreme Sport band does. It does however come in more colors.
So that’s something worth considering. Another thing to highlight is that certain colors are only available in one size or the other. For example, the Green band (pictured above) is only available in the medium/large. As it’s meant for the larger sized versions of the Galaxy Watch 4.
Since this is a sport band though, it’s still made of a silicone material that should be soft and comfortable on your wrist during exercise. Making it resistant to sweat and easy to wear with just about anything.
Samsung Classic Sport Band

Price: $39.99
Where To Buy: Samsung
The last sport band from Samsung is the Classic Sport Band, which is a simple, flat silicone strap that comes in a variety of colors. In total you can pick up the strap in 9 different color options. And unlike the Ridge-Sport Band, the Classic lets you pick any of those 9 colors in either the small/medium or medium/large sizes.
So you have way more options for personalization here than you do with the other two band types. All colors include black, white, silver, green, blue, red, pink, olive, and mustard.
If you like choices and you love colors, then this is the band to go for if you grab one from Samsung. It’s also the same cost as the other two sport types, so you aren’t paying more for it.
Samsung Hybrid Leather Band

Price: $49.99
Where To Buy: Samsung
Wrapping up the Samsung options is what some would consider the most luxurious, the Hybrid Leather Band. While it’s not 100% genuine leather, it has the look and mostly the feel of leather. And ultimately that might be what you’re going for.
Stitching can be found along the edge of the band on both sides, with a variety of color options to boot. In fact it comes in almost all the same colors as the Classic Sport Band so if you liked those colors but wanted something that looks a little nicer, this one is it. The one difference is that Samsung has swapped out the olive color for camel, which looks like a simple brown leather band.
As this is a hybrid leather, it won’t potentially alter if its gets too wet. So that’s probably a plus too.
Spigen Retro Fit Band

Price: $18.99
Where To Buy: Amazon, Newegg
Searching for something with more of a classic, timeless design? Spigen has your back with the Retro Fit band, which is made of synthetic leather and comes in two color options. Black and brown.
The nice thing about this band is that on the inside of the strap it’s made of a silicone base so it’s more resistant to sweat buildup. And the holes in the band provide a little more breathability so there should be less sweat buildup from that as well.
The end result is a band for the Galaxy Watch 4 and Galaxy Watch 4 Classic that looks great and has some functional use to it. And like the rest of the bands on this list, it has a quick release design so putting it on and taking it off the watch should be super easy and take just a few seconds.
There’s not as much color variety here, but if you prefer more of a classic look, then this is definitely one of the best Galaxy Watch 4 bands you can find.
Powerhill Genuine Leather Cuff Band

 
Price: From $19.88
Where To Buy: Amazon
Cuff bands are great and add a little more style to your watch if you like that vintage look. This one only comes in this one color though, so you won’t have a choice when it comes to picking a color. Having said that, there are other brands that offer other color options. Just make sure they have a 20mm width so they’ll fit the Galaxy Watch 4.
As with the other bands this one is a quick release so it’s easy to put on and it doesn’t take a whole lot of time. Making it simple to switch between this and a different band if you have different bands for different occasions. There is a hole for the heart rate sensor on the back of the band so you can still use that feature. It also has a thick stainless steel buckle for more durability.
Archer Nylon Watch Strap

Price: $17.99
Where To Buy: Amazon
Nylon straps are some of the best options for watches if you like something that will last a long time and go with pretty much anything. Nylon is also easy to make in a ton of different colors. So you have a decent set of options for this particular strap in that department.
And, it is nylon so it’s also fairly inexpensive. As you can pick up this strap for $18. Not bad considering some of the prices for bands made of high-end materials like leather.
Simple, rugged, comfortable, and colorful. What more could you want from a watch strap?
Barton Top Grain Leather Band

Price: From $26
Where To Buy: Amazon, Walmart
If leather is your thing, then be sure to check out all of the options from Barton in the top grain leather collection. And be sure to select the 20mm size option if you want it to fit the Galaxy Watch 4.
The beauty of this leather band compared to some others is that it’s real top grain leather, and it comes in so many colors you might have trouble narrowing it down to one you like the best. Because there are so many good color options to choose from.
This is also a quick release band so it’s easy to put on and take off the watch case. It uses a stainless steel buckle as well for added durability.
Crown & Buckle Chevron Adjustable Strap

Price: $32
Where To Buy: Crown & Buckle
If you want some truly unique and super high-quality, then consider the Chevron Adjustable Strap from Crown & Buckle. You can get this particular strap in a 20mm size so it fits the watch, and it’s a sort of cross between a NATO strap and a Perlon strap.
The color pictured above is called Shadow, which we think is quite sleek. But there are loads of other color options available if you aren’t fond of this one. 30 colors in total. Though, it is worth mentioning that some of the colors are on sale, which probably means they won’t be available for long.
So if you like this strap, don’t wait too long to check it out, lest you miss your chance to get the color you like most.
Skagen Stainless Steel Mesh Band

Price: $37.91
Where To Buy: Amazon
Rounding out this list is the ever-stylish stainless steel mesh band, with this one being from Skagen. Skagen makes some of the most stylish, yet simplistic looking watches and watch bands out there. And there’s no reason why you shouldn’t have that same style for your Galaxy Watch 4.
Since this is made of stainless steel it looks a little bit more upscale and is perfect for work wear or for a night out. And because it’s stainless steel mesh, the band isn’t big and bulky and therefore it’s not as heavy. So your wrist won’t feel weighted down when wearing it. Especially if you’re wearing it for long periods of time. This is definitely one of the best bands for the Galaxy Watch 4 you’ll find.
The post Top 10 Best Samsung Galaxy Watch 4 Bands – Updated November, 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Grab The 4TB SanDisk Extreme Portable SSD For Under $500

Today, Amazon has the SanDisk Extreme Portable SSD in the 4TB model available for $499.99. That’s going to save you $200 off of its regular price. This beats a previous all-time low, by nearly $100. So now is a really great time to pick one up.
There’s also 500GB, 1TB and 2TB models, though their discounts are not as big as this 4TB model.
This is the newer version of the Extreme Portable SSD. Which sports USB 3.2 Gen 2, and has read speeds up to 1050MB/s. With write speeds hitting up to 1000MB/s.
It’s a pretty portable external SSD, but still powerful. It comes with a carabiner clip, so you can attach it to your keys, or your backpack. So you’ll never forget it and leave it at home.
SanDisk did a good job of making this a pretty tough portable SSD. With two-meter drop protection and IP55 water and dust resistance. So you can take it virtually anywhere, and it’ll still work.
Don’t worry about your files, as you can keep them nice and safe with this SSD. SanDisk includes 256-bit AES hardware encryption plus Memory Zone file management app so you can access it on the go.
If you’re not too keen on keeping everything in the cloud, then this portable SSD is a great choice for you. And with 4TB of space, it’s going to be able to hold a ton of data for you. If you’re looking to get into video editing, this is also a great choice. Mainly because of the fast read and write speeds, as well as the massive storage space available here. That’s not something you usually see from a portable SSD.
You can pick up the SanDisk Extreme Portable SSD from Amazon today by clicking here. But you’d better hurry as this sale is not going to last long.
SanDisk Extreme Portable SSD 4TB – Amazon
The post Grab The 4TB SanDisk Extreme Portable SSD For Under $500 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

You Can Now Use WhatsApp Without Your Primary Device 

Multi-device support on WhatsApp has been limited, to say the least. But that changes today with the Meta-owned instant messaging app rolling out its updated implementation of multi-device functionality. With this update, users can finally have their WhatsApp account on other devices, even without an active internet connection on the primary device.
However, users can only have up to four devices connected to WhatsApp at any given time. The feature first made its way with WhatsApp Beta recently and is now rolling out via the stable channel.
Android users can access this feature through “Linked Devices,” which can be found by tapping the three-dot icon on the top right of the WhatsApp homescreen. Here, users will find the option to “Link a Device.” Some users may also find an option stating “Join Multi-Device Beta.”
The new multi-device update does not support tablets
When enabled, all previously paired devices will be disconnected, while a notification will appear as well. This also means that you will have to sign in to WhatsApp on other devices using the QR code from your smartphone.
One caveat here is that this feature won’t work on tablets. As GizChina notes (via), calls or messages from devices running older versions of WhatsApp won’t work either. Additionally, connected devices cannot start or view broadcasts, nor can they access real-time location data shared by others. These are some crucial omissions, though WhatsApp ensures users that its standard encryption protocols will be in place across devices.
Despite the relative freedom this new feature brings, users must log onto their primary device every 14 days. Failure to do so will result in the disconnection of all paired devices, WhatsApp said.
This comes over a month after we first learned of WhatsApp’s plans to bring a “multi-device 2.0” update. Although details were scarce at the time, we’re now getting a better understanding of this feature.
In September, WhatsApp finally introduced end-to-end encryption (E2EE) for chat backups on the cloud. This covers both iCloud (iOS) and Google Drive backups on Android, thus offering an additional layer of security for users.
WhatsApp could also be working on a new “Community” feature for its app, as per a recent leak. The feature was first mentioned in WhatsApp beta v2.21.21.6 and could make its way to the stable version soon.

The post You Can Now Use WhatsApp Without Your Primary Device  appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The Lightest Gaming Mouse From HyperX Now Comes In New Colors

HyperX just released new colors of its lightest gaming mouse, the Pulsefire Haste today. Expanding the options for gamers everywhere. Initially when the mouse launched, it came in only one color. Black.
A fine color for one’s peripherals, to be sure. But the lack of options may have the potential to push consumers to another product. HyperX now offering new colors of the Pulsefire Haste means it might capture the attention of more gamers looking for a new mouse.
Especially if they’re looking for something lightweight, and a gaming mouse that won’t cost a whole lot. Better yet, is that both the additional colorways are available from today along with the original Black color.
Both new colors of the HyperX Pulsefire Haste are available from today
Weighing in at a featherlight 59g, the Pulsefire Haste now comes in Black and Red, and White and Pink. Both of which are available to buy from today alongside the all Black model.
Like the all Black model, the two new variants are also priced at $49.99. Which is a pretty decent price point if you’re looking for something that you can move more quickly across the mouse mat. In addition to the lightweight design, the Pulsefire Haste also has a honeycomb shell which helps with airflow.
This is intended to reduce sweating if you’re playing for longer sessions. Though your results may vary depending on how much you sweat while playing games. If you sweat around the hands at all during gameplay.
The mouse also uses pure virgin-grade PTFE skates for smooth gliding across the surface. The USB cable is also extremely flexible. HyperX says this was intended to reduce friction, but it also helps the cable be more manageable.
Worth noting is that if you want a mouse with loads of buttons, this probably isn’t the mouse for you. It does have a handful of them. However, it won’t exactly replace your mouse if you’re used to having 8 or more programmable buttons.
That said, if you’re looking to pick one up, HyperX sells the mouse directly, or you can grab one from one of its retail partners. Only HyperX seems to be selling the Black and Red and White and Pink models though.
HyperX Pulsefire Haste
The post The Lightest Gaming Mouse From HyperX Now Comes In New Colors appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Backbone One Controller Can Be Used On Android, But There's A Catch

Anyone who’s serious about mobile gaming most likely has a controller that can work on a smartphone. A highly praised gaming controller, the Backbone One, was released for iPhones last year. Now, according to The Verge, it can now be used on Android phones, but there are a few hoops you will have to jump through.
To get the Backbone One to work on Android phones, you will need a cord
Since the Backbone One was originally made for iPhones, it’s not quite as easy to use Android devices with it. For starters, the controller has a Lightning port on it, which is how it connects to the phone. This means that in order to use it on your Android device, you will need a cord to convert the signal from Lightning to USB.
With this extra bit of hardware, it means that your phone won’t be able to live in the controller as with an iPhone. This extra bit of hardware might turn a lot of people away from this device instantly. However, if you already own a Backbone One, and you want to be able to also play on an Android phone, then this should be good news.
The Backbone Plus subscription adds some amazing features
What makes this controller such a great device are the extras you get with a Backbone Plus subscription. Firstly, if you want to use more than one non-iPhone device, you will need the subscription. Along with Android, you can also use Mac computers and Windows computers.
People who like to stream on Twitch will also love the subscription. You will be able to stream directly to Twitch from the Backbone app. If you want to record rather than stream, there’s a feature for iPhones running iOS 15 and up. You will be able to record your gameplay at up to 1080p 60fps. A new smart record feature lets you record the last 15 seconds of gameplay that just happened. It’s similar to the feature on the Nintendo Switch which saves the last three minutes.
If you’re interested in picking one of these controllers up, it will set you back $99.99. When you make your purchase, you will get a one-year subscription to Backbone Plus, and three months of Xbox Game Pass. After the year is up, you will be charged $50 every year.
If you don’t want to be a subscriber, you will be able to stay off of the subscription; however, there will be a limit to how many devices you use. You will only be able to use the controller with your iPhone and one other non-iPhone device.
The post Backbone One Controller Can Be Used On Android, But There’s A Catch appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Farmville 3 Is Now Available To Download

The latest sequel in the Farmville mobile game series, Farmville 3, has finally launched for Android and iOS. This is the first major sequel after Farmville 2 was released almost 10 years ago in 2012. Here’s a rundown of what to expect from this installment.
Farmville 3 has a story we’re all familiar with
The game opens up with a simple cutscene that explains what the game is all about. As the story goes, you get a message from a childhood friend of yours. She explains that the old farm you grew up on is in need of fixing, so you do the most logical thing and move right on in.
At the beginning of the game, you’re going to be fixing up some of the essentials like the water fountain, the barn, and the actual house. After that, you get started on your main duties while the folks in town introduce themselves to you.
The gameplay shouldn’t be that different from past games
The core concept behind this game is maintaining the farm that you traveled to, and that will be taking up most of your time. You will be doing tasks like planting and harvesting plants, selling off goods, and taking care of the animals. As you progress, you’ll be gradually expanding your farm little by little and hiring more employees to speed up productivity. This is all pretty basic knowledge if you’ve played any game adjacent to this one.
There’s a big new addition, however
As for new additions, the biggest one is the animal breeding system. Now, in Farmville 3, your animals can actually mate and produce offspring. You get animals from crates whenever you deliver enough goods. When you get two of the same animal, there’s the chance that they can mate.
When a baby animal grows up, there’s a chance that it could be a new breed. This helps breathe some variety into the game. When the parent animals’ child grows, they can be sold off to a vendor.
Some of the other mechanics
Farmville 3 is appealing, but it’s also an app; this means that there are certain things you will have to get used to. Firstly, there’s premium currency in the form of diamonds, and these cost actual money to obtain.
There’s also an energy system. As you do tasks like cutting down trees and pulling weeds, you will diminish your energy. Also, certain tasks on the farm take a certain amount of time to complete. For example, some tasks take 10-15 minutes to complete. You’ll find that as the game goes on, tasks will take longer to complete.
If you’re interested in trying out this game, you can download it here.

The post Farmville 3 Is Now Available To Download appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

NVIDIA Begins Activating GeForce NOW 3080 Membership Pre-Orders

NVIDIA continues to improve and update its GeForce NOW cloud gaming service, this week by starting the activations process for the 3080 tier pre-orders. Back in October, NVIDIA officially announced that its RTX 3080 tier of the service would be coming to subscribers, making it the most powerful cloud gaming option out there.
Just before the end of the month, the company started taking pre-orders for any subscribers that weren’t Founders or Priority members. And now, anyone who pre-ordered initially should start to see their higher tier membership available for use.
According to NVIDIA, this is just the first wave though. So not everyone is going to have their membership upgrade activated this week. Still, if pre-ordered early enough there is a good chance that your membership will go live soon. What does that mean for you? It means you should keep an eye on your account just in case you wanted to do some high-end gaming this weekend.
GeForce NOW 3080 pre-orders will continue with activations until completed
Since this is just the first wave of activations going out, more are coming. The good thing is NVIDIA isn’t doing waves like you would expect. It shouldn’t be long periods of time between each wave of activations. Rather, the company says it will continue to roll out the activations until they’re all completed.
Which suggests that activations will be a non-stop affair until everyone is ready to play. This is also the first week of GeForce Thursdays for November. Or as NVIDIA calls it, NOWvember. The company says there’s a big month ahead for the service, which includes loads of new games being added.
GeForce NOW for November starts with four new games
November’s first week isn’t starting off with a huge list. But that doesn’t mean there’s nothing worth checking out. This week, members will now have access to stream four new games.
The games being added are Recipe for Disaster, Let’s Build A Zoo, Age Of Darkness: Final Strand, and Road Redemption. Later this month, NVIDIA has some heavy hitters, like Ghostrunner through the Epic Games Store, and the highly anticipated Bright Memory: Infinite that was shown off during the Xbox showcase last year at E3.
The post NVIDIA Begins Activating GeForce NOW 3080 Membership Pre-Orders appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

PlayStation Plus: Everything You Need To Know – Updated November, 2021

Sony’s PlayStation Plus is a widely popular service that the majority of PlayStation console owners are subscribed to. But PlayStation Plus is more than just a subscription service.
It comes with numerous benefits that you definitely want to be able to take advantage of if you own a PS4 or PS5. And even older systems like the PS3 and PS Vita, although they get less benefits these days as Sony isn’t actively selling those systems anymore. But what exactly is PlayStation Plus? In this guide we break the whole thing down. Explaining your different subscription options, pricing, features, and more.
What Is PlayStation Plus?

Sony’s PlayStation Plus is a service that you subscribe to for your PlayStation console. It’s available for both PS4 and PS5 owners, and serves as a way to get free games every single month just for subscribing to the service.
It’s main purpose though is online play. PlayStation Plus is required for online gaming through PS4 and PS5. Meaning if you want to connect to the internet for multiplayer games like Call Of Duty: Warzone, Fortnite, and more, you need to be subscribed to PlayStation Plus.
Beyond being a prerequisite for accessing online gaming capabilities, PlayStation Plus will afford you at least one or two free games every single month. And as long as you stay subscribed you will get to keep access to those games.
PlayStation Plus subscribers also get special discounts on games that non-subscribers don’t get. Overall, you want to be subscribed if you want the best online PlayStation experience.
Buy PlayStation Plus Subscription
What does PlayStation Plus cost?
The cost of PlayStation Plus varies from time to time. And it varies based on how long you want to subscribe for. If you go with 1-month subscription, the normal cost of that is $9.99 a month. And will generally be the cost no matter where you get your subscription.
If you go with the three-month sub it usually costs $24.99. And if you go with the 12-month sub it usually costs $59.99. Again though, those are the normal prices for the service. And you can sometimes find the subscriptions on sale.
Even if you don’t find them on sale, the 12-month subscription to PlayStation Plus is the best value. Because you’re spending $60 for 12 months worth of the service. If you buy that in 1-month amounts, you spend double that. So if you know you’re going to keep it for a year at the least, going with the 12-month option saves you the most money.
What are the free games PlayStation Plus gets every month?

This will change from month to month. You have the whole month to claim them, as well. So if you don’t grab them right away, not to worry. As you won’t be rushed to claim your free games the moment they go live.
That being said, as long as you claim the title that’s being given away each month, you’ll have access to it forever. Even if you cancel your subscription at any point in the future, the games never leave your library. You won’t be able to play them however, unless your subscription is active.
For the month of August, Sony gave away PS4 and PS5 versions of Hunters Arena: Legends, in addition to copies of Plants Vs Zombies: Battle For Neighborville, and Tennis World Tour 2. These will continue to be available to claim throughout the month, before disappearing on September 1.
New PlayStation Plus games for November
This month Sony is giving away three games. This includes Kingdoms Of Amalur: Re-Reckoning, Knockout City, and First Class Trouble. All three games will be available to claim through the month of November. Leaving on December 1.
Do I have to install free PlayStation Plus games?
No. You aren’t required to install the games onto your PS4 or PS5 to ensure they stay with you. Claiming them for your library is all that’s required to keep those games.
Then you can routinely play them as you see fit. As noted above if you ever cancel your subscription to PlayStation Plus, you lose access to the games that were offered for free as part of the subscription. But, once you start it back up again access to those games is immediately restored.
So, they stay with you forever. Which is especially important for those with a PS5 given the console’s lower amount of available storage space on the SSD. Eventually that will change when the PS5 supports expandable storage. But that won’t be coming till a future update. That’s why it’s a good thing that all you need to do is claim your free PS Plus games. As you may not have the room to install them.
Buy PlayStation Plus Subscription
Is PlayStation Plus required for all online gaming on PlayStation?
No. Some games will not require a subscription. Some will. For example, you don’t need a subscription to PlayStation Plus to play Final Fantasy XIV on PS4 or PS5.
You do need a subscription to that game specifically to play it. But for example if this is the only online game you play on PS4 or PS5, then you can simply pay for the sub to that game, and not worry about PlayStation Plus.
If you play other online games, like Call of Duty, Warframe, Destiny 2, The Division, Ghost Recon: Breakpoint, and others, you will need to be subscribed to PlayStation Plus if you want the online features for those games. Also worth noting is that Sony will generally list which games in the store require a Plus subscription and which ones don’t.
So you can use that to determine whether to subscribe or download the game.
Does PlayStation Plus have a free trial period?
Sony does offer a trial period for PlayStation Plus. But there are a couple of things to know about that. First, the trial period lasts for 14 days. So you get the capability to test it out for two weeks before you need to pay for your first month of the service.
The trial period is also only available for first-time subscribers. That means if you’ve ever subscribed to it in the past, you won’t be able to utilize the trial when you re-sub.
Rather you will end up paying for the subscription to start up right away. And because these are tied to your PSN account, you can’t simply start up a new email account and sign up for the free trial that way like you can with some streaming services.
What are some of the other PlayStation Plus member benefits?
In addition to special discounts, free games every month, and availability of online play, you also get a few more benefits with PlayStation Plus.
One of the more useful benefits is the increase in cloud storage for saved game data. If you subscribe to the service you have 100GB of cloud storage at your disposal for your game save data. That is a lot for just game save files.
But it’ll come in handy if you have both a PS4 and a PS5 and end up with hundreds of games and saves for all of them. You also get exclusive in-game content that you wouldn’t normally get. Such as character skins and other loot. And there’s also a feature called Share Play.
As the name suggests, Share Play lets you share your gaming experience with a friend. A good example of how this works is inviting your friend to play a game you’re in with Share Play. You can then let them control the game. Which could be useful if you are stuck on a particularly challenging quest.
Buy PlayStation Plus Subscription
PS5 owners get the PlayStation Plus Collection
If you have a PS5, you get another really cool benefit if you also subscribe to PlayStation Plus. The PlayStation Plus collection. Which is a larger collection of free games that you can claim. And install if you have the space.
Inside the PS Plus collection you get 20 free games. All of which are always with you once claimed. As with the monthly free games though, you need to have an active subscription to play these titles. And they are only available on PS5. With that being said, it might be a good idea to hold off on buying any of the games that are included until you get a PS5. If you don’t already have one that is, and if you haven’t already purchased the games.
As there’s no reason in buying them if you’ll just be able to claim them for free.
How can I sign up?
Signing up for PlayStation Plus is relatively simple. You will need a PlayStation Network account first. So if you don’t already have one of those, either go to the PlayStation website, or set up a PSN account through your PS4 or PS5 console.
Once you’ve got the PSN account set up, you simply need to pay for a PlayStation Plus subscription digital code, then redeem that code through your PSN account. The subscription will automatically attach to your PSN account and then you’ll have all of the PlayStation Plus member benefits right away.
Buy PlayStation Plus Subscription
The post PlayStation Plus: Everything You Need To Know – Updated November, 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Best Early Black Friday Nintendo Switch & Switch Bundle Deals

The Nintendo Switch rarely goes on sale. And typically when it does, it’s bundled with a free game, a discounted game, or a gift card. So finding the best deals on the Switch can be pretty difficult. Luckily, we are here to help you find the best Nintendo Switch deals.
Unfortunately, right now it is still nearly impossible to find a Nintendo Switch OLED. That should ease as we get into 2022, and the chip shortage becomes less of an issue. But it also may not.
The Switch has been pretty popular for one big reason – it’s portable. The fact that you can take the Switch with you wherever you go and play your favorite games over there is pretty nice. Not to mention the fact that you can then take your Switch and slot it into your dock and play on your 75-inch TV is also pretty neat.
Most of your favorite Nintendo games are available on the Switch as well. Including Zelda, Mario and more. Of course, my personal favorite is Rocket League, and that is available here too.
With the Joy-Cons, you can also remove them from your Switch (but not Switch Lite) and play with the wireless controller, or instantly have two controllers available for multi-player games. Which is super fun, and pretty innovative if you ask me. Of course, this really only works if you are playing a game that has few controls.
Best Nintendo Switch Deals
Below, we have deals for the Nintendo Switch, Switch Lite and Switch OLED. So you can save money on your new portable gaming console.
There are also some games that you can pick up on the cheap, that are listed down below. Because with a new console, you definitely need some new games to play.
So without further ado, here are the best deals for the Nintendo Switch.
The post Best Early Black Friday Nintendo Switch & Switch Bundle Deals appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

The PS5 & Xbox Series X Will Be In Stock At Walmart At 12PM PST!

The PS5 and Xbox Series X are still hard to find even a year later, as stock of both consoles continues to be low. Ever since Sony and Microsoft launched what are now the current-gen consoles on November 19th of last year, people have been trying to snag one.
To no avail. But throughout the rest of 2020 and most of this year, retailers have been re-stocking both consoles periodically. And as the year went on, re-stocks have happened more and more frequently. That of course has not made them any easier to purchase.
If you’re still trying to get a hold of one or both consoles, Walmart is going to have stock of the PS5 and Xbox Series today at 12PM PST/3PM EST.
PS5 Disc Edition
PS5 Digital Edition
Xbox Series X
Walmart will have stock of the PS5 & Xbox Series X today
As noted above, Walmart will have stock of both the PS5 and Xbox Series X promptly at 12PM PST. Which means if you want a chance at getting one, you’ll want to be on the site and ready to go right before noon. Or 3PM EST if you live on the east coast.
To make things easier, its highly recommended that you go to the site well before the re-stock time. Log in or set up an account, and save your shipping address and payment info ahead of time. That way, all you should have to do is add to cart and click a few more buttons. While cutting out any typing that you’d have to do to enter in your personal information.
Keep in mind that if you’re trying to buy both, then you will want to be fast. As stock goes quickly and most retailer sites tend to have loading issues during these re-stocks. You may also want to focus on one console so you have a better chance at checking out.
PS5 Disc Edition
PS5 Digital Edition
Xbox Series X
The post The PS5 & Xbox Series X Will Be In Stock At Walmart At 12PM PST! appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Add & Customize Widgets To Your Home Screen On Android 12

With the arrival of Android 12 and Material You theming, it’s time to take a look at how to add and customize widgets once again. No, it’s not that the process has necessarily changed an awful lot. In fact, it should be intuitive to most users. But, for those who need some extra help, that’s what this guide is here for.
Here’s how you can get to your widgets on Android 12
The process to add widgets to your home screen hasn’t changed much in the past several updates, and the same holds for Android 12. But that doesn’t mean a refresher can’t be helpful. Especially since Android 12, more than ever, makes it possible to have unified theming and customization with the widgets you add to your home screen. So let’s dive, first and foremost, into how you can go about adding them, to begin with.
Unlock your smartphone, if it isn’t already, and navigate to the home screen or page of the home screen that you’d like the widget to appear on
Press and hold with one finger on an empty space within the home screen page. If there isn’t empty space, you may need to remove or rearrange icons on the page
In the resulting menu, which may vary in location depending on your smartphone’s OEM, select the “Widgets” or similar option
Android 12 will showcase apps with available widgets in-line in a single, scrollable column. Scroll to find the widget you’d like to use. For our example, we’re utilizing the “Conversations” widget
Select the app, which will extend a category showing available widgets for the app. Some apps have multiple widgets which do multiple things. Typically, that’ll include a description of what the widget does. Or the widget will be self-explanatory, based on the naming convention used in the widget. For instance, the Conversations widget only shows one option, called “Conversation.” The widget shows conversations that the user selects.
Ensure that the widget will fit on the home screen. Just below the widget title, the widget picker shows two numbers. In the case of Conversation, that’s 3 x 1. Denoting that the widget takes up three spaces horizontally and one vertically
After deciding on a widget, tap and hold the widget to pick it up, then drag the widget to place it on your home screen. Other apps and widgets will, if enough room is available, rearrange themselves automatically to accommodate the new widget. Or, if there is no room, you’ll need to move the widget to another page by holding the widget along the left- or right-hand side of the screen. Conversely, you can also move other elements on the page and then go through the process of selecting the widget again. If you really need or want the widget to be on a specific screen, you can also always drop the widget on a blank space on another page and then move it later by tapping and dragging it after creating space for it
Some widgets, at this point, will display additional options. Our Conversation widget shows a list of contacts whose conversations will display in the widget. Other widgets may display entirely different options such as colors, details to display, and the shape of the widget. Select the options that work best for your home screen setup and your widget
Your widget should now appear on the home screen where you’ve placed it

Some widgets can be customized, here’s how
Now, it’s important to note that not all widgets are customizable. In fact, some widgets — even in Android 12 — can’t even be resized. Although most can. Regardless, if you’re looking to change something about an app’s widget after placing it on your home screen, this segment of the guide is here to help. As long as the app you’re working with supports it.
How to resize a widget in Android 12
Select a widget that’s been added to your home screen by long-pressing on the widget and then releasing. As shown in the images below, we’re using two widgets to showcase differences in how widgets show information based on size. For those that can be resized. The selected widget will show four interactive dots in the lines surrounding the widget itself
Tap, hold and drag any one of the dots surrounding the selected widget in any direction to resize the widgets. As shown in the images below, some widgets will show more information or less, depending on which direction you’ve dragged the edges. And, in some cases, they’ll also re-color, although it’s not quite clear yet what the trigger for that it and ours didn’t re-color in our example widgets

How to customize widgets that support it
To adjust deeper widget settings and customization, tap and drag the widget up to the top-right-hand corner. Specifically, to the gear-shaped icon. Conversely, you may also tap, hold, and then release before tapping the pencil-shaped edit button or other UI shown within the widget itself
The screen that appears next will vary from widget to widget. Some showcase a plethora of options for details to be showcased in the widget or interactive elements. Our Conversation widget returns us to the screen shown above for selecting a conversation to be shown in the widget

The post How To Add & Customize Widgets To Your Home Screen On Android 12 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Grab The Amazon Luna Controller For Only $56

Amazon has its Luna controller for its cloud gaming platform on sale today. Allowing you to pick one up for $55.99. This is down from its regular price of $69.
This is one of the few times that the Luna Controller has been on sale for those that are not Prime members. So if you’ve been waiting to pick up the Luna Controller, now is a really great time to do just that. We don’t expect this to be any cheaper for Black Friday either.
Luna is a high-performance controller designed to provide an ideal playing experience on Luna, Amazon’s new cloud gaming service. Luna Controller is the best connection between Luna gamers and their games.
Luna Controller uses Cloud Direct technology to connect directly to Amazon’s custom game servers when playing on Luna, reducing roundtrip latency by 17 to 30 milliseconds vs. a local Bluetooth connection among Windows PC, Mac, and Fire TV. And it can also be used as a remote for your TV when you’re not playing games in Luna, too.
It also works with Alexa, as you might expect. Just press and ask Alexa to launch games while using the Luna app on Fire TV. You can say things like, “Alexa, play ‘GRID.’” Alexa is also available for everyday requests like dimming the lights and telling you the weather.
Luna Controller is designed for comfort with an offset thumbstick and easy-access bumpers. Precise triggers, 4 responsive action buttons, and a 4-way directional pad keep your gameplay on point. It does use two AA batteries, which are not rechargeable. So you will want to make sure you pick up a few AA batteries for when the ones included with Luna controller run out.
You can pick up the Luna Controller from Amazon today by clicking here. But you’d better be quick, as this price is not going to last very long.
Luna Controller – Amazon
The post Grab The Amazon Luna Controller For Only $56 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Here’s Why Games On Android 12 Could Be Crashing

One of the most significant changes with Android 12 is the revamped theming system courtesy of Material You. We are now learning that changes made with this system could be crashing games.
A bug report is now open on the Google Issue Tracker, discussing how games like Wild Rift or Pokémon Go can crash when the background wallpaper is refreshed or changed. While nobody would pause their gameplay and change the wallpaper, this issue can be particularly concerning if users have automated wallpaper changers.
XDA Developers managed to recreate the issue on the Pixel 6 Pro with games like PUBG Mobile, Minecraft, Call of Duty: Mobile, and Genshin Impact. So this issue could be widespread.
The only fix right now is to turn off automated wallpaper changers
Some digging around by XDA (via) reveals that this could be due to a configuration change on Android. The conventional Android behavior is to ignore “configuration changes,” which include dark mode, locale changes, and screen rotation. However, Google seemingly introduced a change with Android 12, forcing activities/tasks to restart whenever the wallpaper changes in the background.
“Activities will be scheduled for restart via the regular life-cycle. This is similar to a configuration change but since ApplicationInfo changes are too low-level we don’t permit apps to opt out,” the commit reads.
Unfortunately, it seems like developers may not be able to get around this particular issue. The only fix right now is to disable automated wallpaper changers on your device. Since the issue is seemingly common, we expect Google to share more information on this over the coming weeks.
Google also has to contend with a bevy of issues related to the new Pixel 6. Multiple users reported green flickers on the screen when pressing the power button. Thankfully, this only occurs when the phone is off. Google later said it would fix this with an update in December.
Not much later, some users managed to discover a second punch hole on their Pixel 6 Pro. However, this issue isn’t widespread. Moreover, the Google Store later provided the customer with a replacement phone.
It’s safe to say that the Pixel 6 release has been far from ideal for Google. This was expected to some extent, given that the new flagship marks the debut of some new hardware features, including the Google Tensor chip.
The post Here’s Why Games On Android 12 Could Be Crashing appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Former Google AI Researcher Joins The FTC As Senior Advisor

The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) has appointed former Google employee Meredith Whittaker as a senior advisor on artificial intelligence. Whitaker confirmed the development on her Twitter account. This will significantly bolster FTC’s efforts to keep tabs on Big Tech.
For those unaware, Whittaker worked as an AI researcher at Google for 13 years until leaving her post in 2019. She left Google citing differences with the company’s AI ethics work.
Whittaker reportedly faced retaliation from Google for speaking out against the company’s contracts with the Department of Defense. As the report by The Information (via) points out, Whittaker said during her exit that Google holds “significant and largely unchecked power” in the field of AI.
Meredith Whittaker will work closely with FTC Chair Lina Khan on AI matters
After leaving Google, Whittaker co-founded an institute called AI Now where she serves as the faculty director. Given her experience in the field of AI, Whittaker’s counsel will be crucial for the FTC in prosecuting AI matters.
Whittaker will work with FTC Chair Lina M. Khan who is known as a stern advocate for the tightening of regulations against Big Tech. Google hasn’t officially commented on this new development yet.
Lina Khan was sworn in as the FTC Chair in June. Previous reports indicate that she is keen on updating merger reporting guidelines. Khan also wants to review the prevalent practice of using non-compete clauses in agreements.
Last month, the Japan Fair Trade Commission said it would conduct investigations of companies like Apple and Google. The agency wants to look at whether the two corporations are suppressing competition with their mobile software.
The Japanese FTC will interview OS operators, app developers, and even smartphone owners for these investigations. However, Apple appears to be the main focus here as Android has a miserly 30% market share in the region. By comparison, Apple’s iOS enjoys a 70% OS market share in Japan.
Separately, the Korea Fair Trade Commission (KFTC) fined Google 207.4 billion won ($176 million) for abusing its market power with the Android operating system. The KFTC also ordered Google to stop forcing phone producers to sign anti-fragmentation agreements.
To add to Google’s woes, the Korean FTC is also investigating the company for forcing game developers to launch their titles exclusively via the Play Store. Google’s 30% commission on digital sales could also be in the crosshairs of the South Korean regulators.
The post Former Google AI Researcher Joins The FTC As Senior Advisor appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

November 2021 Security Update Lands On The Galaxy Z Fold 3

Samsung is now rolling out the November 2021 security update for the Galaxy Z Fold 3. The company previously sent the November security patch for phones like the Galaxy Note 20, Galaxy S21, and the Galaxy Z Flip 3.
SamMobile reports that both global and South Korean variants of the Galaxy Z Fold 3 are now getting the update. It comes with the firmware version F926BXXS1AUJB for the update commencing in Austria, Croatia, Serbia, and Slovenia. Meanwhile, the South Korean variant of the Galaxy Z Fold 3 is getting the firmware version F926NKSU1AUJ7 with this security update.
As you would expect, this crucial security patch fixes minor bugs while also patching security and privacy-related issues. Users can further expect stability-related improvements onboard. The update should be rolling out to the regions we mentioned. But if it hasn’t, users can navigate to Settings  – Software update to download it manually.
Unlocked and carrier variants of the Galaxy Z Fold 3 could get the update soon
Carrier-based and unlocked models of the Galaxy Z Fold 3 are yet to get the November security patch, though it could arrive over the coming weeks. The update continues Samsung’s long streak of rolling out monthly security updates for its devices.
Samsung began rolling out the November security patch for the Galaxy S20 series last week. Devices like the Galaxy S20+ and the Galaxy S20 Ultra were also part of this update.
Galaxy device owners are eagerly waiting for Samsung’s One UI 4 update. The company is on course to roll out the update for some phones before the end of the year. In addition to the bevy of One UI-specific changes, the update will also introduce Android 12.
Samsung announced the first One UI 4 beta for the Galaxy S21 a few weeks ago. Since then, the company has also launched betas for the Galaxy Z Fold 3 and the Z Flip 3. The beta software is accessible via the Samsung Members app within the “Benefits” section.
Devices like the Galaxy S21 and the Galaxy Z Flip 3/Z Fold 3 will receive the Android 12 update before the end of the year. However, other devices, including the Galaxy S20 lineup, will likely have to wait a bit longer. Despite this, Samsung is one of the quickest to churn out software updates for its devices, rivaled only by Google.
The post November 2021 Security Update Lands On The Galaxy Z Fold 3 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Turn On Dark Mode On Google Pixel 6

Dark Mode was a feature that many wanted Google to add to Android for quite some time, and it was added a few years ago. Though, not everyone knows about this feature, surprisingly.
Dark Mode will essentially turn the entire UI on your smartphone, dark. For the most part, it’s truly black, but some instances will show a dark gray instead. This has a few benefits. One, it saves your eyes in dark environments. But the bigger reason is it saves your battery life. Especially on an OLED smartphone like the Pixel 6 series. Which is a big reason to use dark mode.
There are two ways that you can turn on dark mode on the Pixel 6 series, and you can also set a schedule, we go over all of that in this article.
How to Turn on Dark Mode
Here’s how you can turn on Dark Mode through the settings app.
Head into the Settings App.
Now head down to the Display section and tap on it.
Next, find “Dark theme” which will be towards the bottom.
Hit the toggle next to it.
And that’s it. That’s how easy it is to turn on Dark Mode on the Google Pixel 6.
Now, if you do find yourself turning dark mode on and off pretty frequently, you can opt to add it to your Quick Settings. Here’s how you can do that:
Pull down the notification shade.
Tap on the pencil icon in the lower-left hand corner.
Now find the Dark Mode toggle, and drag it up to the place in Quick Settings that you want it to sit.
Then hit the arrow in the upper-left hand corner.
And that’s it. Now you can turn on and off dark mode by pulling down the Quick Settings panel.
How to Schedule Dark Mode
You can also schedule dark mode on the Pixel 6. You can choose to have it change automatically based on sunset and sunrise, or set to a custom time. And here’s how you can do it:
Head into the Settings App.
Now head down to the Display section and tap on it.
Next, find “Dark theme” which will be towards the bottom.
Tap on “Dark Theme”, not the toggle.
Next, tap on “Schedule”.
You’ll now see an option for None, Turns on at custom time, and Turns on from sunset to sunrise.
Choose the schedule you want to use.
And you’re all set.
 
The post How To Turn On Dark Mode On Google Pixel 6 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Leave The Android 12 Beta To Get The Next Update

Google is doing a lot of things differently this year with Android. For one, the Android 12 beta is still going on. However, according to 9To5Google, if you want to get the next Android 12 update right away, you will have to leave the beta program.
The update is only for the stable version of Android 12, not the beta
If you’re still on the beta, then you’re part of an experiment that Google is performing. Instead of ending the beta with the official release, the company is leaving it open to help test out new additions. People who are still on the beta will be able to see new features, changes, and bug fixes before anyone else.
The only issue is that you won’t be able to get the latest update coming to the stable version. This is the first official Android 12 update, and it aims to fix some issues. This latest update won’t change much; there are some minor bug fixes and optimizations to keep the system going smoothly. Some changes are improvements to the auto-brightness response, improvements to the Wi-Fi connectivity, and fixes to the picture-in-picture mode.
If you don’t want to be in the beta program, opt-out ASAP
While it’s great being in the beta program, not everyone wants to continue it. You always have the option to leave the beta program, but if you want to keep all of your data, you will need to do it before December 1st. After that point, if you leave the beta, all of your data will be wiped, and you will receive an OTA for the latest stable version of Android 12.
When you choose to leave the beta, you’ll get a popup from Google warning you that your data will be wiped. However, you can simply ignore it for the time being. Your data won’t be erased if you’re leaving before December.
In Other Android 12 News: Google is developing Android 12L
Google is now working on a version of Android that will launch sometime next year. It’s called Android 12L and it’s a version that’s optimized for tablets and foldables. There will be certain changes to the UI that make it better for larger screens. For starters, the notification shade is divided into two columns to make things easier. The multitasking screen now has the apps arranged in a grid pattern.
The biggest change is an app dock that’s on the bottom of the screen. This is reminiscent of the dock on Chromebooks. It will remain visible even when an app is being used. This version is far from being released. However, there’s a developer preview coming to the Lenovo P12 Pro in the near future.
The post Leave The Android 12 Beta To Get The Next Update appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Google Is Enabling 2-Step Verification for Personal Accounts

Last month, we talked about Google planning to automatically enable 2-step verification (2SV) for millions of users. The company wanted to turn on this security feature for over 150 million users before the end of 2021. The plan appears to be progressing further, with the company now sending new prompts to users who don’t have 2SV yet.
A source on Reddit confirmed the news (via), with some users already receiving reminder emails from Google. The company’s support page says that users will receive a notification seven days before 2SV is automatically enabled.
If a user doesn’t have any alternate verification method such as SMS codes or Google Authenticator, Google will enable standard 2SV on their account. This will require users to confirm their authentication on another device. If your phone is lost, the company will get in touch through the recovery email to help with the next steps.
YouTube creators were recently mandated to enable 2SV
Getting 2SV for your Google account is the safest way to secure your account. Even if you have a strong password, it always makes sense to have a secondary (and more powerful) layer of security.
Google first unveiled plans to make 2SV mandatory in May this year. Not too long ago, the company said it would spend $10 billion over five years to bolster cybersecurity. It also wants to improve open-source security protocols in addition to securing the software supply chain.
“2SV is strongest when it combines both ‘something you know’ (like a password) and ‘something you have’ (like your phone or a security key),” the company said in a blog post last month.
Similarly, YouTube is also mandating 2SV for creators on its platform. First announced in August, the company offered a two-month window until November 1 to adhere to the new security changes. However, this requirement doesn’t apply to accounts that aren’t part of the YouTube Partner Program.
Another Google product, Fitbit, added support for two-factor authentication (2FA) earlier this year. Fitbit accounts contain sensitive data such as location, health metrics, and more. So it is somewhat surprising that the company waited until 2021 to include this.
Head over to Google’s support page for further information on enabling 2SV on your Google account.

The post Google Is Enabling 2-Step Verification for Personal Accounts appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Amazfit GTR 3 Pro Review: Stunning Design Meets Capable Software

The Amazfit GTR 3 Pro is a rather interesting smartwatch, for a number of reasons. This watch is far from being affordable, but it has a lot to offer for that price tag. It does debut the company’s new OS, Zepp OS, and it managed to surprise me in a number of ways. Amazfit smartwatches were primarily a synonym for capable devices with affordable price tags. Well, the Amazfit GTR 3 Pro is the company’s take to compete with the best of the best, and, spoiler alert, it’s a very good attempt, as you’ll find out in our review.
This smartwatch is far from perfect, don’t get me wrong, but so is its competition. Not a single product is perfect, of course. The Amazfit GTR 3 Pro is priced at $229.99, so it’s priced far above the company’s usual offerings. This smartwatch is trying to blend sleek and sporty into one package. Amazfit wanted to create a watch that you can wear to your business meetings, and the gym at the same time. Truth be said, as far as the design is concerned, it’s more of a sleek-looking product that you should take care of, than a sporty watch that you can bash around. Having said that, let’s kick off this Amazfit GTR 3 Pro review, shall we.
The Amazfit GTR 3 Pro is one of the best-looking smartwatches to date
As mentioned earlier, this is a really good-looking, round smartwatch. In fact, this design is my favorite feature of the Amazfit GTR 3 Pro, pretty much. It’s my favorite design for a smartwatch to date. It looks great, it’s perfect in terms of size, and it has a rotating dial on the side. Its body is made out of metal, and it’s not shiny, it’s matte, which is something I appreciate quite a bit. It simply looks great in this silver + brown combination that Amazfit sent us. The strap is also really nice, a leather one, but you can replace it with any standard 22m strap.

There are two buttons on this watch, and both are located on the right side. The top button doubles as a rotating crown. It feels a bit mushy when you’re rotating it, it’s not my favorite implementation, but it’s good enough. Both buttons are quite clicky, and feel good overall, they’re also made out of metal. This smartwatch also has a speaker on it, and a microphone, so you can use it for phone calls, if you want. At the bottom, Amazfit included a heart rate sensor. The watch is also not too heavy, nor is it too light. The company really managed to hit the home run with this design.

The display is big, round, and sharp
The Amazfit GTR 3 Pro includes a 1.45-inch AMOLED display with 480 x 480 resolution. In other words, it’s a really big display, for a smartwatch, and it’s more than sharp enough. The display looks great in person, miles better from some others I’ve seen. The company managed to keep the size of the watch in check despite such a large display, which is something I really appreciate. On my wrist, which is average in size, it looks great.

That’s not all, though. This display has a tempered glass panel on it, for protection, while Amazfit also applied coating to battle fingerprints. This coating is not flawless, but it’s great. I’ve used so many smartwatches thus far, and the vast majority of them don’t have such coating applied, they quickly become plagued with fingerprints. That’s not exactly the case here, and the fact you can use that rotating crown on the side is a great plus to counter fingerprints as well, as you’re not required to slide your finger over the screen that often. I literally don’t have a single complaint when it comes to this display. It’s bright, offers punchy colors, it repels fingerprints, it’s large enough, and it’s not washed out at all.
The performance is good, but there are improvements to be made
So, the design is great, and so is the display, what about the performance? Well, it’s good, but not as great as I expected. The main annoyance for me was the slight lag that I experienced. This does feel like it could be fixed via an update, but that didn’t happen during my usage, even though two updates arrived. The main annoyance was lag when I was returning to the main display. This does not happen every time, but it happens quite frequently. So, when you’re browsing the watch, and then hit the home button, the return to the home screen is not instantaneous. Sometimes it takes a second, sometimes a couple of seconds. Amazfit will hopefully fix this soon.
I did notice some stuttering
I also noticed some stutters when using the watch, here and there. The software could be a bit more in tune with the rotating crown as well, as the usage didn’t feel as good as on some other watches. The Huawei Watch 3, for example, nailed the rotating crown implementation. This is a brand new OS for the company, so it could take some time to fully optimize it. If Amazfit can fix these issues, the watch would offer a much better experience. I do hope this is software-related, as I don’t really know what chip is the company using in this watch.

Speaking of software, you’re probably wondering about other aspects of it. Notifications, for example. Well, the watch is, for the most part, great with handling notifications. When you swipe them away from the watch, they disappear from your phone, and vice versa… for the most part. Notifications tend to get stuck on the watch, though, they don’t go away when you dismiss them on the phone. That happens with like 1/10 notifications, in my case, so it’s not that bad, but it’s noticeable. The watch is fast to push notifications to the watch, though, I didn’t have issues with that at all. You cannot respond to notifications, though, so keep that in mind.
The media widget was a major annoyance for me
Another annoyance that I’ve spotted has to do with the media / music widget. It is set to play music from the watch, by default, though you can change that. You can set it to play music from your smartphone instead. The thing is, you cannot set that by default, so you’ll have to do it every time you play music on your device, as it does not automatically recognize you’re doing it. This has been an annoyance, though the good news are, there is a button to change this on the widget itself, so you don’t have to dig through the menus. Amazfit should really offer an option to change it by default, though, as most people play music from their smartphones, not the watch directly.
The software is good overall
Other than these complaints, the software is pretty good. It’s extremely responsive most of the time, and it has a lot to offer. You can download some extra watch faces from the company’s store, if you want, and some new widgets as well. The smartphone app does not offer dark mode, and I do hope Amazfit is working on changing that. The menus are also a bit all over the place, but there are a ton of options included there, so once you set everything up, you’ll be good to go. You can edit quick toggles, widgets, and various other parts of the watch UI, which is great.

What you cannot do is reply to text messages, you cannot really act on notifications you receive at all, other than removing them. That is a feature many people want from a smartwatch, so let’s hope Amazfit will find a way to deliver it in the future.
The Amazfit GTR 3 Pro has a lot of health features
The Amazfit GTR 3 Pro has a lot of health features. It comes with the latest BioTracker 3.0 sensor. It includes two LEDs and six photodiodes, which should help with data collection. The watch should also be more accurate in its measurements because of that. This watch can also detect SpO2 (blood oxygen saturation) for you, and it can do it in only 15 seconds now. Breathing rate tracking is included, and the same goes for heart rate tracking. You can set it to track your heart rate 24/7, though that will consume more battery life. On top of all that, the watch does track sleep tracking as well, it can track your light sleep, deep sleep, and REM as well. It will also make sure you know when you were awake.

The BioTracker 3.0, heart rate tracking, SpO2, and everything I’ve mentioned thus far works great, to be quite honest. Amazfit did its best to include the latest sensors here, and everything is calibrated properly. I was even a bit surprised when I realized that sleep tracking is also quite accurate. Many smartwatches out there struggle with this, but not this one. It was quite accurate when it comes to realizing when I fell asleep, woke up, and when I was waking up during the night to let the dog inside, or outside, and so on. I cannot really know how accurate is light sleep, deep sleep, and REM sleep, though, of course, but the experience, in general, was really good.
PAI score is a useful tool / feature
The PAI (Personal Activity Intelligence) score is also a part of the offering. It will keep track of various metrics over a course of 7 days, and provide you with a score based on that. That is a really useful feature to have, as it will push to improve your habits and health as a result.
There are over 150 sports modes to choose from
Let’s just mention it, off the bat, that exercise data from this watch can be synced with both Google Fit and Apple Health. On top of that, you can sync it with third-party services like Strava and RunKeeper as well. That gives you plenty of options from the start, as the watch adapts to what you’re using, basically. Switching from a different smartwatch / fitness tracker shouldn’t exactly be difficult thanks to this.

Having said that, the Amazfit GTR 3 Pro can track over 150 sports modes, and automatically recognize 8 of them. Amazfit also included some really useful features for fitness tracking. It has its own algorithm for tracking maximum oxygen intake (VO2 Max), the training load, and more. On top of that, a Virtual Pacer feature is also included here, which will help you get better running results. How? Well, this feature allows you to compete against yourself, basically, it will push you to beat your best score.
Yes, GPS is included, and it’s quite accurate
GPS is also a part of the package, and the same goes for GLONASS, Galileo, BeiDo, and QNSS satellites. In other words, it has all the necessary hardware to provide you with an accurate location, which helps greatly when it comes to fitness tracking.
I have to admit I’m not much of an exercise person, so the only two fitness tracking modes that I tried out are walking and outdoor cycling. It did a good job with that, as expected, but I really don’t know how well it will do with different (and more demanding, for tracking) sports activities, like hiking, yoga, skiing… and so on.
The battery life is excellent in comparison to offerings from Samsung & Apple
Battery life on so many smartwatches is really poor, well, you’ll be glad to know that the Amazfit GTR 3 Pro is not one of them. Amazfit says that you can get 6 days of heavy use with this watch, and double that on regular use. Well, our results are a bit different than that, but we still got excellent battery life. You can easily get around 10-11 days on regular use with this watch. Heavy use knocks a couple of days off that estimation. You can count to around 5-6 days on heavy use, though, it all depends.
If you plan on using this smartwatch for notifications and music controls, and you don’t really care about its health features and all that other stuff, you can get a truly amazing battery life. Even if you push it hard, it will last a lot longer than many other offerings. The most popular watches out there last 1-2 days, so… this is excellent in comparison. Do note that setting your display to always-on will impact the battery more, of course. I don’t have a tendency to use that feature, but I did leave it on for a couple of days of a charge cycle just to impact the battery and try to bring some variation to battery use. Do note that the watch also has some battery-saving modes that can prolong your battery life considerably.
It does not support wireless charging, unfortunately

The watch comes with a proprietary charger, unfortunately. It does not support wireless charging, and that is one of my biggest gripes with the watch. Don’t get me wrong, it charges perfectly fine, and the cradle charger that comes with it is extremely small. That makes it really easy to carry around and whatnot. I would prefer wireless charging, though, so that I can charge it on a third-party charger that I usually carry with me when traveling and so on. You can charge this watch from 0 to 100 in about an hour and 15 minutes. It takes it around an hour to reach that 90-level mark.
It has a speaker, and Amazon Alexa support
This smartwatch is 5 ATM rated for water and dust resistance, but despite that, both a speaker and a microphone are included here. You can take calls with this watch without headphones. That speaker is not great, as expected, but it is more than usable. The situation is similar to that microphone that is included. It’s far better than some other implementations we’ve seen, but not the best. What’s great is that you can even call people from the watch, as there is a dial included. You can even set up a list of favorite contacts, if you really like to talk via your smartwatch.
Proper Alexa support is on board
Speaking of audio stuff, Amazon Alexa support is on board here as well. That may actually be one of the main selling points for some of you. You can fully control all your Alexa-powered devices via this watch. There’s also a Home Connect app included, and you can create voice memos too. Do note that support for Mi Home gadgets is not included, for those of you who have a ton of Xiaomi gadgets around. We mention that as Amazfit basically started as a Xiaomi company. So, it’s a bit weird Mi Home is not supported from the get-go.
The Amazfit GTR 3 Pro is an excellent smartwatch with tough competition

So, is this smartwatch worth it? Well, it has some really tough competition to deal with. Add just a little bit of money, and you can get the Galaxy Watch 4, for example. The Apple Watch is also quite close when it comes to price. The Amazfit GTR 3 Pro is different than both of those devices, though, considerably different. If you’re really annoyed by the poor battery life most popular smartwatches offer, this is the watch for you. It also won me over with its design, which is excellent. That may be a factor for you as well. There are plenty of health features included here, and you even get access to Alexa. The Amazfit GTR 3 Pro surely can stand side-by-side with the competition. It all depends on what you’re looking for in a smartwatch.
The post Amazfit GTR 3 Pro Review: Stunning Design Meets Capable Software appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Save $50 On The Newly Released GoPro HERO9

The GoPro HERO9 was released in September of 2021, so it’s incredible to see that it is already getting discounted. A $50 savings isn’t a lot, but it’s still $50.
This is an early Black Friday deal and has a Black Friday Guarantee. Meaning that it won’t drop lower in price before or after Black Friday. So you can buy it now, and rest assured that it will not get cheaper before the holidays.
The brand new GoPro HERO9 is able to record 5K video, and also grab pictures at 14.7MP resolution. Providing you with some really incredible looking footage. It is also able to record at 4K, 2.7K, 1440p and 1080p.
It does more than just video though. The GoPro HERO9 can also capture crisp, 20MP shots. No longer do you need to take out your big and bulky DSLR or even your smartphone to get some great pictures. Instead, you can take out the durable and rugged GoPro HERO9.
Speaking of durability, as with previous GoPro cameras, the HERO9 is also rugged and durable. It is waterproof down to 33-feet, right out of the box. With additional accessories that you can purchase later on, that can be increased even more.
With a lot of us doing streaming these days, or even doing meetings over Zoom, the GoPro HERO9 is here to help. You can use it as a webcam, and get really great footage out of it. More than good enough for YouTube or Twitch. It is only able to broadcast in 1080p however, and not the full 5K.
Finally, with HyperSmooth 3.0, the new GoPro HERO9 has plenty of stability. So you can put this on your head or on your dog while you’re out running, and it’ll still be smooth. That is honestly, very incredible for an action camera that is priced under $400.
You can pick up the GoPro HERO9 action camera from Amazon by clicking here.
GoPro HERO9 – Amazon
The post Save $50 On The Newly Released GoPro HERO9 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Netflix Mobile Games Roll Out Worldwide This Week

Earlier this year Netflix announced its plans to add mobile games to its service. Giving players a new way to enjoy entertainment from the subscription they already pay for.
This week the new game feature is rolling out globally to all users. After having spent the last couple of months limited to the soft launch region of Poland. This is limited to the app on Android so iOS users won’t have access for now.
But if you have an Android device then you’re essentially halfway there. The only other thing you’ll need is a Netflix membership. Netflix also isn’t limiting the games to any one plan. So whichever one you subscribe to should open access to the games.
There will be five games available to start with. Including Stranger Things: 1984, Stranger Things 3, Shooting Hoops, Card Blast, and Teeter Up.
Netflix mobile games will have their own row
The Netflix mobile games will have their very own row inside the app. So you’ll know when they pop up. If you aren’t seeing the games row yet, that’s because the feature isn’t technically live. Netflix says in a tweet it’ll go live on November 3, although it in its announcement it says users will be able to start playing games today.
If you’re browsing the app on a tablet, then you can additionally find the games from the drop down menu where you filter things by category. Games also require no additional fees, and there’s no ads. However you do have to install them onto your device. The Netflix app only serves as a portal to take you to the game for installation, as opposed to streaming like with its video content.
 

🎮📱 Let the Games Begin📱🎮
Tomorrow, Netflix Games will start rolling out on the Netflix mobile app. First on Android, with iOS on the way.
It’s early days, but we’re excited to start bringing you exclusive games, with no ads, no additional fees and no in-app purchases. pic.twitter.com/ofNGF4b8At
— Netflix Geeked (@NetflixGeeked) November 2, 2021

Games are available on all profiles, except for kids
Netflix is making the games available to all profiles on an account. Except for kids profiles. Parents who want to take further steps to prevent kids from playing these games will need to set up a PIN for access to adult profiles.
Games can also be played on multiple devices simultaneously on the same account. Netflix says it will even alert people if they reach a device limit. So a family who has multiple adult profiles can all enjoy a game on their own device at the same time. Even if it’s not the same game.
The post Netflix Mobile Games Roll Out Worldwide This Week appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

WhatsApp Could Get Rid Of Time Limit For Deleting Messages

WhatsApp users can currently delete messages up to an hour after sending them. However, this could soon be changing as per a new report.
First spotted by the folks at WABetaInfo (via), WhatsApp is seemingly testing a version of the app where messages can be deleted no matter when it was sent, effectively removing the time limit.
This feature appeared within the latest WhatsApp beta v2.21.23.1 through the Google Play Beta Program. WABetaInfo managed to delete a message sent up to three months ago using the “Delete For Everyone” option.
There’s no word on when this feature will widely roll out to users
When the feature was first launched, WhatsApp allowed users to delete messages for up to seven minutes. This was then extended to 4,096 seconds or just over an hour. Deleting the message from a group or individual chat replaces the original notification with a note saying, “This message was deleted.”
The new indefinite time limit for message deletion is only available in beta. Unfortunately, we don’t have an ETA for this feature right now. Hopefully, WhatsApp will bring this out with the next major app update.
As Android Police points out, apps like Signal and Telegram have long supported message deletion with no time limits. So WhatsApp is merely catching up to its rivals in the business.
The revelation of this indefinite timeframe for message deletion comes a day after WhatsApp lost compatibility with Android 4.0.3 smartphones. From November 1, the app will require at least Android 4.1 to operate, leaving out millions of users from its services. However, this change wasn’t sudden, with WhatsApp issuing prior warnings to customers.
In September, WhatsApp finally brought end-to-end encryption for chat backups stored on Google Drive. Although the company previously supported this security standard for chats stored on the device, this didn’t apply to backups until the update.
More recently, we heard about the chat client bringing a revamped version of its multi-device feature by permitting the use of a second phone. Currently, WhatsApp only allows one primary smartphone while it supports secondary devices like tablets, computers, or even the Portal. As is the case with most under-development features, there’s no clarity on when this will roll out to devices.
The post WhatsApp Could Get Rid Of Time Limit For Deleting Messages appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Save $150 On This Roomba Robot Vacuum That Is Guaranteed To Avoid Pet Poop

iRobot’s newest robot vacuum, the Roomba j7+ is currently on sale for $150 off of its regular retail price. That brings it down to just $649. Making this a really impressive deal, considering this is the “Plus” model, which includes the auto-emptying dock.
The non-plus model, without the auto-emptying dock is also on sale for $499. That is also a really great price.
The Roomba j7 was announced just a few months ago. The j7 got really popular because of a guarantee that iRobot made. iRobot guarantees that the j7 series will avoid pet poop, or they will replace it for free. This is part of its P.O.O.P. policy, which stands for Pet Owner Official Promise. But if iRobot is so confident that it’ll avoid pet poop, then it must be pretty good right? It is.
On top of that, the j7 has “PrecisionVision” which is the new system built into the robot vacuum that is able to identify objects on your floors, and avoid them. Not just pet poop either. iRobot was one of the first to really do mapping of your home, and with the j7 it gets a huge upgrade.
It also has 10x the power lifting, compared to the Roomba 600 series. Which means that it is going to get up all of the pet hair, dirt and dust off of your floors, with ease.
What’s unique with the Roomba j7 series is that it uses geolocation from your phone to identify when you’ve left the house. So it can start cleaning. It might sound like your robot vacuum is stalking you, but actually, it is going to give you a clean house to come back to. Especially since it’ll dock and empty itself when its done.
You can pick up the iRobot Roomba j7+ from Amazon today by clicking here. 
iRobot Roomba j7+ – Amazon
The post Save $150 On This Roomba Robot Vacuum That Is Guaranteed To Avoid Pet Poop appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

How To Mark Up Your Screenshots In Android 12

Android 12 is officially here and it brings some changes to how screenshots work, including the ability to mark up screenshots. If you’re looking some tips to walk you through how the new tool works, that’s exactly what this guide is for.
Learning to mark up your screenshots makes sharing better in Android 12
Now, taking screenshots has been possible in Android well before version 12 and so has the ability to mark them up. But Android 12 takes that to a completely new level. And the reasons why that’s helpful are really straightforward.
When it comes to taking screenshots, the reason for taking the screenshot typically comes down to sharing. Whether sharing something spotted on a website or in-app, for work purposes, to developers to report an issue or for effectively any other reason. Users tend to take screenshots in order to share their experiences.
Beyond that, users sometimes take screenshots to remember what’s on-screen, and Android 12 will be no different.
Whatever the reason for taking screenshots though, the ability to mark them up, especially in Android 12, serves a connected purpose. Namely, allowing attention to be called to on-screen elements. Or text. Or adding text for a meme or to illustrate a point. There really aren’t any bounds on the features.
The addition of new mark-up tools, to that end, brings new possibilities. Whether for conciseness, for fun, or for any other reason. So knowing how to use the tools is all but required to get the best experience.
Start by working out how to get to the markup UI
Of course, the first step to adding a mark-up to screenshots in Android 12 or other versions is learning to take them, to begin with. Fortunately, we have some helpful guides for devices that are a bit different. Such as on the Samsung Galaxy Z series handsets. Or on newer OnePlus-branded gadgets. There are also some handsets that include the tool in the Quick Tile settings above the notification shade. But nearly every Android handset or tablet should also be able to utilize the following steps.
Go to the screen you’d like to take a screenshot of
Press and hold both the volume down and power physical buttons simultaneously. This can be a bit tricky and take some practice. But it is the easiest method that does typically work on every Android device. Conversely, some OEMs have reversed the keys so that the volume up key is used instead of the volume down. So that may be worth a try if this step fails for whatever reason
Android will then snap a screenshot and highlight that shot in the bottom segment of the screen
Next to the screenshot preview, Android will also show other icons in a solid colored bar. Among those will be a three-connected-point share icon and an icon for markups. Typically, the latter is represented by a pencil, pen, or similar icon. Tap the latter icon to enter the page for mark-up tools for screenshots in Android 12. The final icon is for scrolling screenshots.

Mark up your screenshots
Now, scrolling screenshots are the biggest change to the feature in Android 12. That means that you won’t need some specialty version of the feature made by a phone’s OEM to take shots of the entire screen. That can be accomplished simply by pressing the “Capture more” button. Followed by selecting whatever part of the screen you’d like to capture.
Otherwise, the markup tools are actually very similar to what’s found in Android 11 and even earlier iterations. With a few new options to play with.
Regardless of which type of screenshot you’ve chosen to take, however, the following options should be available on your handset. As long as it’s updated to Android 12.
Crop your screenshots in Android 12
The most commonly used mark-up tool in Android, let alone Android 12, is arguably going to be cropping. With cropping, you can choose to cut away some of the excess screen real-estate you’ve captured. Instead opting to only capture whatever portion you initially wanted.
After snapping your screenshots and moving to the Android 12 mark-up screen following the steps above, look for and select the “crop” icon. That’s typically shaped like a square with overlapping lines in the top left and bottom right corners, located in the bottom-left-hand side of the UI. It’s also typically the default option
The image you’ve captured should show with a heavy Material You-colored outline, as well as four semi-circular nubs. Tap and drag anywhere on the line, along the left- or right-hand side to cut away excess portions of the image from the side edges. Tap and drag anywhere on the top or bottom lines to cut away excess portions from the top and bottom edges.
Areas of the image that aren’t going to be included, after the crop is complete, will be dimmed or washed out. While areas that will be part of the completed, cropped image remain bright and crisp
If you’re ready to be done editing the image tap on the “Save” icon at the top-left-hand side of the UI.
Conversely, if you don’t want to keep the image at all anymore, simple tap the trash-bin-shaped ‘delete’ icon
If you want to share the image as is, with crop in place, simply tap the three-connected-dots icon at the top-right-hand side of the UI. That will call forward the sharing UI so that you can choose where to share the image
If you have more edits to complete, continue on through the next steps on this guide

Add some text to your Android 12 screenshots
Arguably second only to cropping, the addition of text to an image can really bring out the moment that’s been captured. Or, conversely, can be used to create memes, add context, draw attention to a specific detail, and more. So learning to add some text to screenshots using Android 12 is going to be incredibly useful to many users. And it’s fairly easy to accomplish too.
After ensuring that the image you want to share or save is the appropriate screenshot and is cropped properly, tap on the add text icon. That’s shaped as two upper-case “T”s with the one on the left being slightly larger than that on the right
Type some text, using the on-screen keyboard, which should appear by default
To change the font or color of the font, there are two rows of options along the top of the screen. Scroll through and tap to select the options you’d like to use.
If you happen to have closed the keyboard by accident, a simple tap on the text you’ve typed will call back the UI for editing. That also allows you to continue editing and changing the text color and font if you change your mind about either
Resize text by first tapping anywhere outside of the keyboard or text that you’ve typed. Or by closing the keyboard. Then use a pinch to zoom or expand gestures to rescale the text. Pinching with two fingers inward will resize the text to a smaller size. Moving your two fingers away from one another will scale the text upward, effectively increasing the size of the text.
Finally, move the text by simply tapping and dragging the text around the image until you’ve found the placement you want
If you’re ready to be done editing the image tap on the “Save” icon at the top-left-hand side of the UI. If you don’t want to save, follow on to the next step
Conversely, if you don’t want to keep the image at all anymore, simple tap the trash-bin-shaped ‘delete’ icon
If you want to share the image as is, with crop in place, simply tap the three-connected-dots icon at the top-right-hand side of the UI. That will call forward the sharing UI so that you can choose where to share the image
If you have more edits to complete, continue on through the next steps on this guide

Draw, highlight, or erase on your screenshots in Android 12
The final segment of this guide, at least in terms of adding things to screenshots in Android 12, covers drawing tools. Including the eraser tool. The tools here are particularly useful since they can highlight or add attention to on-screen details. Or be used to cover up details that you’d rather not share.
To draw on your Android 12 screenshots, the UI gives you three options. The first of which is the marker, which can be selected via a tap on the marker-shaped icon next to the text-adding icon
After selecting the marker, Android 12 provides several color options. Select the color you’d like to use with your marker
Use your finger or a stylus to draw or write on your screenshots directly
To use the highlighter, simply select the highlighter icon. That’s located to the right of the marker icon, as shown in the images below. You can also select color here. The primary difference between the marker and highlighter is that the marker mark-up is completely opaque. While the highlighter is see-through, up until an area has been highlighted enough to make the marks opaque. More concisely, multiple passes with the highlighter will darken the opacity of the mark until it’s opaque
Use your finger or a stylus to draw or write on your Android 12 screenshots directly
The final bottom-row icon is the eraser tool. To use the eraser, simply select the icon, as with the other tools noted here. Then draw with your finger to erase any mark-up that’s on your Android 12 screenshots
When you’re ready to be done editing the image tap on the “Save” icon at the top-left-hand side of the UI. If you don’t want to save, follow on to the next step
Conversely, if you don’t want to keep the image at all anymore, simple tap the trash-bin-shaped ‘delete’ icon
If you want to share the image as is, with crop in place, simply tap the three-connected-dots icon at the top-right-hand side of the UI. That will call forward the sharing UI so that you can choose where to share the image
If you have more edits to complete or aren’t satisfied, continue on through the next steps on this guide

Make a bigger mistake? There’s a couple of ways to fix it
Now, having access to an eraser can be great for smaller edits. But, for larger edits with multiple different mark up types on screenshots in Android 12, the eraser isn’t always precise enough. In those instances, mistakes can be fixed in a couple of different ways.
In the top-row UI of the mark up tool in Android 12, it is also possible to undo or redo any action taken on screenshots
The icons in question here are fairly straightforward. As shown in the images below, the backward-facing curved arrow icon performs an undo action. As the naming convention here implies, a tap on that icon will undo the previous drawing, text, or crop on the image
The redo button, conversely, is a forward-facing curved arrow icon. And that will reapply any action that you’ve removed via the undo button
Finally, if nothing is quite turning out the way you’d planned for — or if you aren’t happy with the screenshot you took to begin with, a quick tap on the delete button will remove the image from your device entirely

The post How To Mark Up Your Screenshots In Android 12 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

One UI 4 Android 12 Beta Program Goes Live For Galaxy Z Fold 3 & Z Flip 3

Android 12 is already available for the Pixel devices, whereas other brands are either kicking off their Android 12 beta programs or already on different beta stages of it.
Samsung recently started with its One UI 4 Android 12 beta program for its latest premium flagships, the Galaxy Z Fold 3 and the Galaxy Z Flip 3 devices.
The company is already done with the Android 12 One UI 4 beta program for the Galaxy S21 series last week. Now, it is time for the Galaxy Z Flip 3 and Galaxy Z Fold 3 to taste the Android 12 experience.
Notably, the beta program is currently live for users in the US. According to the latest report by 9To5Google, the One UI 4 Android 12 beta program for both devices is live via the Samsung Members app under the “Benefits” section.
The Android 12 One UI 4 beta build available for the Galaxy Z Fold 3 carries the same version as the one live for the Samsung Galaxy S21 series.
It comes with all the Android 12 goodies, such as the Material You theme, and Dynamic Color support. Along with, Android 12’s finalized AOSP codebase and all the latest OS’ features.
The update is live in the US following the earlier releases in South Korea and India
Well, the Galaxy Z Fold 3 and Galaxy Z Flip 3 US users aren’t the first ones to experience the new operating system from Google. The Android 12 One UI 4 beta program is already live for users in South Korea and India.
Moreover, the beta update is live for users owning the unlocked variants of the device. There are some possibilities that some carrier models may also be eligible.
One UI 4, apart from the general Android 12’s theming engine and features, doesn’t bring a big change in the overall aesthetics on the visual level.
Folks at 9To5Google were able to get the beta downloaded on their unlocked Galaxy Z Fold 3. However, the installation process did take some extra time. This was due to Samsung’s opposition to Android’s Seamless Updates feature.
If you into interested in Android 12L enhancements, sadly, there is no sign of Android 12L with this update. Keeping our fingers crossed, they are supposed to arrive very soon.
Also, not to forget, the beta One UI 4 Android 12 update is also live for the Galaxy Z Flip 3 in the US. So, if you own any of the Galaxy Z Flip 3 or Galaxy Z Fold 3 units in the US, you are in for a treat. You can grab the beta update from the Samsung Members app.

The post One UI 4 Android 12 Beta Program Goes Live For Galaxy Z Fold 3 & Z Flip 3 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Report: Apple And Samsung Phones Depreciate Slower Than Others 

A new report from an online retailer in the UK sheds light on the depreciation value of smartphones over a year. While Apple iPhones lose up to 41% of their value within 12 months, the number shoots up to 60% after 24 months. Meanwhile, Samsung Galaxy phones will reportedly depreciate by 64% after the first year and 77% after 24 months.
The revelation comes from musicMagpie, a UK-based company that specializes in refurbished electronics. The report titled Annual Phone Depreciation Report 2021, further mentions that the average smartphone user in the UK changes their phone every 16 months. This causes a depreciation of around 50% on the original value, musicMagpie found.
“The 10 phones which held the most of their value at 12 months are all iPhones – making them the better investment for people who are likely to trade their device back in every year to upgrade,” the report said (via).
The Huawei Mate 30 Pro lost the most value after 12 months
The inclusion of Apple and Samsung in the first and second place isn’t particularly surprising. However, OnePlus claims the third spot with a depreciation of 69% and 78% after years 1 and 2, respectively. Brands like Google and Huawei round out the top five list.
The Huawei Mate 30 Pro and the P20 have the unfortunate distinction of losing the most value after 12 months at 87% and 84%. This can be explained by the company’s inability to use Google Play Services on its phones. The lack of the Play Store is a massive disadvantage for Android phones selling outside China.
We also received some insight into how customers in the UK upgrade their phones. MusicMagpie’s report found that roughly 33% of the users don’t trade in their old devices. Additionally, older users are less likely to upgrade than younger customers. This isn’t a particularly surprising statistic.
“Our survey of 2,093 UK mobile phone users revealed that they will get a new phone because they are either eligible for an upgrade (24%) or their contract is ending with an existing phone provider (18%). As opposed to the 32% of people who will get a new phone because theirs is damaged,” the report said.
Ideally, manufacturers would want customers to upgrade their phones annually. But as this report illustrates, not everybody wants to.
The post Report: Apple And Samsung Phones Depreciate Slower Than Others  appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Skyline Advisor Proactive Findings – October Edition

Tweet VMware Skyline Advisor releases new Proactive Findings every month. Findings are prioritized by trending issues in VMware Support, issues raised through Post Escalation review, Security vulnerabilities, and issues raised from VMware engineering, and customers. For the month of October, we released 14 new findings. Of these, there are 7 findings based on trending issues, … Continued

The post Skyline Advisor Proactive Findings – October Edition appeared first on VMware Support Insider.



Source: vmware

Skyline Advisor Proactive Findings – October Edition

Tweet VMware Skyline Advisor releases new Proactive Findings every month. Findings are prioritized by trending issues in VMware Support, issues raised through Post Escalation review, Security vulnerabilities, and issues raised from VMware engineering, and customers. For the month of October, we released 14 new findings. Of these, there are 7 findings based on trending issues, … Continued

The post Skyline Advisor Proactive Findings – October Edition appeared first on VMware Support Insider.



Source: vmware

How To Set Priority Conversations In Android & What That Does

Android has contained some way to set priority for conversations for quite some time but that’s never been the most intuitive feature to find. And, moreover, not every user is likely to know what the feature even is. Let alone how it works. So, if you’re looking for a how-to for setting the priority of your conversations and corresponding notifications on Android, you’ve come to the right place.
Why would you want to set priority for conversations? What does that do?
Now, the first thing to know about setting priority conversations in Android, aside from how to do it, is exactly what the feature is. And that’s a fairly straightforward question to answer.
Conversations and associated notifications from apps in Android come with three basic settings. Those are Silent, Default, and Priority. As the branding suggests, Priority Conversations are those that have had their notifications set to ‘Priority’. Specifically for a given conversation within a communication app. But what exactly does each of those settings mean?
Silent is, it almost goes without saying, the lowest priority setting. And, true to its branding, it silences any sound or vibration associated with the conversation or app too. Default, conversely, prioritizes the appearance of messages in the notification shade in the order they’ve arrived in. And, of course, utilizes the default settings for sounds and vibration. That means that it follows Do Not Disturb and any other settings that have been configured.
Priority, on the other hand, doesn’t necessarily follow all of those rules. Priority conversations always appear in their own segment, above other notifications. And they do, by default, push through past Do Not Disturb mode. That means that any conversations you have that may be more important can be seen, heard, and interacted with. Not only more easily, since they always appear on top. But also through modes that would normally potentially cause them to be missed.
Here’s how to do this for your conversations
When it comes to setting priority, there are effectively two ways to accomplish that. Whether at the app or conversation level. We’ll be discussing how the task can be accomplished with the update to Android 12, specifically, and the new menus the update brings. But at least a couple of the methods can be accomplished outside of the Settings app. And the adjustment in Settings is fairly comparable too.
So this guide should still be able to help you find that, even if you don’t have the latest Android version yet.
Set priority for your conversations in Settings
The first place you can look for how to set your priority for conversations is in the Settings app. With the latest Android and the appearance of a “Conversations” option, you can actually set priority on an individual level. So that any individual conversation from across a multitude of apps can be adjusted. Whether that’s for Google’s default messaging app, Slack, Telegram, or any other communication app you might be using.
Navigate to the Settings application
Scroll down to and select “Notifications” — or skip to the second part of the next step if the option doesn’t appear in your OEM version of Android
Select the “Conversations” option from under the “Conversation” sub-header. Conversely, on the home page of the settings app, you can use the search to look for “Conversations” and select the option from there
The resulting sub-menu in Android showcases Recent conversations and, at the top of the page, a segment for any conversations you’ve recently made changes to. The conversations stem from across all communications-focused apps you have installed. With the exception of Gmail. Although Gmail, as an app, can be set to priority by default, that’s not typically recommended since most users receive a ton of non-priority emails alongside those that are a priority. It would simply cause unreasonable interruptions and potentially become very annoying or disruptive.
Tap on the conversation you’d like to set priority for
Select “Priority” on the resulting page. Google will encircle the icon for the app the conversation exists in to denote that it’s been set as Priority. It will also be moved to a new “Priority” segment in the Conversations sub-menu
As an added bonus, if there are any conversations in the menu that aren’t actually conversations, the above-noted sub-menu also displays an option to inform the system that it isn’t a conversation. That will remove the ‘conversation’ from the menu

Make a change from your notification shade
Another way Google provides for how to adjust the Priority setting for any conversations is directly in the notification shade. And, in fact, in Android 12 at least, there are two ways it provides that option. The first is a single-step process, shown in the images below. Namely, Google recommends a conversation be added directly in the notification UI. A single tap on the corresponding button sets the conversation as a priority.
Otherwise, the process is fairly straightforward and, of course, can be accomplished on some older versions of Android as well.
Swipe down once from the top of your display on any screen to bring down the Notification Shade
Long-press the notification for the conversation you’d like to set as a priority
Select “Priority” in the resulting menu
Tap “Done” at the lower-right-hand side of the notification to apply the change and revert back to the standard notification view

The post How To Set Priority Conversations In Android & What That Does appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

PUBG Mobile Partnered With Liverpool Football Club To Bring Exclusive Content

PUBG Mobile has been really busy this month doing collaborations and hosting events to keep interest in the game. Today, we got word that the mobile gaming platform has partnered with the Liverpool Football Club to bring some exciting gear into the game. This is the first time that this game is collaborating with a football club.
The partnership with Liverpool Football Club will undoubtedly bring some themed items and outfits
For American readers, the Liverpool Football Club isn’t for American football, but soccer. This event is going to give you in-game content, so don’t expect to win any motorcycles with this one. Instead, the company stated that players will be getting LFC-themed gear. This could mean anything from soccer-themed dances to soccer-themed weapons; who wouldn’t want an LFC-themed pan?
As for other additions, we can guess that there will be some outfits themed around the club. The team members wear outfits in deep red color with white accents, so we can expect an outfit like that. What would really make this exciting is if you could win outfits based on players’ specific team numbers. You could go around playing as your favorite team member. If you want to earn these items, you will need to play the game and participate in daily tasks.
There’s still a lot up in the air at this point, as the official launch date of this event is a little ways away. The event will start on November 12th, and it will last until December 20th.
Maybe soccer’s not your thing; how about Baby Shark?
The Liverpool Football Club isn’t the only collaboration that’s going on with PUBG Mobile. The game has also partnered with the worldwide sensation Baby Shark. During this event, you will be able to earn some fun and colorful Baby Shark-themed gear to spice up your matches. Firstly, you’ll get a yellow outfit that resembles a big pajama suit. You will also earn a Baby-shark pan, Baby Shark stickers, and a Baby Shark parachute.
Let’s not forget about the dance! During the event, you will be able to unlock that famous dance that everyone does in the privacy of their bathrooms. You will be able to earn the dance and other goodies by participating in daily tasks. If you don’t want to part with these items, you will be able to keep them permanently, which is a great perk. If this is more of your cup of tea, the event is currently going on, and it will end on November 20th, so you have plenty of time.
The post PUBG Mobile Partnered With Liverpool Football Club To Bring Exclusive Content appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

Top 10 Best RPG Games For Android – Updated November, 2021

The best RPG games are the ones that tell fantastic stories, have engaging character progression, and fun combat, and you can find plenty of that on Android. The thing is, there are so many RPG games on Android a lot of the best ones can get lost in the muck. And while our list of the 10 best RPG games on Android hardly covers all the titles worth your time, these are some great places to start.
RPG is also a fairly broad genre that now casts a pretty wide net. If you’ve never played an RPG before, you’re in for a real treat. Because there’s a lot to love about them. Some will get you invested in the character backstories. While others will let you explore vast worlds full of life.
Whatever the case, and RPG is all about playing a role. Hence the term, role playing game. Got a lot of time on your hands? An RPG is perfect for that. Even if you only have 10-15 minutes. There are RPGs which work for that too. If you’re looking for a good RPG to begin your journey, you can check out our picks below.
Best RPG games for Android
 
Game
Download Cost
In-app cost (per item)
Trials of Mana
$23.99
$0
Ticket To Earth
$4.99 (Free with Play Pass)
$0
Punishing: Gray Raven
Free
$0.99-$99.99
Botworld Adventure
Free
$1.99 – $109.99
Chrono Trigger
$4.99
$0
Battle Chasers: Nightwar
$9.99 (Free with Play Pass)
$0
Cyberika
Free
$0.99 – $99.99
Marvel Future Revolution
Free
$0.99 – $89.99
NieR Reincarnation
Free
$0.99 – $79.99
Genshin Impact
Free
$0.99 – $99.99
Trials of Mana
Download Cost: $23.99
In-app Cost: $0
Trials  of Mana is a highly acclaimed action JRPG from Square Enix, having just launched in July of this year. It launched for consoles first, though. Unlike most JRPGs, Trials of Mana uses a unique dynamic battle system that has real-time combat. So you can dodge attacks, counter with your own and more.
Graphics are rendered in 3D for a whole new take on the beautiful world of Mana, complete with rich character stories, a full cast of voice actors, and it even has a new game+ mode if you want a bigger challenge after you beat it the first time.
While an excellent RPG on Android, and certainly one of the best, it’s also a massive game. It takes about 6.1GB of space, so make sure you have plenty of room to install it.

Ticket To Earth
Download Cost: $4.99 (Free with Play Pass)
In-app Cost: $0
Ticket To Earth is not only one of the best RPG games on Android right now, it’s also an RPG gem. All thanks to its joyful combination of tactical RPG combat, puzzle solving, and a story-driven narrative.
This is one of the few games on this list that offer a premium experience. So you buy it once and there are no in-app purchases or ads. And it’s all the more worth it because it’s actually very good. The game has over 120 different unique missions so it shouldn’t be over quickly. Meaning you’ll have a lot of game to play for the $4.99 you spend on it.
This is an RPG that is sort off the beaten path. Because it doesn’t come from a big studio and yet, it has the same quality. Definitely give this one some thought.

Punishing: Gray Raven
Download Cost: Free
In-app Cost: $0.99 – $99.99
Do you like action? What about super cool combat? Do you absolutely love games with an anime aesthetic? Punishing: Gray Raven has all of that and more. It’s one of the newer games on this list, having launched earlier this Summer. And is one of the best action RPG games on Android you could ever get your hands on.
It has a post-apocalyptic sci-fi theme to it. And the story sees you fighting to take back the planet from the invasion of a robotic army. Humans are nearly extinct and your character is one of the only people that has the power to fight back.
This is also a gacha game, so expect loads of different characters you can potentially pick up to fill out your team. There’s also a housing simulation feature where you can decorate your own dorm room with different stuff. So if you need to slow things down a bit, this part of the game is a great way to play something a little more casual and relaxed.

Botworld Adventure
Download Cost: Free
In-app Cost: $1.99 – $109.99
Take your RPG gaming to a more lighthearted place with a game like Botworld, an open-world adventure RPG where you can collect all kinds of different robots and use them in combat. There are four playable races, including cats, dogs, lizards, and buffalos.
There’s less of a story-driven narrative here than some of the other RPG games, but it has a pretty big map to explore with a wide variety of different environments, which is a pretty cool when you think about it.
On top of that, each area will have a number of NPC people to meet who have their own stories to share with you. Pick up quests, fight against monsters, and upgrade and customize your favorite robots.

Chrono Trigger
Download Cost: $4.99
In-app Cost: $0
Those familiar with JRPGs and those who played them back in the days of the SNES will be familiar with Chrono Trigger. Hailed by many as one of if not the best RPGs of all time, Chrono Trigger on Android is (now that it’s the upgraded version with all of the fixes) is an amazing RPG experience worth playing.
Forge a path through time to save the planet with a huge and diverse cast of characters, and experience some of the best JRPG storytelling that the genre has to offer. Although this is a classic JRPG, it doesn’t feature turn-based combat. Instead it actually features the Active Time Battle version 2.
So during battles, time doesn’t stop and you can make your commands based on the situation. But only when the character’s gauge is full. That’s actually very similar to the way battles work in NieR Reincarnation, another game on this list.
Chrono Trigger also features auto save so you can worry less about not having saved your game at crucial moments. Although, you should still save as often as you can to avoid any unnecessary situations. The game also features the original soundtrack but it comes with higher resolution graphics.

Battle Chasers: Nightwar
Download Cost: $9.99 (Free with Play Pass)
In-app Cost: $0
Another one of the best RPG games on Android, Battle Chasers: Nightwar is an RPG in the classic JRPG style. Which means turn-based battles and lots of character progression through leveling, skills, and upgraded gear and attributes.
Graphics have a sort of comic book style to them, which gives this game a unique and cool visual appeal. There is a pretty large open world to explore with lots of quests, and very engaging story to follow. The game also features randomly generated dungeons, puzzles and more.
And if you like crafting in your RPG games, there is a fairly deep crafting system included in this game as well. Overall it’s a wonderful JRPG-style game that has been a huge success on other platforms. And it’s great on Android too.
Plus, it’s one of the premium titles with no ads and no in-app purchases.

Cyberika
Download Cost: Free
In-app Cost: $0.99 – $99.99
Cyberika is as close as you’ll get to something like Cyberpunk 2077 on your mobile device. Though it doesn’t have the same style of camera angle view. Instead of first-person, it’s more of an isometric top-down style like in The Ascent, a game which just recently launched for Xbox Game Pass, Xbox Series X, and PC.
In Cyberika, you can do everything from race around the city to hacking into corporate businesses. With loads of weapons and special character upgrades, Some pretty awesome combat, and character customization, Cyberika is bound to entice you if you like games with a cyberpunk theme.
There’s also a feature where you can upgrade your home, allowing you to fix your cybernetic enhancements, upgrade your weapons and more.

Marvel Future Revolution
Download Cost: Free
In-app Cost: $0.99 – $89.99
Ok so this game isn’t out yet, but we’re adding it to the list anyway as we’ve been able to spend some time with a preview build of the game prior to its launch on August 25, and it’s great!
Marvel Future Revolution is an open-world action RPG where you play as some of your favorite Marvel super heroes. The story is based around the heroes trying to save earth from converging with other multiple alternate versions of itself.
You can play as 8 different heroes at launch, including Spider-Man, Iron Man, Storm, Captain Marvel and more. Combat is similar to Marvel Future Fight, but the overall gameplay ends up being quite different since it’s open world and there’s more to do. There’s also various PvP modes, raids that require more players, and you can play online with friends.
If you’re a Marvel nut, you’re going to want to play this game when it comes out. Because this is console-quality gold and so far, playing it has been a ton of fun. If you haven’t already pre-registered, you can do so by clicking the button below. Or you can pre-register from the game’s landing page.

NieR Reincarnation
Download Cost: Free
In-app Cost: $0.99 – $79.99
In NieR Reincarnation you play as a girl who wakes up in a weird place called the Cage. You must traverse the different levels of the Cage while uncovering memories from different timelines. The further you get into the game, the more you learn about the stories of all the characters and about yourself.
When it comes to combat, it’s a lot like the battle system in Mobius Final Fantasy, if you ever had the chance to play that. This also has gacha mechanics, so there will be a lot of different characters to acquire through the Summon system.
Characters can be upgraded by Ascending, and you have a huge collection of weapons to acquire as well. Which can also be upgraded to increase your power and skill level in combat. This is one of the best RPG games on Android right now, and you’ll especially love it if you’re a fan of the NieR series.

Genshin Impact
Download Cost: Free
In-app Cost: $0.99 – $99.99
Genshin Impact has taken the world by storm since it launched last year. And it’s only gotten better with each month following the release. Genshin Impact is an open-world action RPG with anime graphics, a neat story, and plenty of life and characters to meet throughout your journey.
You start the game by encountering a strong enemy with your sibling, who you inevitably lose track of as they’re captured. You then wake up in the world of Teyvat. A strange new land you’re unfamiliar with. As an RPG, this game has everything.
A huge, sprawling world filled with lively characters, multiple cities, powerful monsters, and plenty of mystery. You can follow the game’s main story, or take on any number of side quests from a variety if different NPCs.
The game also has cooking and crafting, excellent combat with gorgeous visuals, and some really challenging dungeons and raids. You can also take on world bosses. If you like mega-sized games with a seemingly endless amount of stuff to do, Genshin Impact is that game.
Plus, miHoYo, the game’s developers, have committed to at least four more years of patches and content updates with new content. So you’ll be able to play this game for a while.

The post Top 10 Best RPG Games For Android – Updated November, 2021 appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com

SteelSeries Improves The Battery Life For Its Arctis 7 Headset

SteelSeries has updated its Arctis 7 headset to include improved battery life so it lasts longer. The new version will retail for $20 more than the previous model. Costing $170 instead of $150.
Officially SteelSeries is calling this model of the Arctis 7 the Arctis 7+. It comes in two different variations, which are the Arctis 7+ and the Arctis 7P+. According to the SteelSeries website, the battery life has increased to where it can last up to 30 hours.
Battery life will vary from user to user of course. And how long it actually lasts for you can depend on plenty of factors. Like how often you enable and disable some of its features, adjust the volume and activate the mic.
The SteelSeries Arctis 7+ also comes with USB-C
Another one of the improvements is the inclusion of USB-C. Compared to the micro-USB connections that the older models still use. Not only is this connection type more secure, but it should help the headset charge back up faster too.
SteelSeries doesn’t seem to list how long it takes to get a full charge. But it is claiming that a 15-minute quick charge will give you around 3 hours of battery life. Which is more than enough for some players to log a decent gaming session.
In addition to the USB-C charging port, the headset also comes with SteelSeries’ USB-C low-latency adapter. So you can use it with multiple devices and get low-latency audio for gaming. This means it works with the Nintendo Switch, PC, Android and iOS, and any other device that has a USB-C port to plug it into.
Both headsets work with PS5
Both headsets were also designed to be compatible with PS5. Although, only the Arctis 7P+ supports the PS5’s Tempest 3D Audio Tech. So that’s the one you want to go with if you plan to use this headset with the PS5. As it will no doubt provide a better experience.
There’s no difference in cost, but you can pick up the 7P+ in black or white whereas the 7+ only comes in black. When it comes to design, the headsets are pretty much unchanged from other Arctis headsets. So you get the same comfy ear cushions, sleek matte colors, and the ski google adjustable headband.
SteelSeries Arctis 7+
SteelSeries Arctis 7P+
The post SteelSeries Improves The Battery Life For Its Arctis 7 Headset appeared first on Android Headlines.

Source: ndroidheadlines.com